1000298892 Catalog

2016-09-04

: Pdf 1000298892-Catalog 1000298892-Catalog B4 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 156 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Control Catalog
- Altivar 66 AC Drives

SQUARE D COMPANY CNInformation

SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC CHANGE NOTICE INFORMATION

PRODUCT GROUP: CHANGE CATEGORY: EFFECTIVITY DATE:

AC Drives RED FLAG July 15, 2004

MPG DRIV 12 -MONTH NOTICE FILE CONTROL NUMBER:

MPL EA4 RAL 03 0007

Description of Change:

The complete line of ALTIVAR 58 (ATV58) packaged drive controllers was

launched in July of 2003. This includes Class 8839 58M Enclosed as well

as Class 8998 MCC ATV58 Drive Controllers. With this recent launch and

with other product upgrades, the ATV58 Drive Controller is now a

functional replacement for the ALTIVAR 66 (ATV66) Drive Controller.

As a result, the ATV66 Drive Controller (Class 8839 Enclosed and Class

8998 MCC) will become obsolete and unavailable after July 15, 2004.

The entire ATV66 product line is affected, covering the following ranges:

1 - 50 HP @ 208/230V

1 - 400 HP @ 460V

Class 8839 Enclosed

ATV66 Drive Controller

Objective of Change:

The objective of this change is to convert customers to our most current

product available, the ATV58 family of AC drives. The ATV58 product line

is a complete family of AC Drives, offering high-performance sensorless

vector control, a physical size reduction from the ATV66 AC drive line, and

a broad range of options including extensive serial communication

capabilities. The ATV58 TRX AC Drive product is the functional

replacement for the ATV66 AC Drive product line.

Class 8898 MCC

ATV66 Drive Controller

Transition Tools:

Refer to the Class 8839 58M Enclosed Drive Product Launch Zone (July 2003) on Square D’s Intranet for more

information on the replacement product for the Class 8839 Enclosed ATV66 Drive Controller.

Refer to the Class 8998 Motor Control Center Altivar 58 TRX AC Drives Pricing Guide for more information on the

replacement product for MCC ATV66 Drive Units.

Call Seneca Customer Support at 864-886-1400 (Enclosed) or 864-886-1633 (MCC) if you need assistance.

Date of New Product Availability:

Both Enclosed and MCC ATV58 Drive Controller products are available as of the June 2003 Quote To Cash

Product Selector Synch.

Disposition of Obsolete Product:

During the transition period, we will supply the ATV66 AC Drive if required for existing customers with extended

lead times. The ATV58 TRX AC Drive should be used for new applications and wherever possible.

Return Policy for Obsolete Product:

The return policy will be per Square D's latest published conditions of sale

Product Line Manager: Location: Product Line Director: Date Issued:

Ruben VanderDuim (Enclosed)

David Ray (MCC)

Raleigh, NC

Seneca, SC

Geoff Walker

Allen Breeze July 2003

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

SQUARE D COMPANY CNInformation

SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC CHANGE NOTICE INFORMATION

PRODUCT GROUP: CHANGE CATEGORY: EFFECTIVITY DATE:

AC Drives RED FLAG July 15, 2004

MPG DRIV 12 -MONTH NOTICE FILE CONTROL NUMBER:

MPL EA2 RAL 03 0006

Description of Change:

With the completion of the upgrades to the ALTIVAR 58 TRX (ATV58

TRX) AC Drive product line, it is now a functional replacement for the

ALTIVAR 66 (ATV66) AC Drive. The ATV66 AC Drive and all of its

catalogued options will become obsolete and unavailable after July 15,

2004.

The entire ATV66 product line is affected, covering the following ranges:

1 - 50 HP @ 208/230V

1 - 400 HP @ 460V

Objective of Change:

The objective of this change is to convert customers to our most current

product available, the ATV58 TRX family of AC drives. The ATV58 TRX

product line is a complete family of AC Drives, offering high-performance

sensorless vector control, a physical size reduction from the ATV66 AC

drive line, and a broad range of options including extensive serial

communication capabilities. The ATV58 TRX AC Drive product is the

functional replacement for the ATV66 AC Drive product line.

ATV66 AC Drive

Transition Tools:

To determine which ATV58 TRX AC Drive to use during the conversion process, refer to the cross-reference chart

on page 2.

Refer to the Product Launch Zone (October 2002) on Square D’s Intranet for more information.

Call the Product Support Group at 919-266-8600 if you need assistance.

Date of New Product Availability:

The ATV58 TRX AC Drive Product has been available since October 2002.

A replacement model for every ATV66 AC Drive (including options) is now in stock in Mechanicsburg.

Disposition of Obsolete Product:

During the transition period, we will supply the ATV66 AC Drive as required. The ATV58 TRX AC Drive should be

used for new applications and wherever possible.

Return Policy for Obsolete Product:

The return policy will be per Square D's latest published conditions of sale.

Any stock of products should be managed to minimize inventory through the transition.

Product Line Manager: Location: Product Line Director: Date Issued:

Ruben VanderDuim Raleigh, NC Geoff Walker July 2003

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ATV66 to ATV58 TRX AC Drive Cross Reference

Constant Torque

Rating

Variable Torque

Rating

Variable Torque

Low-Noise Rating

ATV66 Model

Number 208/230V 460V 208/230V 460V 208/230V 460V

ATV58 TRX Model

Number [1]

1  1  1  ATV58HU18M2ZU

2  2  2  ATV58HU29M2ZU

ATV66U41M2U

3  3  3  ATV58HU41M2ZU

5  5  5  ATV58HU72M2ZU

ATV66U72M2U   7.5   

7.5    7.5  ATV58HU90M2ZU

ATV66U90M2U   10   

10    10  ATV58HD12M2ZU

ATV66D12M2U   15   

ATV66D16M2U 15

   15 

  20   

ATV58HD16M2XZU

ATV66D23M2S264U 20  25  20  ATV58HD23M2XZU

25  30  25  ATV58HD28M2XZU

ATV66D33M2U 30  40  30  ATV58HD33M2XZU

ATV66D46M2U 40

 50  40  ATV58HD46M2XZU

 1  1  1 ATV58HU18N4ZU

 2  2  2 ATV58HU29N4ZU

ATV66U41N4U

 3  3  3 ATV58HU41N4ZU

ATV66U54N4U    5   ATV58HU72N4XZU

     5 ATV58HU54N4XZU

 5     ATV58HU72N4XZU

ATV66U72N4U

   7.5   ATV58HU90N4XZU

     7.5 ATV58HU72N4XZU

 7.5     ATV58HU90N4XZU

ATV66U90N4U

   10   ATV58HD12N4XZU

     10 ATV58HU90N4XZU

 10     ATV58HD12N4XZU

ATV66D12N4U

   15   ATV58HD16N4XZU

     15 ATV58HD12N4XZU

 15     ATV58HD16N4XZU

ATV66D16N4U

   20   ATV58HD23N4XZU

     20 ATV58HD16N4XZU

 20     ATV58HD23N4XZU

ATV66D23N4U

   25   ATV58HD28N4XZU

     25 ATV58HD23N4XZU

 25  30   ATV58HD28N4XZU

ATV66D33N4U

 30  40  30 ATV58HD33N4XZU

ATV66D46N4U  40  50  40 ATV58HD46N4XZU

ATV66D54N4U  50  60  50 ATV58HD54N4XZU

ATV66D64N4U  60  75  60 ATV58HD64N4XZU

ATV66D79N4U  75  100  75 ATV58HD79N4XZU

ATV66C10N4U  100     ATV58HC13N4XZU [2]

ATV66C10N4U    125   ATV58HC10N4XZU

ATV66C10N4BU  100     ATV58HC13N4XZU [2] [3]

ATV66C13N4U  125     ATV58HC15N4XZU [2]

ATV66C13N4U    150   ATV58HC13N4XZU

ATV66C13N4BU  125     ATV58HC15N4XZU [2] [3]

ATV66C15N4U  150     ATV58HC19N4XZU [2]

ATV66C15N4U    200   ATV58HC15N4XZU

ATV66C15N4BU  150     ATV58HC19N4XZU [2] [3]

ATV66C19N4U  200     ATV58HC23N4XZU [2]

ATV66C19N4BU  200     ATV58HC23N4XZU [2] [3]

ATV66C23N4U  250     ATV58HC25N4XZU [2] [3]

ATV66C23N4U    250   ATV58HC19N4XZU [3]

ATV66C23N4U    300   ATV58HC23N4XZU [3]

ATV66C28N4U  300     ATV58HC31N4XZU [2] [3]

ATV66C28N4U    350   ATV58HC25N4XZU [3]

ATV66C31N4U  350     ATV58HC33N4XZU [2] [3]

ATV66C31N4U    400   ATV58HC28N4XZU [3]

[1] Every ATV66 AC drive is factory supplied with a keypad. The ATV58 AC drive is not. Order one ATV58 keypad (field

installable kit number VW3A58101U) for every ATV58 AC drive for which a keypad is required. An optional I/O extension card

may be needed to match specific ATV66 I/O capability. Consult the ATV58 catalog 8806CT9901 for details.

[2] Consult Instruction Bulletin VVDED397048US for details on operation below 6 Hz.

[3] An internal dynamic braking transistor is not available with the ATV58 AC drive at this HP rating.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8800 / 8839 / 8998

ALTIVAR

66 AC Drives

Enclosed AC Drives

Motor Control Centers

CONTENTS

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Drives and Soft Start Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Class 8998 Motor Control Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Obsolete-See ATV58 TRX

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Contents

Description Pages

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

Speciﬁcations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13

Drive Conﬁguration and Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-23

Motor Thermal Overload Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-24

Display and Keypad Conﬁguration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-25

Application Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-31

Fault Management and Conﬁguration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32

Diagnostic Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33

Recalling and Storing Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33

Input and Output Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34

I/O Extension Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-39

Communication Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-45

Parameter Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46-52

Drive Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53-56

Dimensions and Weights for Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57-60

Mounting in Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-62

Power Terminal Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

Control Terminal Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-66

I/O Extension Module Terminal Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67

I/O Extension Module Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68

Dynamic Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69-71

Wiring Practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72-77

Equipment Recommendations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78-80

Special Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81-82

List of Catalog Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83-89

Three Phase Line Reactors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

Motor Protecting Output Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91

Suggested Speciﬁcations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92-96

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Introduction

2/98

Basic Drive

Factory Setting

The ALTIVAR 66 drive is factory preset for use in most common applications.

Introduction

The ALTIVAR 66 drive is designed for use with standard three-phase asynchro-

nous motors with a power range of 1 to 350 hp (constant torque) or 400 hp (vari-

able torque), 2.2 to 220 kw (constant torque) or 250 kw (variable torque). With its

modular design and extensive range of options and accessories, the ALTIVAR 66

drive can be used in all types of industrial environments, commercial construction,

and OEM applications.

Sensorless Flux

Vector Control

The ALTIVAR 66 basic drive incorporates ﬂux vector control without encoder feed-

back, giving rated motor torque at 0.5 Hz without adjustment.

Reduction of

Motor Noise

For use with constant or variable torque, a high switching frequency (2 kHz, 4 kHz,

or 10 kHz) is available.

Drive Operator

Interface

A keypad display is mounted on front of the drive. It allows:

•

Choice of six languages

•

Drive identiﬁcation, parameter and fault display

•

Recall of adjustments and drive conﬁguration

•

Display of running values such as output frequency or a fault

•

Local control of the drive

Protection

The drive automatically protects itself against short circuits:

•

Between output phases

•

Between output phases and ground

•

On the outputs of internal supplies

•

On the logic and analog outputs

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Introduction

•

Maximum available torque at low speeds without adjustment

•

Automatic adjustment of acceleration and deceleration ramp times when torque

capabilities are exceeded

The drive can be conﬁgured for either constant or variable torque applications.

The ALTIVAR 66 drive beneﬁts from a new concept, PRO System (Performance Regulation

Optimization), providing a solution for demanding drive applications. Features include:

•

New motor ﬂux control algorithms

•

Automatic adaptation of motor parameters

•

Sensorless ﬂux vector control without encoder

•

Transient overtorque necessary for starting

The switching frequency is randomly modulated to reduce audible motor noise while

limiting losses in the drive.

The LCD graphic screen displays graphs and has reverse video for enhancing text or

numerical values on the screen. An access locking switch on back of the keypad and

a software key allow partial or total access to parameters. Adjustments can be saved

on a PCMCIA card (Personal Computer Memory Card International Association) and

subsequently downloaded into other ALTIVAR 66 drives. Three LEDs on front of the

drive indicate status:

•

Red LED illuminated: Drive fault

•

Yellow LED illuminated: Current limit; ﬂashing: Prealarm

•

Green LED illuminated: Drive powered

Memory Card

INSERT

This sensorless ﬂux vector control provides:

•

Exceptional torque performance with a standard motor

•

Rapid dynamic response with digital speed regulation

•

Optimal performance for extruders, specialty machines, and material handling

applications

•

Economic solution for high torque and low speed

The drive provides UL rated electronic motor thermal protection. The drive also pro-

vides:

•

Thermal protection against excessive overheating

•

Protection against input line supply undervoltage and overvoltage

•

Protection against input and output phase loss

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Introduction

2/98

Options

I/O Extension

Modules

(Pages 35-39)

When the ALTIVAR 66 drive is ﬁrst powered up, it is ready for use in its standard

conﬁguration for most applications. It is possible to add other functions by using an

optional Input/Output Extension Module.

Dynamic

Braking

(Pages 69-71)

PC Connection

Communication

(Pages 40-45)

Designed to be integrated into modern automated architectures, the ALTIVAR 66

drive can be connected to several different multidrop communication buses.

A braking transistor is integrated into the ALTIVAR 66 drive.

Accessories

The PC Connection option allows the drive to be connected to a personal comput-

er via RS 232C.

The keypad display can be remotely mounted with the use of a Keypad Door

Mounting Kit.

Keypad Door

Mounting Kit

(Page 62)

The heat sink on the drive can be mounted through the enclosure wall.

Recess

Mounting Kits

(Page 62)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Introduction

The I/O Extension Module adds additional logic and analog inputs and outputs. Two

versions are available, for 24 VDC control and for 115 VAC control, allowing the drive

to be adapted to your conﬁguration.

Communication is possible with the most common industrial protocols:

•

UNI-TELWAY

•

MODBUS RTU / ASCII

•

MODBUS Plus

Other interfaces are available through third party offerings.

The addition of an external resistor permits dissipation of excess braking energy,

allowing the drive to function in quadrants 2 and 4 of the speed/torque curve.

152.4

6.00

304.8

12.00

152.4

6.00

6.9

.27 DIA

MTG HOLES

The software provides the following advantages:

•

Prepare a drive conﬁguration without connecting the drive to the computer.

•

Save conﬁgurations and adjustments on a ﬂoppy or hard disk.

•

Download conﬁguration and adjustments into the drive.

•

Provide a printout of drive conﬁguration for future reference.

The Keypad Door Mounting Kit allows the keypad to be mounted in the enclosure

door. It allows you to view the display and access the keypad.The kit also allows three

LEDs to be mounted in the enclosure door:

•

Red LED illuminated: Drive fault

•

Yellow LED illuminated: Current limit; ﬂashing: Prealarm

•

Green LED illuminated: Drive powered

The Recess Mounting Kit can be used with Type 1 or Type 12 enclosures. Use of these

kits reduces heat dissipated in the enclosure, allowing a smaller enclosure to be used.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Specifications

2/98

Environment

Drive Characteristics

Conformance to standards

NEMA, NEC, VDE and IEC

Conforms to ISO 9001 standards

Product certiﬁcation

UL Listed per UL 508C as incorporating electronic overload protection

ATV66U41N4 to D79N4 UL File E164874

and ATV66U41M2 to D46M2 CCN NMMS

ATV66C10N4 to C31N41 UL File E138755

and ATV66U41M2 to D46M2 CCN NMMS

CSA certiﬁed

ATV66U41N4 to D79N4 CSA File LR96921

Class 3211-06

ATV66C10N4 to C31N41 CSA File LR60905

Class 3211-06

Degree of protection

NEMA Type 1 (IP30)

Resistance to vibrations

Conforming to IEC 68-2-6:

• ATV66U41N4 to D46N4 and ATN66U41M2 to D33M2: 1 mm peak to peak

from 5 to 22.3 Hz and 2 g peak from 22.3 to 150 Hz

• ATV66D54N4 to C31N41 and ATV66D46M2: 0.15 mm peak to peak from

10 to 58 Hz and 1 g peak from 58 to 150 Hz

Resistance to shock

Conforming to IEC 68-2-27:

• 15 g peak for 11 ms

Maximum ambient pollution

Pollution degree 3 per NEMA ICS-111A or ICS-1, and IEC 664-1

Maximum relative humidity

95% without condensing or dripping water

Temperature

Storage

F (

C) -13 to +158 (-25 to +70)

Operation

F (

C) +32 to +104 (0 to +40)

Maximum altitude

ft (m) ATV66U41N4/M2 through ATV66C19N4

≤

3300 (1000); above this derate by

1.2% for every 300 (100); max. 6600 (2000).

ATV66C23N41 through ATV66C31N41

≤

3300 (1000).

Mounting position

Vertical

Output frequency range

0.1 to 400 Hz for ATV66U41N4 to D79 drives (constant torque conﬁguration)

0.1 to 200 Hz for ATV66C10N4 to C31N41 drives (constant torque conﬁguration)

0.1 to 75/90 Hz for ATV66U41N4 to C31N41 drives (variable torque

conﬁguration)

0.1 to 400 Hz for ATV66U41M2 to D46M2 drives (constant torque conﬁguration)

0.1 to 75/90 Hz for ATV66U41M2 to D46M2 drives (variable torque conﬁguration)

Speed range

1 to 100 (with constant torque)

Speed regulation

Volts/Hertz control type:

determined by motor slip, 3% typical for NEMA B motor

Normal or high torque (sensorless ﬂux vector) control type:

1.0% without adjustments

0.5% with optional tachometer

Transient overtorque

150% of nominal motor torque (typical value

20%) for 60 s (constant torque)

110% of nominal motor torque for 60 s (variable torque)

Maximum transient current

200% of nominal motor current for 0.2 s at starting for constant torque conﬁguration

150% of nominal motor current for 60 s for constant torque conﬁguration

110% of nominal motor current for 60 s for variable torque conﬁguration

Switching Frequency

4 kHz ATV66U41N4 to ATV66D46N4 constant or variable torque rating

10 kHz ATV66U41N4 to ATV66D46N4 variable torque low noise rating

2 kHz ATV66D54N4 to ATV66D79N4 constant or variable torque rating

4 kHz ATV66D54N4 to ATV66D79N4 variable torque low noise rating

2 kHz ATVC10N4 to ATV66C31N4 constant or variable torque rating

Efﬁciency

94.5% to 97.87% (load dependent)

Displacement power factor

Approximately 0.96

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Specifications

Electrical Characteristics

Input

Voltage V 200

10%, 230

15%

400

15%, 460

15%

Frequency Hz 47.5 to 63

Output voltage

Maximum output line voltage is equal to input line voltage

Available control voltage

3 outputs: 0 V common for all supplies

1 output: +10 V for the reference potentiometer (1-10 kΩ),10 mA maximum ﬂow

1 output: +24 V for control inputs, 210 mA maximum ﬂow

Analog inputs AI

Speed reference

1 analog voltage input AI1: 0-10 V, impedance 30 kΩ

1 analog current input AI2: 4-20 mA, impedance 250 Ω

AI2 can be modiﬁed to 0-5 V with a switch located on the control board or

reprogrammed from the keypad display for 0-20 mA, x-20 mA or 20-4 mA.

Frequency resolution: 0.1 Hz at 60 Hz for analog reference

Response time: 5 to 10 ms. AI1 and AI2 can be summed.

Frequency resolution for

digital reference (serial link) 0.015 Hz at 60 Hz

Logic inputs LI

4 logic inputs. 10 ms sample time.

+24 V at 10 mA (minimum 12 V, maximum 30 V)

State 0 if < 5 V; state 1 if >12 V

Factory preset assignments (LI3 and LI4 can be reassigned from the keypad

display):

LI1 = run enable

LI2 = run forward

LI3 = run reverse

LI4 = jog

Analog outputs AO

2 analog outputs

0-20 mA (4-20 mA programmable) recommended load impedance 250 Ω

Linearity: ± 0.1% maximum current

Accuracy: ± 0.5% full scale

Factory setting (AO1 and AO2 can be reassigned from the keypad display):

AO1 = output frequency

AO2 = output current

Logic outputs LO

2 logic outputs

PLC-compatible, open-collector

+24 V (minimum 12 V, maximum 30 V), maximum 200 mA

Factory preset assignments (LO1 and LO2 can be reassigned from keypad

display):

LO1 = at speed

LO2 = current limit attained

Relay outputs R

2 logic relay outputs

1 N.O. - 1 N.C. (contact protected against overvoltages by a varistor)

Minimum: 10 mA at 24 VDC

Maximum inductive load: 2 A at 120 VAC, 1 A at 220 VAC, 2 A at 24 VDC

Factory setting (R2 can be reassigned from the keypad display):

R1 = drive fault

R2 = drive running

Acceleration and

deceleration ramps

Factory preset to 3 s, linear ramp

Separately adjustable from 0.1 to 999.9 s (0.1 s resolution)

Ramp type: adjustable to linear, “S”, or “U”

Ramp times automatically adjusted in case of overtorque

Braking to standstill Automatic by DC injection for 0.5 s when frequency drops below 1.0 Hz

Amount of current, frequency threshold and injection time are programmable

from the keypad display

Dynamic braking By optional resistor

Drive protection

Protection against short circuits

• Between the output phases

• Between output phases and ground

• On outputs of internal supply

• On the logic and analog outputs

Thermal protection against excessive overheating

Protection against input line supply undervoltage and overvoltage

Protection against phase loss

Motor protection

Incorporated electronic thermal protection by I2t calculation taking speed into

account

Storage of motor thermal state

Phase loss protection

Function programmable from the keypad display

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Features

10 2/98

OVERVIEW

The ALTIVAR 66 drive uses the latest in AC drive

technology. The ALTIVAR 66 is a sensorless ﬂux

vector drive. It has a six step diode front-end, and

uses IGBT (insulated gate bi-polar transistors) to

produce a PWM (pulse width modulated) output

waveform to the motor. The product has an input

power factor of near unity, and a typical efﬁciency

of 96% operating under full load. The ALTIVAR 66

drive is conﬁgurable for constant torque or

variable torque applications. In constant torque

mode, an auto-tune feature creates a motor model

to provide superior torque at low speed. The

ALTIVAR 66 drive is capable of providing 100% of

motor rated torque at 0.5 Hz, and 150% of motor

rated torque at 1 Hz. In variable torque mode, the

NOLD (No Load) feature (based on the NOLA

principle) can be enabled to automatically

optimize the volts/hertz pattern for a given load at

a given speed. This increases efﬁciency of the

system, and reduces audible motor noise. In

addition, the switching frequency is randomly

modulated to prevent a single tone pitch from

developing at the motor. If needed, the variable

torque low noise mode can be selected which

increases the switching frequency to reduce

audible motor noise.

DRIVE OPERATOR INTERFACE

The ALTIVAR 66 drive includes a keypad display

mounted on the front of the drive. The keypad

allows:

• Choice of language

• Drive identiﬁcation

• Display of parameter values when drive is

running, or of fault type when drive is in fault

condition

• Adjustment and conﬁguration of the drive

• Local command of the drive

Display

Liquid crystal display screen, 128 x 64 dot matrix:

• 6 lines of 21 characters

• Display of parameter values in bar graph form

and conﬁguration information and diagnostics

• Back lit for ease of viewing

• Reverse video for enhancement of text and

numerical values

20-Key Keypad

• ENT (Enter) key: Conﬁrms a typed value or

advances to next menu

• ESC (Escape) key: Cancels an adjustment or

returns to previous menu

• 2 direction keys ▲▼: Scroll up and down

through menus, increase or decrease numeric

parameters

• 11 number keys: Use to enter numerical values

(0 to 9) and decimal point

• 3 assignable function keys: F1, F2, and F3 for

programmable functions

• RUN key and STOP key: For local command of

drive. Plastic cover is factory-installed; remove

for access to keys.

Parameters are displayed in plain English, or one

of ﬁve other languages, including German, Italian,

Swedish, Spanish and French. There are no

numerical codes.

The function keys are used to jump to a menu (F3)

or display screen (F2), or to show a help screen

(F1). When the keypad is used to run the drive, the

function keys can be set for functions such as

jogging, changing direction, or switching between

terminal strip and keypad command. The “.” key

can be used to enter desired speed.

Hardware and software access locks provide

three levels of access to menus:

• Total Lock

• Partial Unlock

• Total Unlock

Total Lock allows display of analog input and

output and logic input and output status, as well as

fault history. Partial Unlock also gives access to

the drive conﬁguration and parameters adjusted

most often. Total Unlock allows adaptation of the

drive to speciﬁc applications, conﬁguration of the

display screen, and local command from the

keypad. When in Total Unlock, the drive can be

tested using the diagnostic mode and the settings

can be saved on a PCMCIA card to be

downloaded into another drive.

The keypad display can be removed and used as

a handheld terminal, using either an optional 3-

meter cable or 2-meter cable. It can also be

mounted in an enclosure door with a keypad door

mounting kit. When mounted in an enclosure with

the keypad door mounting kit, the keypad display

has a Type 12 rating.

▲

▼

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Features

START UP ASSISTANCE

The ALTIVAR 66 drives are factory set for:

• Constant torque applications

• 2-wire control

When the drive is powered up in constant torque

conﬁguration, the drive performs an autotune to

maximize motor performance. Direct current

equal to the AC drive rated current is injected into

the motor, allowing the drive to determine the

resistance of the motor and set the motor

parameters.

At ﬁrst power up, the language menu is displayed.

Once the language is selected, the display shows

the actual drive conﬁguration. On subsequent

power ups, the display proceeds directly to the

Drive Identiﬁcation screen which shows the

nameplate information: drive catalog number,

constant torque or variable torque conﬁguration,

version of software, horsepower, and nominal and

maximum drive current.

Upon ﬁrst power-up, the AC drive senses the

connected power system frequency. If this value is

50 Hz, Nominal Frequency is set to 50 Hz. If it is

60 Hz, Nominal Frequency is set to 60 Hz.

On 460 V units upon ﬁrst power-up, if the input line

is 50 Hz, the AC drive is conﬁgured for 400 V

Nominal Voltage. If the input line is 60 Hz, the AC

drive is conﬁgured for 460 V Nominal Voltage.

On 230 V units upon ﬁrst power-up, the AC drive

is conﬁgured for 230 V for 50 Hz and 60 Hz input

lines.

If the factory settings do not suit your application,

you can change the parameter settings. First

select the torque type: constant torque, variable

torque, or variable torque low noise. Then set the

type of command: 2-wire or 3-wire.

Motor parameters can be entered to match the

motor nameplate information and slip

compensation can be adjusted. Control

parameters such as high and low speeds,

acceleration and deceleration ramp times, ramp

types, selection of alternate ramps, and skip

frequencies can also be adjusted.

See pages 14-22 for drive conﬁguration and

adjustments.

Application functions are built into the drive. The

ALTIVAR 66 drive can be conﬁgured for jogging,

+speed/-speed, preset speeds, manual/auto

switching, shutdown (stopping after dwelling at

low speed), and bypass. Logic and analog inputs

and outputs can be assigned to provide the

needed information.

A Drive Initialization menu can be used to return

to factory settings. This menu is also used to save

the conﬁguration and adjustments onto a PCMCIA

card which can be used to download the settings

into other drives of equal horsepower.

ASSISTANCE WHEN RUNNING

The large display screen makes it easy to check

operating values while the drive is running.

Select from three ways to display operating values:

• 1 bar graph for reading the value at a distance

• 2 bar graphs (illustrated below)

• 4 tables in each mode contain a list of 14 operating

values which can be successively displayed by

pressing the arrow keys

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Features

12 2/98

The 1 bar graph display is shown below. If keypad

command mode has been selected, the

assignment of the F1-F2-F3 function keys is

shown on the screen, along with a status code

such as RUN, RDY or ACC, indicating drive state.

Choose from 14 display values. Two of these can be

user-deﬁned application measurements such as

number of products per minute in a material handling

application. Other values include: output frequency,

current, voltage, power, line voltage, DC voltage,

motor and drive thermal state, speed reference,

motor torque, PI setpoint, and PI feedback.

MAINTENANCE ASSISTANCE

The ALTIVAR 66 drive has several menus which

aid in maintaining the drive.

The following menus are accessible at all times:

• I/O Map: the assignment of the logic and analog

inputs and outputs as well as their state or value

is shown. This is a very useful diagnostics tool.

• Fault History: this menu allows the display of up

to eight of the most recent faults.

If a fault occurs, the type of fault is displayed in the

chosen language (code words are not used). Drive

status at the time of the fault is also stored, indicating

if the drive was accelerating, decelerating, or in the

ready state when the fault occurred.

The Diagnostic Mode helps to determine the failed

part in case of an internal fault:

• Test of the inputs/outputs with forcing of the

outputs

• Test of the control board

• Test of the power boards and components.

TORQUE CHARACTERISTICS

The curves below illustrate typical continuous

torque and transient overtorque capabilities for a

typical NEMA Design B, 1.0 service factor motor

with constant torque and variable torque loads.

Constant Torque

[1] Derate by 50% below half speed.

NOTE: Before running the drive above 50/60 Hz,

consult motor manufacturer for the overspeed

capability of the motor. For constant torque

operation, nominal and maximum frequency

are adjustable from 25 to 400 Hz for drives

ATV66U41N4 to C13N4, or from 25 to 200 Hz

for drives ATV66C15N4 to C19N4.

1.5

1.2

0.5

0.5 Fn Fn f

T/Tn

0.1 Fn

0.95

1.1

T/Tn

Variable Torque

1 Continuous useful torque: Self-ventilated motor [1]

2 Continuous useful torque: Force-cooled motor

3 Transient overtorque

Fn = nominal frequency (50/60 Hz)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Features

Variable Torque

[1] Derate by 50% below half speed.

MOTOR-DRIVE COMBINATIONS

The drive can be used in constant torque, variable

torque, or variable torque low noise (higher

switching frequency) conﬁguration. When set for

variable torque without increasing the switching

frequency, the drive can be used with a motor one

hp size larger than when it is set for constant

torque. However, when set for variable torque low

noise, the hp rating is the same as for a constant

torque drive. See pages 53-56 for ratings.

SWITCHING FREQUENCY

A high switching frequency allows the drive to

supply the motor with a waveform that reduces

motor noise. The ALTIVAR 66 is one of a few

drives available that randomly modulates the

switching frequency to prevent a single tone pitch

from developing.

The switching frequency is adaptable in variable

torque conﬁguration. Two choices are possible:

variable torque or variable torque low noise. With

variable torque low noise, the drive has a higher

switching frequency.

MOTOR THERMAL

OVERLOAD PROTECTION

The motor thermal overload protection for the

ALTIVAR 66 drives was speciﬁcally designed for

self-ventilated motors running at adjustable

speeds. The calculation of I2t as a function of

speed takes into account motor current as well as

the derating necessary because of lack of motor

ventilation at low speed. Motor thermal overload

protection takes into account:

• Operating frequency

• Current absorbed by the motor

• Running time

• Assumed maximum ambient temperature ≤

+104 °F (+40 °C) around the motor

• Motor thermal time constant based on

assumed motor power

Nominal motor current is factory preset at 0.9

times continuous drive output current. Nominal

motor current is adjustable from the keypad

display. The drive is factory set for a self-ventilated

motor; however, it can be set for a force-ventilated

motor from the keypad display.

The motor overload function can replace a

conventional class 10 thermal overload relay for

single motor applications. However, if the ambient

temperature of the motor exceeds +104 °F (+40

°C) or if motors are run in parallel, provide external

thermal overload protection. The drive provides

UL rated electronic motor thermal protection.

1.1

0.7

0.5

0.3

0Fn Fmax

T/Tn

0.1 Fn

1 Continuous useful torque [1]

2 Transient overtorque

3 Transient overtorque during acceleration

Fn = nominal frequency (50/60 Hz)

Example:

Motor Type of

Conﬁguration Drive

P = 7.5 hp (5.5

kW) Constant Torque

Switching

frequency =

4 kHz ATV66U90N4

P= 7.5 hp (5.5 kW)

P = 10 hp (7.5

kW) Variable Torque

Switching

frequency =

4 kHz

P = 7.5 hp (5.5

kW)Variable Torque

Low Noise

Switching

frequency =

10 kHz

50 160

Noise, db

4030201025

Frequency, Hz

Audible noise curves generated with a 5 hp, 460 V motor.

1 Variable Torque, switching at 4 kHz

2 Variable Torque, Low Noise, switching at 10 kHz

3 Motor connected directly to input supply.

NOTE: Before

running the drive

above 50/60 Hz,

consult motor

manufacturer for the

overspeed capability

of the motor. For

variable torque

operation, nominal

and maximum

frequency are

adjustable from 25 to

60/72 Hz.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Drive Configuration and Adjustments

14 2/98

TORQUE TYPE

Function

This parameter allows you to customize torque

type for a speciﬁc application.

Applications

All constant or variable torque applications with or

without overspeed.

Adjustments

Possible settings are:

• Constant torque

• Variable torque

• Variable torque low noise (not available for

ATV66C10 to ATV66C31 drives)

f (Hz)

fn fmax

1 Constant torque conﬁguration

2 Variable torque conﬁguration

Vn: Nominal motor voltage

fn: Nominal motor frequency

fmax: Maximum output drive frequency

COMMAND TYPE

Function

Allows you to select between 2-wire or 3-wire

command. The selection affects the operation of

LI1 and the forward (LI2) and reverse (LI3, if

assigned) inputs. Factory setting is 2-wire

command.

2-wire command allows the AC drive to be

restarted without operator intervention after fault

reset or restoration of power provided that a run

command is present. For applications where

automatic restarting may pose a hazard to

personnel, the use of 2-wire command is not

recommended.

3-wire command requires operator intervention

after fault reset or restoration of power to restart

the AC drive.

LI1

Run

Enable

LI2

Fwd

LI3

Rev

LI4

Jog

- Speed Ref

+ Speed Ref

- Jog Ref

+ Jog Ref

Two Wire Command

LI1

Run

Enable

LI2

Fwd

LI3

Rev

LI4

Jog

- Speed Ref

+ Speed Ref

- Jog Ref

+ Jog Ref

Three Wire Command

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Drive Configuration and Adjustments

CONTROL TYPE:

CONSTANT TORQUE APPLICATIONS

Function

The control type affects the amount of available

motor torque and is set dependent on the type of

motor used and the application. For constant

torque applications, there are 3 choices:

• Normal: A closed loop, current regulated

control for most applications which require

normal torque at low speed

• High torque: A sensorless ﬂux vector control for

machines requiring high torque at low speed

and rapid dynamic response.

• Special: Constant volts/hertz control for motors

in parallel or special motors such as

synchronous permanent magnet motors,

synchronous wound ﬁeld motors, and

synchronous reluctance motors.

Normal Control Type

Typical maximum overtorque:

ATV66U41N4 to D12N4 & ATV66U41M2 to

D12M2: 150% over 50:1 speed range.

ATV66D16N4 to C31N41 & ATV66D16M2 to

D46M2: 150% over 50:1 speed range.

The Normal control type is the factory setting for

both constant and variable torque conﬁgurations.

Normal is a sensorless ﬂux vector control. In order

to create high torque at low speeds, the AC drive

maintains a 90° phase relationship between the

rotor and stator electromagnetic ﬁelds by

continuously calculating the position of the rotor in

relation to the electrical position of the stator. It is

generally applicable on asynchronous motors and

provides good torque performance. Because

there are fewer parameters than with the High

Torque control type, the process requires less

tuning. When using Normal control, the motor

horsepower must be equal to or one horsepower

size less than the AC drive horsepower.

When Normal control type is used on a constant

torque conﬁguration, self-tuning is active. When

the AC drive is powered up, a pulse of direct

current equal to drive rated current is injected into

the motor, allowing the AC drive to determine the

resistance of the motor to set the motor

parameters.

High Torque Control Type

Typical maximum overtorque:

ATV66U41N4 to D12N4 & ATV66U41M2 to

D12M2: 150% over 50:1 speed range.

ATV66D16N4 to C31N41 & ATV66D16M2 to

D46M2: 150% over 50:1 speed range.

High Torque control is also sensorless ﬂux vector

control, available when the AC drive is conﬁgured

for constant torque. In order to create high torque

at low speeds, the AC drive maintains a 90° phase

relationship between the rotor and stator

electromagnetic ﬁelds by continuously calculating

the position of the rotor in relation to the electrical

position of the stator. High Torque provides more

ﬂexible setup and optimization of parameters than

the Normal control type, therefore offering better

torque performance.

When High Torque control type is used, self-tuning

is active. When the AC drive is powered up, a

pulse of direct current equal to motor rated current

is injected into the motor, allowing the AC drive to

determine the resistance of the motor to set the

motor parameters.

f (Hz)

fn fmax

1 Zone within which the drive functions depending on the load

and the adjustment of IR Compensation which is used to adjust

low speed torque for optimal performance.

f (Hz)

fn fmax

1Zone within which the drive functions depending on the

load and the adjustments.

2Adjustment zone for voltage boost.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Drive Configuration and Adjustments

16 2/98

Special Control Type

Typical maximum overtorque:

ATV66U41N4 to C31N41 & ATV66U41M2 to

D46M2: 150% over 10:1 speed range.

The Special control type, available when the AC

drive is conﬁgured for constant torque, maintains

a constant volts/frequency ratio throughout the

speed range. For example, if the voltage to the

motor is 460 V at 60 Hz, it will be 230 V at 30 Hz,

functioning as a current limited power supply.

Use Special control when controlling synchronous

permanent magnet motors, synchronous wound-

ﬁeld motors, and synchronous reluctance motors.

CONTROL TYPE:

VARIABLE TORQUE APPLICATIONS

For variable torque (variable torque or variable

torque low noise conﬁguration) applications, 2

choices are available:

• Normal: A closed loop, current regulated

control for all applications. With this choice the

proﬁle setting may be adjusted. When Proﬁle is

set between 0 and 100, a constant quadratic

volts/hertz ratio is implemented.

• NOLD (No Load): A constant volts/hertz control

which automatically adapts to the load to

minimize power consumption and audible

motor noise.

Normal Control Type

Typical maximum overtorque:

ATV66U41N4 to D12N4 & ATV66U41M2 to

D12M2: 110% over 50:1 speed range.

ATV66D16N4 to C31N41 & ATV66D16M2 to

D46M2: 110% over 50:1 speed range.

Proﬁle Setting

Typical maximum overtorque:

ATV66U41N4 to C31N41 & ATV66U41M2 to

D46M2: 110% over 10:1 speed range.

NOLD Control Type

NOLD control is only available when the AC drive

is conﬁgured for variable torque. This function

maintains a constant volts/frequency ratio during

acceleration. Once the motor speed is stable,

however, voltage to the motor is automatically

reduced as a function of load. At reduced load, the

motor voltage is minimized, even at motor base

speed. This reduces audible motor noise without

reducing motor RPM. NOLD control should not be

used with motors in parallel.

f (Hz)

fn fmax

1Zone within which the drive functions depending on the

load and the adjustments.

2Adjustment zone for voltage boost.

f (Hz)

fn fmax

100

f (Hz)

fn fmax

1 Zone within which the drive functions when Proﬁle is set

between 0 and 100.

Shaded area denotes zone within which the drive functions

when NOLD is conﬁgured.

f (Hz)

fn fmax

Load

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Drive Configuration and Adjustments

MAXIMUM FREQUENCY

Function

Maximum Frequency clamps the High Speed

setting.

Applications

All applications.

Adjustments

Adjustable ranges for Maximum Frequency are:

• Constant torque:

ATV66U41 to ATV66D79: Nominal Frequency

to 400 Hz

ATV66C10 to ATV66C31: Nominal Frequency

to 200 Hz

• Variable torque: Nominal Frequency to 90 Hz

Factory setting is 60 Hz if the input line frequency

is 50 Hz, or 72 Hz for an input line frequency of 60

Hz.

LOW SPEED AND HIGH SPEED

Function

The two frequency limits deﬁne the speed range

permitted under operating conditions.

Applications

All applications with or without overspeed.

Adjustments

Low Speed is adjustable from 0 to High Speed,

factory set to 0 Hz. High Speed is adjustable from

Low Speed to Maximum Frequency, factory set to

50 Hz if input frequency is 50 Hz, or 60 Hz if input

frequency is 60 Hz.

ACCELERATION AND

DECELERATION RAMP TIMES

Function

Determines the acceleration and deceleration

ramp times, set depending on the application and

the torque requirements of the machine. In the

case of overcurrent, the ramps will be extended to

accelerate or decelerate the connected load as

quickly as possible without causing a nuisance trip.

Deceleration ramp modiﬁcation is disabled if the

dynamic braking option is installed.

Applications

All applications.

Adjustments

Acceleration and Deceleration times are

adjustable between 0.1 and 999.9 seconds, with

factory settings of 3 seconds.

10 V

HSP

f (Hz)

0 V

LSP

Reference

0 mA

4 mA 20 mA

20 mA

20 mA 4 mA

LSP: Low speed

HSP: High speed

f (Hz)

Acceleration

Deceleration

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Drive Configuration and Adjustments

18 2/98

TYPE OF ACCELERATION

AND DECELERATION RAMPS

Function

These parameters determine the type of

acceleration and deceleration ramps the drive will

follow when a Run or Stop command is issued.

Applications

• Material handling and packaging: Use of “S”

ramp allows compensation for mechanical play

and the suppression of shocks. The “S” ramp

also allows the drive to follow the reference

during fast transient conditions in the case of

high inertia.

• Pumping (installation with centrifugal pump

and check valve): The use of the “U” ramp

improves control over closing of gravity

operated valves.

Adjustments

The acceleration and deceleration ramps can be

independently deﬁned as linear (factory setting),

“S”, or “U”. A rounding factor adjusts the degree of

curvature of the ramp proﬁle. Total ramp time (t1)

remains unchanged. If Alternate Ramps is

selected, all ramps will be linear.

ALTERNATE RAMPS

Function

This parameter allows switching between 2

acceleration and deceleration ramp times,

separately adjustable. When the Alternate Ramps

are used, all ramps are automatically linear. The

switch to the alternate ramp is made with a logic

input or at a deﬁned frequency threshold.

Applications

• Material handling applications which require

smooth starting and stopping.

• High speed spindles with acceleration and

deceleration limits above certain speeds.

Example of ramp switching with LI4 input

conﬁgured for alternate ramp: Ll1 = enable,

Ll2 = start/stop

Adjustments

Both Acceleration 2 and Deceleration 2 are

adjustable between 0.1 and 999.9 seconds.

Factory setting for both is 5 seconds.

SKIP FREQUENCIES

Function

This parameter allows suppression of 1, 2, or 3

critical frequency bands to prevent mechanical

resonance in the equipment connected to the

motor. Each skip point (frequency) selected has a

hysteresis of 2 or 5 Hz (selectable) for each skip

frequency. The three skip points may overlap each

other.

f (Hz)

S Ramp

f (Hz)

U Ramp

LI1 0

f (Hz)

LI2 0

LI4 0

ACC1

ACC2 DEC2

DEC1

ACC1: Acceleration ramp 1

ACC2: Acceleration ramp 2

DEC1: Deceleration ramp 1

DEC2: Deceleration ramp 2

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Drive Configuration and Adjustments

Applications

• Constant torque conﬁguration: Machines with

light structure, unbalanced conveyors, handling

loose products.

• Variable torque conﬁguration: Fans and

centrifugal pumps, in cooling towers and other

equipment with light structure.

Adjustments

• 0 Hz to 400 Hz (ATV66U41 to ATV66D79,

constant torque)

• 0 Hz to 200 Hz (ATV66C10 to ATV66C31,

constant torque)

• 0 Hz to 90 Hz (variable torque)

SLIP COMPENSATION

Function

Maintains a constant motor speed for a given

reference as the load changes, automatically

correcting the frequency. Normally, the factory

setting of automatic compensation is acceptable

for most applications.

Applications

Constant torque applications requiring a higher

degree of speed regulation.

For variable torque conﬁguration, slip

compensation is inhibited.

For constant torque conﬁguration, choose among

3 modes of slip compensation

Adjustments

• No slip compensation: For applications such as

high inertia machines and synchronous

reluctance motors.

• Automatic: For standard applications. The

amount of frequency added to the output is

dependent on the reference frequency.

• Manual: For applications such as a motor with

very low slip. A constant value entered by the

user is scaled according to motor load and is

added to the output frequency throughout the

speed range. Adjustable from 0.1 to 10 Hz,

factory set to 3 Hz.

IR COMPENSATION

Function

IR Compensation is used to adjust low speed

torque for optimal performance. IR Compensation

attempts to adjust or compensate for the resistive

voltage drops of the motor stator windings and the

conductors connecting the motor to the AC drive.

This ensures good torque performance

throughout the speed range of the AC drive.

Applications

IR compensation is only available for constant

torque applications.

Adjustments

• 0 to 100% for Normal control type, factory

preset at 100%

• 0 to 150% for High Torque control type, factory

preset at 100%

• 0 to 800% for Special control type, factory

preset at 100%

Normally the factory setting is adequate for most

applications.

f (Hz)

Reference

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Drive Configuration and Adjustments

20 2/98

VOLTAGE BOOST

Function

Voltage Boost allows for optimal voltage and

torque boost during starting.

Applications

Voltage Boost is available when the AC drive is

conﬁgured for constant torque, with High Torque

and Special control types.

Adjustments

Voltage Boost can be set between 0 and 100% of

nominal voltage. Factory setting is 20%. Normally,

the factory setting of Voltage Boost is adequate for

most applications. For loads which require

moderate to high break-away torque to achieve

initial rotation, adjustment of Voltage Boost may

be required.

DAMPING

Function

Damping adapts the drive to different machine

torque demands by adjusting the integral gain of

the frequency loop to match the inertial response

of the load to the frequency response of the drive.

This gives optimal performance during transient

conditions. In constant torque conﬁguration with

high torque control, a second frequency loop gain

adjustment is accessible to optimize dynamic

performance (see Bandwidth on page 21). It

increases speed response, causing the drive to

react faster to a change in speed or a load impact.

Applications

All constant or variable torque applications with or

without overspeed.

Example: A reduction of gain is used for

overspeed when in transient conditions.

Adjustments

• 1 to 100% for Normal and High Torque control

with constant torque conﬁguration.

• 1 to 100% for NOLD control with variable

torque conﬁguration

• 1 to 800% for Special control with constant

torque conﬁguration

• 1 to 800% for Normal control with variable

torque conﬁguration

Normally the factory setting is adequate for most

applications.

PROFILE

Function

This parameter shapes the V/Hz proﬁle of the output.

Applications

Proﬁle is used when the AC drive is conﬁgured for

variable torque, with Normal control type.

Adjustments

Proﬁle can be set to a value between 0 and 100,

factory preset to 20. During changes in speed

command, the V/Hz proﬁle becomes linear,

intersecting the Vn and fn points (see ﬁgure

below). As a result, there is no reduction in

available motor torque during speed changes.

f (Hz)

fn fmax

1 Zone within which the AC drive functions

depending on the load and adjustments (IR

Compensation)

2Adjustment zone for voltage boost

An increase in gain is used for machines with fast cycles and

low inertia.

A reduction in gain is used for machines with high resistant

torque or high inertia.

100

f (Hz)

fn fmax

Shaded area denotes zone within which drive functions

when Proﬁle is set between 0 and 100.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Drive Configuration and Adjustments

BANDWIDTH

Function

Bandwidth is a second frequency loop gain

available with Damping. Bandwidth increases

speed response, causing the AC drive to react

faster to a change in speed or a load impact.

Applications

Bandwidth is available for constant torque

applications with High Torque control type.

Adjustments

Bandwidth can be set to a value between 0 and

100%. Factory setting is 20%. For most applications,

no adjustment of Bandwidth should be required. For

applications where motor speed or load changes

occur rapidly, the Bandwidth setting can be adjusted

to optimize the AC drive response to these changes.

Increasing the Bandwidth setting allows the AC drive

to respond to rapid variations in speed or load.

Decreasing the Bandwidth setting lessens the AC

drive’s ability to respond. If set too high for a given

application, the AC drive output frequency can

exhibit instability or excessive sensitivity to load

disturbances at the commanded speed.

NOMINAL CURRENT

Function

Nominal Current is the motor nameplate value for

full load current.

Applications

All applications.

Adjustments

Adjustable from 45% to 105% of the AC drive’s

current rating, factory preset to 90%. Set Nominal

Current to equal the motor full load current. The

Nominal Current parameter does not affect the

maximum current that the AC drive can produce,

i.e. Current Limit. However, changing the Nominal

Current parameter can change the value of motor

overload current. Check and adjust, if necessary,

the value of motor overload if nominal current is

changed.

NOMINAL FREQUENCY

Function

Nominal Frequency corresponds to the point on

the V/Hz curve beyond which voltage remains

virtually constant and only frequency increases.

Nominal Frequency often corresponds to the base

frequency of the motor, which is usually the same

as the line frequency of the connected power

system. With special motors or applications,

Nominal Frequency may be different than the

connected power system line frequency.

Applications

All applications.

Adjustments

Upon ﬁrst power-up, the AC drive senses the

connected power system frequency. If this value is

50 Hz, Nominal Frequency is set to 50 Hz. If it is

60 Hz, Nominal Frequency is set to 60 Hz. For

special motors and/or applications, select Special

and enter a value between 25 and 400 Hz

(ATV66U41 to ATV66C13, constant torque); 25

and 200 Hz (ATV66C15 to ATV66C31, constant

torque); or 25 and 90 Hz (variable torque).

NOMINAL VOLTAGE

Function

Nominal Voltage corresponds to the point on the

V/Hz curve beyond which voltage remains

virtually constant and only frequency increases.

Nominal Voltage is used with Nominal Frequency

to determine the V/Hz baseline. Nominal Voltage

often corresponds to the base voltage of the

motor, which is usually the same as the line

voltage of the connected power system. With

special motors or applications, Nominal Voltage

may be different than the connected power

system line voltage.

Applications

All applications.

Adjustments

On 400/460 V units, select the value of the motor

supply voltage from the following: 380-400-415-

440-460. Upon ﬁrst power-up, if the input line is 50

Hz, the AC drive is conﬁgured for 400 V Nominal

Voltage. If the input line is 60 Hz, the AC drive is

conﬁgured for 460 V Nominal Voltage.

On 208/230 V units, select the value of the motor

supply voltage from the following: 208-220-230-

240. Upon ﬁrst power-up, the AC drive is

conﬁgured for 230 V for 50 Hz and 60 Hz input

lines.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Drive Configuration and Adjustments

22 2/98

ROTATION NORMALIZATION

Function

This parameter allows motor rotation direction to

be inverted (from ABC to ACB) so that the motor

shaft rotation agrees with the forward and reverse

logic inputs. No power wiring has to be changed to

correct rotation.

Applications

All applications.

TORQUE LIMIT MOTOR

AND TORQUE LIMIT GENERATOR

Function

These two parameters allow the limitation of

torque, independent of current limit, with separate

adjustment for the motor and generator (AC drive

with dynamic braking) quadrants. When using

generator torque limit, the overspeed function is

active. If the action of the generator torque limit

causes the actual motor frequency to be greater

than the desired motor frequency by ≈10 Hz, then

an overspeed trip will occur.

• By analog input: a 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA, or 20-4

mA input can be used as a drive torque

reference for simple motor torque control.

• By logic input: when the assigned logic input is

low, the torque limit value is the default setting.

When the logic input is high, the torque limit

value is the user-programmed value.

Applications

Applications where it is desirable to limit torque

output of the motor. Torque limit is only available in

constant torque control types.

Adjustments

Both parameters can be set to a value between 0

and 200% of nominal motor torque, factory preset

at 200%.

CURRENT LIMIT

Function

This parameter limits maximum drive current to an

adjustable level. Reduction is possible by three

methods:

• By frequency level: Current Limit is at reduced

level when drive exceeds a programmed

frequency.

• By analog input: a 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA, or 20-4

mA input can be used as a drive current

reference for simple motor torque control.

• By logic input: when the assigned logic input is

low, the current limit value is the default setting.

When the logic input is high, the current limit

value is the user-programmed value.

Applications

Constant torque:

• Machines which may frequently jam such as

conveyors, grinders, extruders

• Torque regulation or simple tension-controlled

applications

• Cut to length with stopping and holding against

a mechanical stop

• Constant torque or variable torque: When a

motor is used that has a power less than that of

the drive (in this case, set the activation method

to frequency level and set the frequency

threshold at zero).

Example:

Adjustments

Current Limit can be set to a value between 40

and 150% of AC drive output current for constant

torque applications, or from 40 to 110% of AC

drive output current for variable torque

conﬁgurations. Default values are:

• Constant torque: 150% of output current for

input frequency of 60 Hz, 136% for input

frequency of 50 Hz

• Variable torque: 110% of output current

Normal Current Limit

Reduced Current Limit

Threshold

LIx Input

Current Limit

AIx Input

Motor Frequency

Frequency Threshold

Logic Input activation

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Motor Thermal Overload Protection

BRAKE SEQUENCE

Function

Brake control sequencing is generated by the

drive in constant torque conﬁguration to activate

and coordinate mechanical brake actuation. It

allows the sequencing of AC drive output,

mechanical brake actuation, and DC injection for

smooth starting and stopping.

Applications

• Material handling machines equipped with fail-

safe brakes, such as hoisting machines.

• Machines which need a holding brake, such as

an unbalanced machine.

MOTOR THERMAL

OVERLOAD PROTECTION

Function

The ALTIVAR 66 drives provide indirect motor

thermal protection by continuously calculating the

theoretical thermal state of the motor. The drive will

trip if this state reaches 109% of nominal current.

Motor Overload enables the AC drive to protect a

standard asynchronous induction motor from

overload. This function can replace a conventional

class 10 thermal overload relay for single motor

applications; however, multi-motor applications

require individual external thermal overload motor

protection.

This function is effective in protecting a motor

operated from the ALTIVAR 66 drive because it

considers motor speed as well as time and current in

its protection algorithm. This is important since most

motors applied on AC drives are self-cooled, and

their cooling effectiveness declines at lower speeds.

This protection algorithm integrates motor current

over time, taking into account factors such as stop

time and idle time.

Applications

All applications with self-ventilated motor.

Types of Protection

Self-Cooled Motor

With this type of motor overload protection, the

motor base frequency is assumed to be the same

as the nominal rated frequency. Enter the motor

full load amps for Motor Overload current value.

R2 0

Ll2 0

tdc

Idc

t1: Adjustable brake release time

t2: Adjustable delay following the stop

tdc: DC injection time

Ir: Brake release current threshold

Idc: DC injection current level

fr: Frequency for releasing the brake

fe: Frequency for engaging the brake

ESC

ENT

The microprocessor calculates

the theoretical thermal state of

the motor from:

• Operating frequency

• Current absorbed by the

motor

• Running time

• Assumed maximum

ambient temperature of 40° C

around the motor.

• Motor thermal time

constant based on assumed

motor power

0.7

524

20 36

30 60

0.8 0.9 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5

1 h

10 min

4 min

2 min

1 min

10 s

cold

hot

I/In

Constant torque

conﬁguration: See

thermal protection

trip curves at left.

Variable torque

conﬁguration: Use

the same curves

but overload is

limited to I/In = 1.1.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Display and Keypad Configuration

24 2/98

The overload time–current characteristic is set to

allow operation at motor rated current above 50%

of motor base speed. Below 50% of motor base

speed, the time-current characteristic is linearly

tapered so that at zero speed, the drive will trip on

overload at continuous operation above 25% of

the motor overload setting.

The I2t curve, which is used to determine when to

trip on a motor overheat condition, emulates a

class 10 thermal overload curve if nominal rated

frequency is 60 Hz. If nominal rated frequency is

50 Hz, it emulates the European standard curve.

Force-Ventilated Motor

This type of motor overload protection is the same

as that for a Self-Cooled Motor except that the

overload time-current characteristic is set to allow

operation at motor rated current throughout the

speed range. The drive will trip on overload if the

motor current exceeds the set level.

Manual Tuning

Manual Tuning works in the same way as the Self-

Cooled Motor except that minimum speed at full load

(MIN. SPD at F.L.) and maximum current at zero

speed (IMAX at 0 SPD) are both programmable, as

is the Motor Overload Current value.

No Thermal Protection

External thermal overload relays are required when

more than one motor is connected to the output or

when the motor connected to the AC drive is less

than half the AC drive rating, or with a permanent

magnet or wound ﬁeld synchronous motor. When

external overload protection is provided, select “No

Thermal Protection”.

NOTE: When “No Thermal Protection” is selected

for the ATV66C23 to ATV66C31 AC drives, the

thermal protection is set to a level which limits the

maximum continuous current to prevent AC drive

damage.

Adjustments

Motor Overload Current is adjustable from 0.45 to

1.15 times nominal drive current, factory preset to

0.9 times nominal drive current.

DISPLAY CONFIGURATION

The keypad display can be conﬁgured to show:

• One parameter displayed in bar graph form

(factory setting)

• Two parameters displayed in bar graph form

• Four parameters displayed in tables

When the drive is running, the possible display

parameters are:

• Drive parameters: Frequency reference, output

frequency, output current, output power, output

voltage, input voltage, DC bus voltage, drive

thermal state, and elapsed run time

• Motor parameters: Motor torque, motor thermal

state, and motor speed

• User-deﬁned parameters: Machine reference

and machine speed, set according to the

application by entering a scale factor and a

deﬁnition of units

When the drive is running and the keypad display

is conﬁgured for one bar graph, you can

successively display the other parameters by

scrolling with the ▲ and ▼ keys. If the keypad

display is conﬁgured for two bar graphs and you

scroll with the ▲ and ▼ keys, the ﬁrst bar graph

remains ﬁxed, while other parameters are

displayed successively on the second bar graph.

If the keypad display is conﬁgured for four

parameters, you can successively display the

other parameters by scrolling with the ▲ and ▼

keys.

KEYPAD CONFIGURATION

The keypad conﬁguration menu allows:

Selection of Command Mode

• Terminal command: Command of the drive

from the terminal strip inputs

• Keypad command: Local command of the drive

by the keypad Run and Stop keys. In this

command mode, it is not necessary to wire the

analog and logic input terminals, except for LI1

to +24VDC.

• Switching between Terminal and Keypad

command:

- By a logic input (LI3 or LI4) reassigned to this

function or

- By using the F2 function key (not reassignable

in this case)

Programming the Function Keys

The three function keys can be assigned to

several different functions along with Terminal/

Keypad Switching. Possible assignments are:

• Direction: Forward or reverse direction

• Jog

• Fault Reset: Allows the drive to be reset after

certain faults if the cause of the fault has

disappeared.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Application Functions

• Scroll: Allows the successive display of values

when the drive is running.

• Preset Speeds 1 and 2: Running at Preset

Speed 1 or 2.

Use of Keypad Command

• When the drive is running, the codes for the

assignments of F1-F2-F3 are displayed on the

bottom line of the screen.

• The commands are activated by momentarily

pressing the function key, except in the case of

Jog and Scroll which are only active as long as

the function key is held.

• The Run and Stop keys are used to start and

stop the motor.

•▲ increases reference frequency, ▼ decreases

reference frequency; or reference frequency

can be entered by pressing decimal point key,

entering frequency and pressing the ENT key.

• Direction can be changed with an assigned

function key. If no function key is assigned to

direction, the direction is forward.

• A plastic cover is factory installed over the Run

and Stop keys. It can be removed to access the

Run and Stop keys and reinstalled.

APPLICATION FUNCTIONS

The ALTIVAR 66 drive incorporates application

functions so that a portion of the external control

typically found in drive systems can be eliminated.

Application functions use the drive logic inputs

and outputs.

The drive contains four logic inputs LI1, LI2, LI3

and LI4, two of which can be reassigned (LI3 and

LI4). LI3 is factory set for reverse direction and

therefore can be reassigned for applications

which only require running in one direction. LI4 is

factory set for Jog.

Choice of application functions is limited by:

• The number of reassignable logic inputs on the

drive. If necessary, an I/O Extension Module can

be used to increase the number of inputs

(catalog number VW3A66201T or

VW3A66202T, see page 35).

• The incompatibility between certain functions.

RUN REVERSE

Function

Requires one logic input. The drive runs in reverse

when the assigned logic input is high. The input is

a maintained signal if 2-wire control is selected, or

edge-triggered with 3-wire control. Logic input LI3

is factory preset for this function. If the application

has only one direction of rotation, input LI3 can be

reassigned to another function.

Applications

All applications with two directions of rotation.

JOG

Function

Jog requires one logic input. The drive runs at the

programmed jog speed as long as the assigned

logic input is high. Time between jog pulses is

determined by the programmed duty time. Logic

input LI4 is factory preset for this function. An

output can be assigned to indicate that the drive is

jogging.

▲

▼

RUN REVERSE

JOG

+ / – SPEED

SETPOINT MEMORY

PRESET SPEEDS

SPEED REFERNCE

AUTO / MANUAL

CONTROLLED STOP

SHUTDOWN

BYPASS

BRAKE SEQUENCE

MOT. SELECT SWITCH

PI REGULATOR

●

●●

●

RUN REVERSE

JOG

+ / – SPEED

SETPOINT MEMORY

PRESET SPEEDS

SPEED REFERENCE

AUTO / MANUAL

CONTROLLED STOP

SHUTDOWN

BYPASS

BRAKE SEQUENCE

MOT. SELECT SWITCH

PI REGULATOR

●

[1]

●●●●

●

●●● ●

●●

●

[1] Shutdown is incompatible with Controlled Stop by Frequency Threshold

and Controlled Stop by Frequency Threshold/Logic Input.

Read up and across from

the ● to identify pairs of

incompatible functions.

Incompatibilities due to

the number of

I/O available for

reassignment are not

shown.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Application Functions

26 2/98

Applications

All machines which require a slight move during

start up, positioning, threading, or maintenance.

Adjustments

Jog speed is adjustable from 0.2 to 10 Hz, factory

preset to 5 Hz. Duty Cycle is adjustable from 0.2

to 10 seconds, factory preset to 0.5 seconds.

+SPEED/-SPEED

Function

This function requires two logic inputs. When the

logic input assigned to +Speed is high, output

frequency is increased. When the input assigned

to -Speed is high, output frequency is decreased.

The function can be used with or without storing

the last reference. In this mode, if the drive is

stopped and then started again, it accelerates to

its last speed. This function is similar to a

motorized potentiometer.

Applications

• Speed command of a drive from several

pushbutton operating stations.

• Logic command of several drives requiring

coordinated speed changes.

Example with storing of last reference:

SETPOINT MEMORY

Function

Setpoint memory allows the speed of several

drives to be controlled by one analog reference

and a logic input for each drive.

This function requires one logic input. If the assigned

logic input goes high for longer than 0.1 seconds, the

drive will store the analog reference at that time and

run at that frequency. This frequency is maintained

until the next logic input pulse, the removal of the

direction input (2-wire command), or removal of the

run enable input.

Applications

• Slow process sectional line with several drives.

• Conveyor systems.

LI4 0

LI2 0

f (Hz)

LI2: Forward direction

LI4: Jog

LI2: Forward Direction

LI3: + Speed

LI4: - Speed

f (Hz)

LI2 0

LI3 0

LI4 0

f (Hz)

LI2 0

LI4 0

0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s

Speed

Reference

LI2: Forward Direction

LI4: Setpoint Memory

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Application Functions

PRESET SPEEDS

Function

This parameter allows switching between 1 or 3

Preset Speeds, with an additional speed obtained

when the assigned logic inputs are both low. 1 Preset

Speed requires one logic input. 3 Preset Speeds

requires two logic inputs. Use of an I/O Extension

Module allows 7 Preset Speeds (see page 36).

Applications

Material handling and machines with several

operating speeds.

Example with four speeds:

Adjustments

Preset Speeds are adjustable from 0.1 to 400 Hz

(ATV66U41 to ATV66D79, constant torque); 0.1 to

200 Hz (ATV66C10 to ATV66C13, constant

torque); or 0.1 to 90 Hz (variable torque). Factory

preset value for 1 Preset Speed is 5 Hz, for 3

Preset Speeds 5, 10, and 15 Hz.

SPEED REFERENCE

Function

This parameter allows assignment of the AI1 and

AI2 inputs as Speed Reference 1 or Speed

Reference 2. The characteristics of the analog

current input AI2 can be modiﬁed. Factory setting

is 4-20 mA. Other programmable values are: 0-20

mA, 20-4 mA, or x-20 mA where x is

programmable from 0 to 20 mA. A switch on the

control board also allows AI2 to be used as a 0-5

V voltage input. The voltage input AI1 (0-10 V)

cannot be modiﬁed.

The AI1 and AI2 inputs are summed as a factory

default, limited to High Speed. However, when

Auto/Manual is active, the inputs function

independently, and only one is active at a time. It

is possible to multiply AI2 by (-1) in which case AI2

is subtracted from AI1. If Clamp Sum is set to Yes

and (AI1-AI2) is zero or negative, the drive will run

at Low Speed. If Clamp Sum is set to No and (AI1-

AI2) is negative, the drive will change direction.

Applications

• Most all applications require a speed reference.

Logic Input a Logic Input b

Low Speed or Reference 0 0

Preset Speed 1 1 0

Preset Speed 2 0 1

Preset Speed 3 1 1

f (Hz)

LI2 0

LI3 0

LI4 0

LSP

LI2: Forward Direction

LI3: Logic Input a

LI4: Logic Input b

10 V

HSP

f (Hz)

0 V

LSP

Reference

0 mA

4 mA 20 mA

20 mA

20 mA 4 mA

LSP: Low speed

HSP: High speed

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Application Functions

28 2/98

Applications using the sum feature

• Applications with a current reference input

other than 4-20 mA.

• Machines where the speed is corrected by a

signal at the AI2 input.

AUTO/MANUAL

Function

Auto/Manual requires 1 or 2 logic inputs. It allows

switching between two analog references using a

logic input. This function eliminates the need for

mechanical switching of the low level analog

inputs and allows the speed references to be

independent.

Applications

All machines with automatic/manual operation.

Automatic speed command comes from a sensor

on input AI2 when the logic input is at state 1

(high). Manual speed command comes from a

potentiometer on input AI1 (local control) when

the logic input is at state 0 (low). A second logic

input can be used for an additional 2-wire remote

run command, only active when the drive is in

Auto mode.

CONTROLLED STOP

Function

Controlled stop requires zero or one logic inputs.

It allows frequency threshold and logic inputs to

work together to modify normal stopping. Three

types of stop modiﬁcation are available:

• Freewheel: Motor coasts to a stop. Stopping

time depends on inertia and resistive torque.

• Fast stop: Braking to standstill with the

minimum deceleration ramp time acceptable

for the drive-motor combination without

tripping.

• DC injection braking: Adjustment of time and

current level.

Three ways to activate controlled stop:

• Assign one logic input and deﬁne its active

state as 0 or 1. When the logic input goes to its

f (Hz)

10 V

HSP

LSP

AI2

AI1

Adding References

Subtracting References

f (Hz)

10 V

HSP

LSP

AI2

AI1

LI2: Forward Direction

LI4: Automatic/manual

f (Hz)

LI2 0

LI4 0

Auto reference

Manual reference

Manual Auto Manual

LI4

COM

AI1

AI2

+ 24

–

+10

0-20 mA

4-20 mA

20-4 mA

Sensor

Wiring Schematic example

Manual

Potentiometer

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Application Functions

active state, the drive stops, following the

controlled stop method.

• Set a frequency threshold. When a stop

command is received, the drive decelerates

following its programmed decel time. When the

frequency threshold is reached, the drive

switches to the controlled stop method.

• Assign a logic input, set a frequency threshold,

and choose a stopping method for both

command types.

When in Terminal Command mode, controlled

stop is active both at the frequency threshold and

with the logic input. When in Keypad Command

mode, controlled stop by frequency threshold is

active, but controlled stop by logic input is

disabled.

Applications

• Freewheel stop: if coast to stop is preferred.

• Fast stop: applications requiring rapid stopping.

• DC injection braking: Braking at low speed for

fans and material handling applications.

SHUTDOWN

Function

Maintains low speed for an adjustable amount of

time after deceleration. When the dwell state has

expired, the drive can activate a logic output to

indicate the end of running at dwell speed. No

logic inputs are required for shutdown. One logic

output can be used.

Applications

• Pumping station: Controlling the closing of a

check valve before completely stopping.

• Positioning which requires a great deal of

precision.

Adjustments

Dwell time is adjustable from 0.1 to 60 seconds,

factory preset to 1 second.

MOTOR SELECT SWITCH

Function

Motor Select Switch provides the capability to

program the AC drive with multiple sets of drive

and/or control parameters for use with 1, 2, or 3

motors. Motor Select Switch is useful for

applications in which a single AC drive is used to

control multiple motors individually, or for

applications in which multiple control parameter

sets are required for a single motor.

If multiple motors with different power, enclosure

types, or speed ratings are used with a single

controller, separate motor contactors, thermal

protection, and short circuit protection will be

required for each motor. When 2 motors or 3

motors are selected, logic input port(s) must be

selected for receiving motor switching logic inputs.

Applications

• Material handling with several movements, two

of which are not simultaneous.

• Machines with several sections, two of which

do not operate simultaneously.

• Machines with one motor and two different

fabrication processes.

123 4

(Hz)

1 Fast stop

2 DC injection braking

3 Normal stop following deceleration ramp

4 Freewheel stop

Dwell Time

LSP

LI2 0

LO1 0

f (Hz)

LI2: Forward Direction

LO1: Shutdown Complete

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Application Functions

30 2/98

PI REGULATOR

Function

PI Regulator makes it possible to control a

process by adjusting motor speed using a setpoint

input and a feedback input. PI Regulator requires,

at minimum, two analog input ports. Additional

analog and logic input ports are required for other

optional PI Regulator functions. PI Regulator can

only be used when the AC drive is conﬁgured for

2-wire control.

The following analog output signals are available

• Analog output reference proportional to PI set

point

• Analog output reference proportional to

feedback

• Analog output reference proportional to PI error

• Analog output reference to proportional to PI

integral error

The following logic outputs signals are available.

• Logic output indicating that “PI FLT ratio” has

been exceeded. “PI FLT ratio” is a user deﬁned

error limit between desired setpoint and actual

process feedback.

• Logic output indicating that high level alarm

has been exceeded, which indicates the

process is above programmed level.

• Logic output indicating that the feedback is less

than low level alarm, which indicates the

process is below programmed level.

The set point may be entered at the keypad or via

an analog input, AI1, AI2, AI3, or AI4. The

feedback signal may be entered via any analog

input, AI1, AI2, AI3, or AI4. (AI3 and AI4 are

available only if extended I/O option board is

installed.) Refer to the block diagram for inputs.

Applications

• Control ﬂow rate or pressure in a pumping

system.

• Maintain liquid level in a reservoir.

See the PI Regulator block diagram below.

-9999 to +9999

SP GAIN

-9999 to +9999

OFFSET

-9999 to +9999

FB HIGH ALM

FB LOW ALM

REV. SPEED

LIx=1

-1 1

LIx=0

Setpoint

Feedback

Auto/Manual

LI3 - LI8

SPM Input

(Setpoint Manual)

AI1 - AI4,

or Keypad

AI1 - AI4,

Keypad

AI1 - AI4

ΣΣ Σ

REV. ACTION

Yes No

-1 1

0 to 9999

∫

Auto/Manual

HSP

LSP

Speed

Reference

Error

LIx=0

Auto

LIx=1

Manual

NOTE:

An error value of 1 with KP set to 100% and KI

set to 0 will result in AC drive output of 61.8 Hz (if

HSP>61.8 Hz). An error value of 1 with KP set to 1% and

KI set to 140 will result in an AC drive output of 61.8

in 1

second.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Application Functions

BYPASS FUNCTION

Function

The Bypass function is used to sequence a drive

output isolation contactor, commonly used along

with a bypass contactor. The bypass contactor

and its associated power circuit components

permit starting, running, and stopping of the motor

directly from line power. The Bypass function

requires one or two logic inputs, and one relay

output.

Applications

Bypass requires a speciﬁc wiring scheme (see

ﬁgure below). Applications include machines

which must be run continuously because of the

manufacturing process, or when running the

motor at full speed is required when the drive must

be taken off line for service or repair.

Operation

A programmed delay time (ROC) allows for the

decay of residual motor voltage before restarting

the drive after operating in bypass. If the drive is

commanded to run and the delay time has

expired, the relay assigned to Run output

command goes high, energizing the isolation

contactor and enabling the motor to run.

A logic input is assigned as a Sequence input. If

this input does not go high within a programmable

amount of time, the drive faults on a Sequence

Time-out Fault and will not start.

A second logic input can be assigned as a

Process input. This veriﬁes the occurrence of a

user-deﬁned event after the acceleration ramp

has begun. If this input does not go high within a

programmable amount of time, the drive faults on

a Process Time-out Fault and stops.

LI1

LI2

LI3

+24

R2A

R2C

ROC

DRIVE CONTROLLER

RUN PERMISSIVE

FORWARD

SEQUENCE INPUT

PROCESS INPUT

I B

OFF

BYP

LI4

Pump

Contact AS OFF BYP

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Fault Management and Configuration

32 2/98

FAULT MANAGEMENT

Fault Stop

To protect internal circuitry, certain faults always

cause a freewheel stop. For other faults, the type

of stop can be programmed:

• Normal stop: Drive follows the active

deceleration ramp

• Fast stop: Drive stops as quickly as possible

without causing a trip

• Freewheel stop: Drive output is turned off,

causing the motor to coast to a stop

Only one choice is possible and it is applied to all

the programmable faults

Type of Reset

There are three methods for resetting the drive

after a fault:

• Automatic restart (available only when drive is

conﬁgured for 2-wire command). 1-5 restart

attempts and 1-600 second delays between

attempts can be selected.

• Manual restart: removal of power, correcting

the cause of the fault, then reapplication of

power

• Fault reset by logic input or function key

FAULT CONFIGURATION

Along with the type of stop and restart, there are

several other possibilities for fault conﬁguration:

• At the loss of input power, the drive can either

freewheel stop or follow a ramp.

• Input phase failure. This can be inhibited if a

line contactor is used with the drive and control

power is supplied separately to CL1-CL2.

• Output phase failure. This can be inhibited for

troubleshooting or when the motor connected

to the drive is less than 45% of drive power.

• When the 4-20 mA or 20-4 mA reference input

is less than 3 mA, the drive can be programmed

to fault, run at a preset speed, or ignore the loss

of follower.

• Fault reset function allows the restart of the

drive after certain faults using an assigned logic

input.

• If the drive has dynamic braking, the drive can

check for a short circuit and issue a fault if the

rating of the dynamic brake resistor is

exceeded based on programmed resistor

characteristics.

• Motor thermal overload protection can be

conﬁgured and adjusted. See page 23.

• Catch on ﬂy to regain control of a spinning load

after loss of power.

Fault Stop and Restart Methods

Resettable Only

By Manual Reset

(Removal Of Power)

Fault Reset by LI,

Function Key, or

Manual Reset

Can be Automatically

Reset

Non-

Latching

Faults

Faults Causing

Freewheel Stop

Short circuit

Ground fault

Precharge failure

Internal fault

Memory failure

Dynamic brake fault

Dynamic brake resistor fault

Auto-test failure

Transistor short circuit

Open transistor

Link Fault

AC line overvoltage

DC bus overvoltage

Sequence time-out fault

Overspeed

Output phase loss

AC line overvoltage

DC bus overvoltage

Sequence time-out fault

Overspeed

Output phase loss

Undervoltage

Programmable

Fault Stop

Drive overtemperature

Motor overload

Loss of follower

Process time-out fault

Serial link fault

Drive overtemperature

Motor overload

Loss of follower

Process time-out fault

Serial link fault

Input phase

failure

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Diagnostic Mode

DIAGNOSTIC MODE

The diagnostic mode allows access to various

tests:

• Drive autodiagnostics for locating failed

components in case of one of the following

faults: short circuit between phases, short

circuit to ground, internal fault, transistor in

short circuit, or transistor open.

• Testing of the inputs and outputs with forcing of

the outputs.

Autodiagnostics

Two tests are available in this menu. Selecting the

ﬁrst line of the Autodiagnostic menu initiates a test

on the ROM memory, conﬁrms the presence of ±

15 V, and conﬁrms presence of supply frequency.

Selecting the second line initiates a test sequence

on the drive transistor bridge.

At the end of the test, each tested element is

displayed with its test result: “OK” indicates the

tested element is good; “X” indicates it is

defective.

Logic Input Test

This menu allows you to change the state of the

logic inputs to check for good wiring connections.

When the Logic Input Test screen is active,

changes made to the inputs will change input bit

status without affecting the state of the AC drive.

Analog Input Test

Analog Input Test is similar to Logic Input Test.

When this screen is active, you can change the

state of the analog inputs to check for good wiring

connections without affecting the state of the AC

drive.

Logic Output Test

This menu allows you to change the state of the

logic outputs to check for good wiring connections

without affecting AC drive operation.

When the Logic Output Test screen is active, all

outputs are forced to low (0) state regardless of

actual AC drive settings. Changes then made to

the outputs will alter bit status without affecting the

state of the AC drive. When you leave the

Diagnostic Mode and return to Main menu, the

logic outputs resume the programmed settings in

place before the test sequence.

Analog Output Test

This menu allows you to change the value of the

analog outputs to check for good wiring

connections without affecting AC drive operation.

When the Analog Output Test screen is active, all

output values are forced to 0 regardless of actual

AC drive settings. Changes then made to the

outputs will alter the setting without affecting the

state of the AC drive. When you leave the

Diagnostic Mode and return to Main menu, the

analog outputs resume the programmed settings

in place before the test sequence.

The use of diagnostic mode requires:

• Removal of power from L1, L2, L3

• Bus capacitors discharged

• Presence of control power at CL1 and CL2

• Motor connected and stopped

RECALLING AND

STORING ADJUSTMENTS

The ATV66 drive allows you to partially or totally

reset the drive to factory settings. If partial recall is

selected, only the parameters available from the

Display Conﬁguration, Keypad Conﬁguration, and

General Conﬁguration menus are reset to their

factory conditions. If total recall is selected, all

parameters are reset to their factory settings.

Customer parameter settings can be stored on a

PCMCIA card installed in the drive (catalog

number VW3A66901T). This allows the drive

conﬁgurations and adjustments to be saved and

then downloaded in another drive of equal

horsepower.

Although only the size of a credit card, the

PCMCIA memory card with EEPROM allows very

fast access and transfer times. 16 different sets of

parameters can be stored on the PCMCIA card.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Input and Output Assignments

34 2/98

INPUT AND OUTPUT ASSIGNMENTS

The ALTIVAR 66 basic drive has 2 analog inputs, 4

logic inputs, 2 analog outputs, and 4 logic outputs.

Some of these are ﬁxed and cannot be reassigned.

If more inputs or outputs are required, the I/O

Extension Module can be used (see page 35).

Analog Inputs

The analog inputs AI1 and AI2 are assigned to

Speed Reference. They can be assigned to:

• Current limit input

• Torque limit input

• PI functions

Logic Inputs

The only logic inputs which can be reassigned are

LI3 and LI4. LI1 is ﬁxed as Run Enable, and LI2 is

ﬁxed as Run Forward. Logic inputs LI3 and LI4

can be assigned to:

• Run Reverse

• Auto/Manual

• Preset Speeds

• Jog

• Controlled Stop

• Terminal/Keypad Switching

• +Speed/-Speed (requires 2)

• Bypass

• 3 Preset Speeds (requires 2)

• Setpoint Memory

• Motor Select Switch

• PI Regulator

Analog Outputs

There are 2 analog outputs which can be

programmed as 0-20 mA or 4-20 mA outputs

assigned to:

• Motor Current

• PI Ref Output

• Motor Speed

• PI FB Output

• Motor Thermal state

• PI Err Output

• Motor Power

• PI Integral Error

• Motor Torque

Logic Outputs

The ALTIVAR 66 drive has 2 logic outputs (LO1

and LO2) and 2 relay outputs (R1 and R2). R1 is

ﬁxed as the Fault Relay and cannot be reassigned.

LO1, LO2, and R2 can be assigned to indicate:

• Ready State

• Loss of Follower

• Running State

• Frequency Level Attained

• At Speed

• Current Level Attained

• Forward Direction

• Thermal Level Attained

• Reverse Direction

• Jog Enabled

• Terminal/Keypad

• FB Limit (PI FLT Ratio)

• Auto/Manual

• FB High Alarm

• Current Limit

• FB Low Alarm

• Fault State

• Brake Release

• Shutdown Complete

• Run Output Command

• Drive Thermal Alarm

(ATV66D16 to C31 drives only)

Factory Settings for Input/Outputs

Logic Inputs

LI1

LI2

LI3

LI4

Run Enable

Run Forward

Run Reverse

Jog

LI3 and LI4 can be reassigned

Analog Inputs AI1

AI2 Speed Reference 1

Speed Reference 2 AI2 can be programmed to be 0-20 mA,

4-20 mA, x-20 mA or 20-4 mA, or can be set to 0-5 V.

Logic and Relay

Outputs

LO1

LO2

At Speed

Current Limit

Fault

Running State

LO1, LO2, and R2 can be reassigned

Analog Outputs AO1 Motor speed

20 mA = 120% of high speed AO1 and AO2 can be reassigned

AO2 Motor current

20 mA = 200% of nominal drive current

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

I/O Extension Modules

I/O EXTENSION MODULES

An I/O Extension Module can be installed in the

ALTIVAR 66 drive to adapt it to a speciﬁc

application. This module allows the expansion of

functionality by increasing the number of inputs

and outputs and requires no additional panel

space. At ﬁrst power-up, the additional inputs and

outputs on the I/O Extension Module are assigned

to factory settings. They can be reassigned with

the keypad display.

The VW3A66201T card has four 24 VDC logic

inputs, two analog inputs, two relay outputs, and

one analog output.

The VW3A66202T card has eight 115 VAC logic

inputs, two analog inputs, two relay outputs, and

one analog output. An external 115 VAC power

supply is required to operate the logic inputs on

the VW3A66 202T module. When using the

VW3A66 202T module, LI2, LI3 and LI4 on the

main control board are ignored.

Both have a PCMCIA connector for addition of

optional serial communication. The I/O Extension

Module mounts inside the drive with two screws. It

has pull-apart terminal strips for easy wiring.

A Communication Carrier Module, VW3A66205, is

also available for the ALTIVAR 66 drive. The

Communication Carrier Module does not extend

AC drive functions, but provides a PCMCIA

connection for addition of optional serial

communication.

Extensions and Additional Functions

With the I/O Extension Module, additional

application functions are available for assignment

to the function keys. The I/O Extension Module

also extends certain drive functions and allows

access to additional supplementary functions.

Extensions to existing drive functions:

• Seven preset speeds

• Bipolar speed reference

Additional drive functions:

• Voltage reduction

• Speed feedback with tachogenerator

• Orient

• Process cycles

Compatibility

Not all application functions can be used at once.

The table below shows which functions are

compatible.

VW3A66201T

●

●●

●● ●

●

RUN REVERSE

JOG

+/- SPEED

SET POINT MEMORY

PRESET SPEEDS

SPEED REFERENCE

AUTO/MANUAL

CONTROLLED STOP

SHUTDOWN

BYPASS

BRAKE SEQUENCE

RUN REVERSE

JOG

+/- SPEED

SET POINT MEMORY

PRESET SPEEDS

SPEED REFERENCE

AUTO/MANUAL

CONTROLLED STOP

SHUTDOWN

BYPASS

BRAKE SEQUENCE

MOT. SELECT SWITCH

PI REGULATOR SWITCH

●

[1]

●

●●● ● ●● ●

●

●●

●

●●

●

[1] Shutdown is incompatible with Controlled Stop by Frequency Threshold

and Controlled Stop by Frequency Threshold/Logic Input.

Read up and across from

the ● to identify pairs of

incompatible functions.

Incompatibilities due to

the number of I/O available

for reassignment are not

shown.

ORIENT

TACHOMETER FEEDBACK

CYCLES

FORCED LOCAL

ORIENT

TACHOMETER

FEEDBACK

CYCLES

FORCED LOCAL

MOT. SELECT

SWITCH

PI REGULATOR

SWITCH

●●●●

●

●●●●●● ●

●●

●

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

I/O Extension Module, Additional Functions

36 2/98

SEVEN PRESET SPEEDS

Function

The I/O Extension Module extends the Preset

Speeds function available with the basic drive

(see page 27) to allow switching among one,

three, or seven preset speeds.

Applications

For material handling and machines which run at

several speeds. The ﬁgure below gives an

example with eight speeds.

Adjustments

The preset speeds are adjustable:

• ATV66U41 to D79 constant torque: 0.1 to 400 Hz

• ATV66C10 to C31 constant torque: 0.1 to 200 Hz

• Variable torque: 0.1 to 72 Hz

Programmed values must increase consecutively

from speeds 1 to 8. If all three logic inputs are low,

the speed will be the speed reference, if present,

or low speed. The factory preset values for seven

preset speeds are: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, and

35 Hz. LI5, LI6, and LI7 are factory set for Preset

Speeds; however, Preset Speeds can be

assigned to LI3-LI8.

BIPOLAR SPEED REFERENCE

Function

The I/O Extension Module allows extension of the

Speed Reference function available with the basic

drive (see page 27). It adds the ability to modify the

characteristics of the voltage analog input AI3.

Factory setting is ±10 V bipolar speed reference.

Other values are 0 to +10 V or 0 to -10 V unipolar

speed reference. This function also allows

modiﬁcation of the characteristics of the current

analog input AI4. The factory setting is 4-20 mA

speed reference. Other possible values are 0-20

mA or 20-4 mA speed reference.

If AI3 or AI4 is assigned as Speed Reference 3,

the input is summed with input AI1 and AI2, limited

to high speed. However, when Auto/Manual is

active, the inputs assigned to Speed Reference 1

and Speed Reference 2 function independently,

and only one is active at a time.

When AI3 and AI4 are multiplied by (-1) the signal

is subtracted. If Clamp Sum is set to Yes (factory

setting) and the result is zero or negative, the

controller will run at Low Speed. If Clamp Sum is

set to No and the result is negative, the controller

output phase sequence will change, causing the

motor shaft to change direction. The directional

change affects both the forward and reverse inputs,

as well as the jog function. If Auto/Manual is active

and AI3 is set for bipolar speed reference, negative

polarity speed reference values are ignored and

the controller will run at Low Speed, regardless of

the setting of the clamp sum.

f (Hz)

LSP 0

LI6 0

LI7 0

LI8 0

Preset Speed 7

Preset Speed 6

Preset Speed 5

Preset Speed 4

Preset Speed 3

Preset Speed 2

Preset Speed 1

An eighth speed is obtained when all three inputs are at state

0. The eighth speed is Low speed or reference speed if there

is a signal at AI1 or AI2.

LIa LIb LIc

Low Speed or Reference 0 0 0

Preset Speed 1 1 0 0

Preset Speed 2 0 1 0

Preset Speed 3 1 1 0

Preset Speed 4 0 0 1

Preset Speed 5 1 0 1

Preset Speed 6 0 1 1

Preset Speed 7 1 1 1

+10 V -10 VAI3A AI3B COM

Customer

supplied

to A/D

Converter

10 k

20 k

+10 V -10 V AI4 COM

Customer

supplied

0-20

0 to 10 V input referenced to COM

+/- 10 V input referenced to COM

+/- 10 V input not referenced to COM

AI4 input

+10 V -10 VAI3A AI3B COM

Customer

supplied

to A/D

Converter

10 k

20 k

+10 V -10 VAI3A AI3B COM

Customer

supplied

to A/D

Converter

10 k

20 k

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

I/O Extension Modules, Additional Functions

Applications

This function is suited to applications where a

positive and negative speed from a reference

potentiometer or an external speed reference are

used, or where three summed speed references

are used.

VOLTAGE REDUCTION

Function

Voltage Reduction is available only with the I/O

Extension Module. This parameter reduces motor

voltage when running at no or low load in either

forward or reverse. This reduces magnetism in the

motor as well as audible motor noise. The function is

activated at a frequency threshold, or by a logic or

analog input reassigned to the function. The voltage

can be limited to a value between 100 and 20% or

nominal motor voltage.

Applications

For constant torque applications only. Useful for

reduction of motor losses during continuous duty.

TACHOMETER FEEDBACK

Function

This function is available only with the I/O

Extension Module. A tachometer can be

connected to AI3 allowing speed feedback. A

feedback signal of 9 V corresponds to a maximum

frequency of High Speed (HSP). This improves

the speed regulation to the accuracy of the

tachometer (typically 0.5% of the motor base

speed).

Wiring Scheme

Applications

Machines requiring constant speed when there

are changes in the load.

Vn motor

LI 0

100%

Voltage Reduction by Logic Input

AI 0

10 V

Vn motor

100%

Voltage Reduction by Analog Input

Voltage Reduction by Frequency Level

Vn motor

f (Hz)

100%

A14

-10 V

AI3A

to A/D

Converter

+10 V

AI3B

COM

± 9V

1 kΩ

500 Ω

The AI3 differential input is used.

A resistor divider network must be provided to

obtain a ± 9 V signal corresponding to maximum

speed.

Note: Isolation between the input power and the

tachogenerator is ensured by the drive.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

I/O Extension Modules, Additional Functions

38 2/98

ORIENT

Function

This function is available only with the I/O

Extension Module. It is activated by two logic

inputs and one logic output, and requires a 3-wire,

PNP, normally-open type sensor. Orient allows the

drive to start and stop operation at the same rotor

position relative to the stator.

Application

Orient is used on machines such as washing

machines, centrifuges and mixers for positioning

at the end of the cycle.

The ﬁgure below shows an example using logic

inputs LI5 and LI6, and output R3:

In this example:

• Orient Command is assigned to LI5.

— If LI5 is high and a stop is commanded, the

AC drive follows its normal stop.

— If LI5 goes low, the AC drive follows an

Orient stop, decelerating to Low Speed.

• When Low Speed is reached, the AC drive runs

at Low Speed for the amount of time set by the

Dwell Time parameter.

• At the ﬁrst sensor pulse received at LI6

(assigned to Pulse Input) after the dwell time,

DC is injected at the level, and for the amount

of time, adjusted.

• At the end of DC injection, R3 (assigned as the

Complete output) changes state for 1 s to

indicate that Orient is complete.

Adjustments

Dwell Time, the duration for which the drive dwells

at low speed after deceleration, is adjustable from

0 to 10 seconds, factory set for 1 second. DC

Injection Time, the duration for which DC is

injected at the ﬁrst sensor pulse after the Dwell

Time, is adjustable from 0 to 30.1 seconds, factory

set for 5 seconds. DC Injection Level, the current

level at which DC is injected, is adjustable from 50

to 150% of nominal motor current, factory set to

50%.

PROCESS CYCLES

Function

Process Cycles is available only with the I/O

Extension Module. Process Cycles is a control

function that allows sequences of operations to be

programmed into the AC drive. Execution of the

program sequence can be controlled through the

Terminal Command Mode or Keypad Command

Mode.

Process Cycles allows up to 8 steps to be

programmed. Each step has a deﬁned duration,

speed, and ramp time. One step can consist of

several substeps (subcycles), deﬁned with only 1

ramp time and 1 speed. When operated from the

Terminal Command Mode, Process Cycles

requires 3 logic inputs. A fourth logic input can be

assigned to Step Locking, and 2 logic outputs can

be assigned to indicate Cycle Complete and

Cycle Fault. It is also possible to operate Process

Cycles in the Keypad Command Mode. Up to 3

keypad function keys may be assigned to Start

Cycle (SCY), Reset Cycle (RCY), and Next Step

(NCY), respectively. Step Locking is not available

when operating in the Keypad Command Mode.

f (Hz)

Speed Ref.

Low Speed

(LSP)

Drive Controller

Output

1 s

Dwell Time

Run Enable

(LI1)

FWD (LI2)

Orient

Command (LI5)

Low Speed

Command

Sensor

Pulses (LI6)

DC Injection

Orient

Complete (R3)

IDC

tDC

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

I/O Extension Modules, Additional Functions

Example: Complete Cycle

Applications

Process Cycles applications include industrial

washing machines and mixers.

FACTORY SETTINGS OF INPUTS/

OUTPUTS WITH I/O EXTENSION MODULE

When a drive conﬁgured with an I/O Extension

Module is ﬁrst powered up, the associated inputs/

outputs are automatically conﬁgured as follows:

The factory settings of the drive inputs and

outputs are not modiﬁed by the use of an I/O

Extension Module. Reconﬁguration of all inputs

and outputs is possible with the keypad display.

OUTPUT ASSIGNMENTS WITH I/O

EXTENSION MODULE

The supplementary assignments of the logic

outputs available with the I/O Extension Module are

as follows:

FAULT CONFIGURATION WITH I/O

EXTENSION MODULE

The I/O Extension module allows you to assign a logic

input to a user-deﬁned fault (i.e., a fault speciﬁc to an

installation). The logic input can be programmed to

detect the fault when at state 1 or state 0. Fault

stopping method is also programmable.

Step 1

When the logic input assigned to Start Cycle goes

high for at least 200 ms, the cycle starts. The AC

drive accelerates (Step 1 ramp) to the Step 1

frequency. It runs at that frequency for the duration

speciﬁed by the Step Time parameter (minus the

acceleration ramp time).

Step 2 When Step Time 1 expires, the AC drive ramps to

the Step 2 frequency and direction.

Step 3 The AC drive ramps to the Step 3 frequency and

direction, then changes direction. The direction change

repeats for the speciﬁed number of subcycles.

Step 4 The AC drive ramps to the Step 4 frequency and

direction.

Step 5

The AC drive ramps to the Step 5 frequency and

direction. A Run Forward command is activated.

The AC drive completes Step 5 before returning to

normal operation after Step 6.

Step 6

The AC drive ramps to the Step 6 frequency and

direction. When Step 6 is completed, the Cycle

Complete logic output goes high for 200 ms. The

AC drive ramps to the Terminal Command Mode

Speed Reference and direction (as commanded by

Run Forward in Step 5).

f (Hz)

Step

1Step

2Step 3

2-WIRE CONTROL

Step 4 Step

5Step 6

Run Enable

(LI1)

Cycle

Start

Cycle

Complete

Run Forward

(LI2)

Normal Drive

Set Speed and

Acceleration

3-WIRE CONTROL

f (Hz)Step

1Step

2Step 3 Step 4 Step

5Step 6

Stop

(LI1)

Cycle

Start

Cycle

Complete

Run Forward

(LI2)

Normal Drive

Set Speed and

Acceleration

Input Factory Settings

AI3 Speed Reference 3

AI4 Not Assigned

LI5

7 Preset SpeedsLI6

LI7

LI8 Fault Reset

Output Factory Settings

AO3 Motor Power

R3 Thermal Level 1

R4 Ready State

Frequency Level 2 Changes from state 0 to state 1 when

motor speed attains a second value.

Current Level 2 Changes from state 0 to state 1 when

motor current attains a second value.

Thermal Level 2 Changes from state 0 to state 1 when

motor thermal state attains a second value.

Ramp not Followed Changes from state 0 to state 1 when

the acceleration or deceleration does

not follow the adjusted ramp (used with

tachogenerator feedback).

Overspeed Changes from state 0 to state 1 when the

drive output frequency is greater than 20%

of the set maximum frequency for 250 ms.

Feedback Loss Changes from state 0 to state 1 when the

difference between reference frequency

and the feedback is greater than 10%

(used with tachogenerator feedback).

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Communication Options

40 2/98

COMMUNICATION OPTIONS

The communication options for the ATV66 are

designed for ease of installation and

conﬁguration. They have also been designed such

that they can be added without taking additional

panel space. Installation is quick and easy. There

are no chips to replace or dip switches to set.

Address and conﬁguration selections are made

via the keypad. Menu selections provide

adjustment value to select from, reducing

conﬁguration time.

The following protocols are available for use with

the entire ATV66 family of drives:

• MODBUS® RTU/JBUS

• MODBUS ASCII

• UNI-TELWAY™

• MODBUS Plus

Two PCMCIA Communication Card Kits are

available for connecting ALTIVAR 66 AC drives to

multipoint networks:

• VW3A66301U UNI-TELWAY, MODBUS

Communication Card Kit

• VW3A66305U MODBUS Plus PCMCIA

Communication Card Kit

The VW3A66301U Kit allows you to connect an

ALTIVAR 66 AC drive to multipoint networks using

UNI-TELWAY, MODBUS RTU/JBUS and

MODBUS ASCII protocols. The VW3A66305U

MODBUS Plus Kit allows you to connect an

ALTIVAR drive to multipoint networks using

MODBUS Plus protocol and take advantage of the

exclusive peer cop feature. Peer cop reduces

programming by directly mapping memory

locations between the PLC and the drive.

Function

As a node on a network, the ALTIVAR 66 AC drive

can receive and respond to data messages. This

data exchange allows your network to access

ALTIVAR 66 functions such as:

• Downloading of adjustment parameters

• Command/control

• Monitoring

• Diagnostics

The communication card kit contains a Type 3

Personal Computer Memory Card International

Association (PCMCIA) card. The PCMCIA card

slides into a slot on the following modules.

The ATV66 drive must be equipped with one of the

following option modules:

• I/O Extension Module VW3A66201T (24 VDC)

• I/O Extension Module VW3A66202T

(115 VAC)

• Communications Carrier Module VW3A66205

Unless the application requires additional

hardwired I/O, the communications carrier module

is the recommend module. The PCMCIA card

slides into the communications carrier or I/O

extension module which is installed on the

ALTIVAR 66 drive without taking additional panel

space.

Applications

Applications requiring networked drives and

access to critical information.

Access to critical information

The communications option allows high speed

access to 13 adjustment parameters, 28

command and control parameters, 123 monitoring

parameters, and 19 diagnostic parameters.

Adjustments

Protocol selection and assignment of address.

11- COMMUNICATION

ADDRESS : 0

PROTOCOL : ---

TRAN.SPEED: 9.6

FORMAT :8B,1 stop

PARITY : ODD



This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Communication Options

Command/Control Registers

Adjustment Registers

Address Bit Description

Wnnn

Drive reset

Assignment of logic commands over link (DLI)

Assignment of references over link (FLI)

Alternate ramps (Ramp 2)

Suppression of communication control (No time out)

Run/Stop command

Braking by DC injection (DCB)

Orient Stop

Freewheel stop

Fast stop

10 Command of voltage reduction

12 Multi-motors

Multi-parameters

14 External fault command

Wnnn — Reference frequency

Wnnn 1 – 2, 6 – 8 Command of LOx / ROx state

Wnnn — Command of AO1 level

Wnnn Current limit level

Wnnn Motoring torque limit level

Wnnn Regenerating torque limit level

Wnnn Voltage reduction level

Wnnn — Command of AO2 level

Wnnn — Command of AO3 level

Wnnn

0 Command of current limit

1 Run direction

3 Command of torque limit

8 Elapsed timer reset

Address Bit Description

Wnnn — High speed

Wnnn — Low speed

Wnnn — Accel 1

Wnnn — Decel 1

Wnnn — Accel 2

Wnnn — Decel 2

Wnnn — Slip compensation

Wnnn — IR compensation

Wnnn — Proﬁle

Wnnn — Voltage boost

Wnnn — Damping

Wnnn — Bandwidth

Wnnn — Motor overload

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Communication Options

42 2/98

Monitoring Registers

Address Bit Description

Wnnn

Command mode of drive

AC drive ready (RDY or SLC)

Fault (FLT)

Reset authorized

Brake engage relay state

Forced local

NTO

Resettable fault

Motor running

Actual rotation direction

DC injection braking

Steady state

Motor thermal overload alarm

Current limit

No line power (NLP)

Wnnn — Output frequency

Wnnn — Output current

Wnnn 1 – 8

9 – 10

11 – 14

Display of logic input activation (LI1 – LI8)

Display of logic output activation (LO1 – LO2)

Display of relay activation (R1 – R4)

Wnnn — Value of analog input (AI1)

Wnnn — Motor torque

Wnnn — Speed reference

Wnnn

Local command mode T/K

Logic commands over link (DLI)

Reference commands over link (FLI)

Dynamic braking

Fast stop

Power loss, ramp stop

Gating state

Orient complete

Deceleration (DEC)

Acceleration (ACC)

Multi-motor or

Multi-parameter selected

AC drive thermal fault

Torque limit

Stopping by the keypad

Wnnn

Jog

Shutdown complete

Cycle complete

Alternate ramp

Auto/Manual

Frequency level 1 attained

Frequency level 2 attained

Current level 1attained

Current level 2 attained

Thermal level 1attained

Thermal level 2 attained

No ramp follow

Run output command (bypass)

Rotation direction

Wnnn — Output power

Wnnn — Output voltage

Wnnn — Line voltage

Wnnn — Bus voltage

Wnnn — Motor thermal state value

Wnnn — AC drive thermal state value

Wnnn — Elapsed time (hours)

Wnnn — Elapsed time (minutes)

Wnnn — Output speed (rpm)

Wnnn — Machine frequency reference (customer units)

Wnnn — Machine frequency (customer units)

Wnnn — Value of analog input AI2

Wnnn — Value of analog input AI3

Wnnn — Value of analog input AI4

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Communication Options

Wnnn — Value of AO1

Wnnn — Value of AO2

Wnnn — Value of AO3

Wnnn — Speed ramp output

Wnnn — Nominal motor voltage range

Wnnn — Number of motor or parameter set selected

Wnnn — Cycles step number in progress

Wnnn — Preset speed number in progress

Wnnn — Assignment of AI1

Wnnn — Assignment of AI2

Wnnn — Assignment of AI3

Wnnn — Assignment of AI4

Wnnn — Assignment of analog output AO1

Wnnn — Assignment of analog output AO2

Wnnn — Assignment of analog output AO3

Wnnn — Assignment of LO1

Wnnn — Assignment of LO2

Wnnn — Assignment of R1

Wnnn — Assignment of R2

Wnnn — Assignment of R3

Wnnn — Assignment of R4

Wnnn — Assignment of LI1

Wnnn — Assignment of LI2

Wnnn — Assignment of LI3

Wnnn — Assignment of LI4

Wnnn — Assignment of LI5

Wnnn — Assignment of LI6

Wnnn — Assignment of LI7

Wnnn — Assignment of LI8

Wnnn — AC drive horsepower (hardware rating)

Wnnn — AC drive horsepower (conﬁgured rating)

Wnnn — AC drive voltage range

Wnnn — Line frequency recognized

Wnnn — AC drive maximum rated frequency

Wnnn — AC drive nominal current

Wnnn — AC drive maximum current

Wnnn — Memory card option

Wnnn — Communication carrier option

Wnnn — Presence of keypad

Wnnn — I/O Extension option card

Wnnn — PCMCIA communication card

Wnnn — State of command node

Wnnn — Token rotation time

Wnnn — Token count

Wnnn — Messages received

Monitoring Registers (Continued)

Address Bit Description

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Communication Options

44 2/98

Diagnostic Registers

Address Bit Description

Wnnn 0

Drive faulted, stopped

State of Adjustment Semaphore

State of Command Semaphore

Wnnn — Display of fault causing trip

Wnnn — Display of present faults

Wnnn — Indicates the position of marker on 1 of 8 past faults

Wnnn — Past fault 1: AC drive state

Wnnn — Past fault 1: name of fault

Wnnn — Past fault 2: AC drive state

Wnnn — Past fault 2: name of fault

Wnnn — Past fault 3: AC drive state

Wnnn — Past fault 3: name of fault

Wnnn — Past fault 4: AC drive state

Wnnn — Past fault 4: name of fault

Wnnn — Past fault 5: AC drive state

Wnnn — Past fault 5: name of fault

Wnnn — Past fault 6: AC drive state

Wnnn — Past fault 6: name of fault

Wnnn — Past fault 7: AC drive state

Wnnn — Past fault 7: name of fault

Wnnn — Past fault 8: AC drive state

Wnnn — Past fault 8: name of fault

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Communication Options

MODBUS PLUS OVERVIEW

MODBUS Plus (MB+) is a synchronous network

that achieves peer-to-peer access through token

passing. The token rotation is a logical ring

sequence, with the node holding the token passing

it to the next highest node address on the network

(local network section only -- i.e. the token does not

cross a bridge boundary). When a node holds the

token, it may initiate point-to-point messages on the

link, gather network statistics, generate speciﬁc

transfers, etc.

Network nodes are identiﬁed by addresses

assigned by the user. Each node's address is

independent of its physical site location.

Addresses are within the range of 1... 64 decimal,

and do not have to be sequential.

While holding the token, a node initiates message

transactions with other nodes. Each message

contains routing ﬁelds that deﬁne its source and

destination, including its routing path through

bridges to a node on a remote network ring. When

passing the token, a node can write into a global

database that is broadcast to all nodes on the local

network ring. Global data is transmitted as a ﬁeld

within the token frame. A PLC can extract global

data and use this information for control decisions.

Use of the global database allows rapid updating of

alarms, setpoints, and other data. Each network

maintains its own global database, as the token is

not passed through a bridge to another network

ring.

Peer Cop Capability

The MODBUS Plus communications option is

designed to take advantage of the MODBUS Plus

Peer Cop capability. This is an exclusive feature

not found with other drives using MODBUS

Plus communications. This can eliminate ladder

logic programming and improves register update

time signiﬁcantly. Each command node can send

up to 32 words of peer cop data. This allows

mapping of the most commonly used command

and adjustment registers.

Peer Cop is the mechanism, or capability, to

automatically map, or assign, a set of registers

from one node on the network to another. The

MODBUS Plus network supports speciﬁc

transfers to enable this capability. Global data may

be peer-copped as well. A speciﬁc transfer is a

data transfer that sends data from one speciﬁc

node to another speciﬁc node on the same

network. In many ways this data resembles the

global data in that a transmitting node sends it

once every token rotation, and without ﬁrst

encapsulating it in a MODBUS Command. The

peer cop data is always sent in the token frame

however, and speciﬁc transfer data is sent as a

separate frame, or series of frames, just prior to

the release of the token. Each drive can send up

to 32 words of speciﬁc data to the PLC on the

network ring, as long as the total number of words

does not exceed 500, prior to releasing the token.

Global Data Transmission

The MODBUS Plus Global Data Transmission

capability allows 32 display registers of the

ALTIVAR 66

drive to be broadcast to the PLC.

Parameters such as fault status, output frequency,

and output current can be read by other PLCs on

the network ring. Monitoring of the drive status

has never been easier. Each drive sends its global

data to all other PLCs on the network when it

passes the token. If the drive is not conﬁgured to

send global data then no data is sent with the

token.

Messaging

The Modicon MSTR Block function can be used to

communicate with the ALTIVAR 66

drive. As a node

on the network, the ALTIVAR 66

can respond to a

messaged request from a device such as a PLC or

an MMI. All adjustment and command parameters

can be read or written. Display and diagnostic

parameters can be read. Messaging is achieved on

MODBUS Plus via MODBUS Commands. This

application layer command structure is the same as

that used on MODBUS (see Modicon MODBUS

Protocol Reference Guide, PI-MBUS-300). In

addition, several new commands are deﬁned for

gathering network statistics, etc.

Each MODBUS Command follows a Query-

Response model. The initiating node sends a

query to a speciﬁc node, and receives a response.

When MODBUS Commands are issued over

MODBUS Plus, the solicited node must send an

immediate acknowledgment. When the solicited

node holds the token, it may then send any data

that was requested to the requesting node.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Parameter Summary

46 2/98

PARAMETER SUMMARY

The tables on pages 46 to 52 summarize the parameters accessible from the 11 menus available on the

ALTIVAR 66 drive along with their ranges and factory settings.

NOTE: Parameters available only with the I/O Extension Module are shaded.

Parameter Setting

Logic Input Map

Parameter Range Factory Setting Description

Low Speed 0–High Speed 0 Hz Low speed setting.

High Speed Low Speed to

Maximum Frequency

50 Hz if input freq.

is 50 Hz;

60 Hz if input freq.

is 60 Hz

High speed setting.

Acceleration 0.1–999.9 s 3 s Length of time to accelerate from zero speed to nominal

frequency.

Deceleration 0.1–999.9 s 3 s Length of time to decelerate from nominal frequency to

zero speed.

Acceleration 2 0.1–999.9 s 5 s Second acceleration ramp rate, used when alternate ramp

is selected (7.12→Control Parameters menu).

Deceleration 2 0.1–999.9 s 5 s Second deceleration ramp rate, used when alternate ramp

is selected (7.12→Control Parameters menu).

Slip

Compensation 0.1–10 Hz Depends on AC

drive horsepower

Improves steady state speed regulation by controlling

output frequency based on motor slip. Only available with

constant torque conﬁguration and when set to Manual in

the 7.11→Motor Parameters menu.

IR Compensation Normal: 0–100%

High Torque: 0–150%

Special: 0–800% 100% Used to adjust low speed torque for optimal performance.

For constant torque only.

Damping

Normal, High Torque (CT), &

NOLD (VT): 1–100%;

Special (CT) and Normal

(VT): 1–800%

20% Matches the response of the load to the frequency

response of the AC drive by adjusting the integral gain of

the frequency loop.

Proﬁle 0–100 20 Shapes the V/Hz proﬁle of the output for variable torque

applications in normal control type.

Bandwidth 0–100% 20% Second frequency loop gain when AC drive is set for

constant torque, high torque control type.

Voltage Boost 0–100% of nominal voltage 20% Corresponds to a voltage level at 0 Hz, allowing for optimal

voltage and torque boost during starting in special and high

torque control types.

Motor Overload 0.45–1.15 times nominal AC

drive current 0.9 x nominal AC

drive current Accounts for speed, time and current when calculating

thermal overload state.

SP Gain -9999 to +9999 +9999 System gain in PI Regulator

Offset -9999 to +9999 +0 System offset in PI Regulator

KP 0–9999 100% Proportional gain in PI Regulator

KI 0–9999 0 Integral gain in PI Regulator

PI FLT Ratio 0–100% 100% Limitation of error between desired setpoint and actual

process feedback

PI Set Point -9999 to +9999 0 Setpoint in PI Regulator

PI SP Manual 0–High Speed 0 Hz Manual speed reference in PI Regulator

Logic Input Factory Setting Reassignable

LI1 Run permissive No

LI2 Run forward No

LI3 Run reverse Yes

LI4 Jog Yes

LI5

Seven Preset Speeds

Yes

LI6 Yes

LI7 Yes

LI8 Fault Reset Yes

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Parameter Summary

Analog Input Map

Logic Output Map

Analog Output Map

NOTE: Parameters available only with the I/O Extension Module are shaded.

Display Conﬁguration

Keypad Conﬁguration

Analog Input Factory Setting Reassignable

AI1 Speed reference1 No

AI2 Speed reference 2 Yes

AI3 Speed reference 3 Yes

AI4 Not assigned Yes

Logic Output Factory Setting Reassignable

LO1 At speed Yes

LO2 Current limit Yes

R1 Fault No

R2 Running state Yes

R3 Thermal Level 1 Yes

R4 Ready State Yes

Analog Output Factory Setting Reassignable

AO1 Motor speed Yes

AO2 Motor current Yes

AO3 Motor power Yes

Selection Factory Setting

One Bar Graph, Scroll

One Bar GraphTwo Bar Graphs, Scroll

4 Tables, Scroll

Selection Factory Setting

Terminal Command

Keypad Command

Ter/Key by LI

Ter/Key by F2

Program Function keys

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Parameter Summary

48 2/98

Display Mode Status Codes

Drive Conﬁguration

Code Deﬁnition Code Deﬁnition

NLP No Line Power (control power supplied

separately) CLI Current Limit

RDY Drive Ready DCB DC Injection Braking

RUN Drive Running (at speed) JOG Jogging

Forward Direction NRP No Run Permissive (LI1 open)

Reverse Direction BRK Braking

ACC Accelerating SLC Serial LInk Command

DEC Deceleration FLT Fault

Parameter Range Factory Setting Description

Torque Type Constant

Variable

Variable Low Noise Constant Type of Torque.

Command Type 2-wire (maintained)

3-wire (impulse) 2-wire Type of control circuit which is wired into the AC drive, affecting

operation of the Forward and Reverse inputs.

Motor Power

(ATV66U41 only)

.75 kW / 1 hp

1.5 kW / 2 hp

2.2 kW / 3 hp 2.2 kW / 3 hp Used to select motor power for ATV66U41 AC drive.

General Conﬁguration: Motor Parameters

Parameter Range Factory Setting Description

Nominal

Current 45–105% of AC drive current rating 90% Motor nameplate value for full load current.

Nominal

Frequency

50 Hz, 60 Hz 60 Hz if input freq. at

1st power up = 60 Hz

50 Hz if input freq. at

1st power up = 50 Hz

Point on the V/Hz curve beyond which voltage

remains virtually constant and only frequency

increases.

Special:

ATV66U41–D79, CT: 25–400 Hz;

ATV66C10–C31, CT: 25–200 Hz;

VT: 25–90 Hz

Nominal

Voltage

ATV66•••N4:

380- 400- 415- 440- 460 V

ATV66•••N4: 400 V if

input freq. at 1st

power up = 50 Hz;

460 V if input freq. at

1st power up = 60 Hz

Point on the V/Hz curve beyond which voltage

remains virtually constant and only frequency

increases.

ATV66•••M2:

208- 220- 230- 240 V ATV66•••M2: 230 V

Compensation

Normal: 0–100%

High Torque: 0–150%

Special: 0–800% 100% Used to adjust low speed torque for optimal

performance. For constant torque only.

Voltage Boost 0–100% of nominal voltage 20% Corresponds to a voltage level at 0 Hz, allowing

for optimal voltage and torque boost during

starting in special and high torque control type.

Proﬁle 0–100 20 Shapes the V/Hz proﬁle of the output for variable

torque applications in normal control type.

Damping Normal, High Torque (CT) and

NOLD (VT): 1–100%;

Special (CT) and Normal (VT): 1-800% 20% Matches the response of the load to the

frequency response of the AC drive by adjusting

the integral gain of the frequency loop.

Bandwidth 0–100% 20% Second frequency loop gain when AC drive is set

for constant torque, high torque control type.

Rotation

Normalization ABC,

ACB ABC Inverts direction of motor rotation without

rewiring.

Torque Limit

Generator 0–200% of nominal motor torque 150% Allows the limitation of torque, independent of

current limit, in the generator quadrant (AC drive

with dynamic braking).

Torque Limit

Motor 0–200% of nominal motor torque 150% Allows the limitation of torque, independent of

current limit, in the motor quadrant.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Parameter Summary

Current Limit

Default limit,

Alternate value,

CT: 40–150% of nominal drive

AC drive current if input freq. =

60 Hz, 40–150% of nominal

AC drive current if input freq. =

50 Hz

VT: 40–110% of nominal drive

AC drive current

By frequency level

CT, ATV66U41–D79: 0.1–400 Hz

CT, ATV66C10–C31: 0.1–200 Hz

VT: 0.1–90 Hz

CT: 150% if input

freq. = 60 Hz; 136% if

input freq. = 50 Hz

VT: 110%

Allows alternate current limit value by frequency

level, logic input or analog input.

Slip

Compensation

No,

Automatic,

Manual: 0.1–10 Hz Automatic Improves steady state speed regulation by

controlling output frequency based on motor slip.

Only available with constant torque conﬁguration.

Brake Sequence Allows sequencing of AC drive output, mechanical brake actuation, and

DC injection for smooth starting and stopping.

Release

Frequency 0 Hz–Low Speed 0 Hz Release frequency and release current must be

reached before the brake output changes state.

Release

Current 0–100% of motor nominal current 0% Release current and release frequency must be

reached before the brake output changes state.

Release Time 0–5 s 0 s Delay between when brake output changes state

and AC drive begins its acceleration ramp.

Engage

Frequency 0 Hz–Low Speed 0 Hz Frequency at which, after a stop command is

received and the AC drive decelerates, DC

injection braking is activated.

Engage Time 0 to 5 s 0 s Delay between when Engage frequency is

reached and DC is injected, and when brake

output changes state initiating brake actuation.

DC Injection

Level 50–150% of motor nominal current 70% Level of DC injection braking current.

DC Brake Time 0–30.1 s 2 s Amount of time for which DC is injected.

General Conﬁguration: Control Parameters

Parameter Range Factory Setting Description

Maximum

Frequency

CT, ATV66U41–D79:

Nominal Freq.–400 Hz

CT, ATV66C10–C31:

Nominal Freq. –200 Hz

VT: Nominal Freq.–90 Hz

60 Hz if input line

freq. = 50 Hz;

72 Hz if input line

freq. = 60 Hz

Maximum output frequency.

Low Speed 0–High Speed 0 Hz Low speed setting.

High Speed Low Speed to Maximum Frequency

50 Hz if input freq.

= 50 Hz;

60 Hz if input freq.

= 60 Hz

High speed setting.

Acceleration 0.1– 999.9 s 3 s Length of time to accelerate from zero speed to

nominal frequency.

Deceleration 0.1– 999.9 s 3 s Length of time to decelerate from nominal frequency

to zero.

Acceleration

Type

Linear,

ULinear Type of acceleration ramp the AC drive follows.

Deceleration

Type

Linear,

ULinear Type of deceleration ramp the AC drive follows.

Alternate

Ramps

No,

By Frequency level,

CT, ATV66U41–D79: 0.1–400 Hz

CT, ATV66C10–C31: 0.1–200 Hz

VT: 0.1–90 Hz

By Logic input

Acceleration 2: 0.1– 999.9 s

Deceleration 2: 0.1–999.9 s

5 s

Alternate acceleration and deceleration ramps

activated by either a frequency level or logic input.

General Conﬁguration: Motor Parameters

Parameter Range Factory Setting Description

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Parameter Summary

50 2/98

NOTE: Parameters available only with the I/O Extension Module are shaded.

General Conﬁguration: Control Type

Skip

Frequencies

Low speed to:

CT, ATV66U41–D79: 400 Hz

CT, ATV66C10–C31: 200 Hz

VT: 90 Hz

Skip bands: 2 or 5 Hz

None AC drive reference will not stop on the skip

frequency which causes mechanical resonance. Up

to 3 can be programmed.

Voltage

Reduction No, 100%-20% No Allows reduction of motor voltage when running at

no or low load in either forward or reverse.

Control Type Range Factory Setting

Constant Torque Normal, Special motors, High torque (SVC) Normal

Variable Torque Normal, NOLD Normal

Application Functions

Parameter Range Factory Setting Description

Run Reverse No

Yes, Logic input Ye s ,

Logic Input LI3 AC drive runs in reverse when assigned input is high.

Jog

Yes, Logic input

Jog speed: 0.2–10 Hz

Duty time: 0.2–10 s

Yes,

Logic Input LI4

5 Hz

0.5 s

AC drive jogs at programmed jog speed when assigned

input is high.

+/- Speed No

Yes, with memory

Yes, without memory No

Increase or decrease of the speed by using two logic

inputs, similar to a motorized potentiometer.

When input assigned to + speed is high, frequency

increases according to acceleration ramp, limited by the

reference frequency. When input goes low, speed is

maintained.

When input assigned to -speed is high, frequency

decreases according to deceleration ramp, limited by low

speed. When input goes low, speed is maintained.

With memory: AC drive stores speed.

Without memory: Last speed is not stored.

Set Point

Memory No

Yes, logic input No

When the assigned logic input goes high for longer than

0.1 s, the analog speed reference is stored and the AC

drive runs at that speed until the next time the input goes

high.

General Conﬁguration: Control Parameters

Parameter Range Factory Setting Description

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Parameter Summary

NOTE: Parameters available only with the I/O Extension Module are shaded.

Preset

Speeds

1 Preset speed

3 Preset speeds

7 Preset speeds

Range: 0.1 Hz to:

CT, ATV66U41–D79: 400 Hz

CT, ATV66C10–C31: 200 Hz;

VT: 90 Hz

7 Preset speeds

(When preset

speeds are selected,

factory settings are

5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30,

35 Hz)

AC drive runs at preset speed depending on settings of

assigned logic inputs.

Reference

Speed

0–20 mA

4–20 mA

20–4 mA

x–20 mA

4–20 mA Modiﬁcation of AI2 for the type of signal.

Auto/Manual No

Yes, Logic input No Allows switching between AI1 and AI2 by logic command.

AI1 is manual reference. AI2 is automatic.

Tach.

Feedback No

Tach. FBK. IN: No Provides improved speed regulation by using feedback

from a user-supplied ±9 V tachogenerator.

Controlled

Stop

By Logic input

By Frequency level or by LI /

Frequency level

CT, ATV66U41–D79: 0.1–400 Hz

CT, ATV66C10–C31: 0.1–200 Hz

VT: 0.1–90 Hz

No Allows frequency threshold and Logic Input to work

together to tailor the stopping process.

Stopping Methods:

Freewheel stop

Fast stop

DC injection

Freewheel stop

Orient

No,

Yes, Deﬁne I/O

Dwell time: 0-10 s

DC injection time: 0-30 s

DC injection level: 50-150% of

nominal motor current

1 s

5 s

50%

A positioning function that allows the AC drive to start and

stop operation at the same rotor position relative to the

stator.

Shutdown No

Yes

Dwell time: 0.1–60 s

1 s

Allows AC drive to dwell at low speed before completely

stopping. Time adjustable between 1 and 30 s

Bypass

Yes, Deﬁne I/O

Delay time: 0.2–10 s

Sequence Time-out Fault:

0.2–300 s

Process Time-out Fault: 0.2–300 s

2 s

5 s

Used to run machine at full speed when the drive must be

taken off line for service or repair. Allows for isolation of the

motor by means of a contactor installed between the drive

and the motor with a special command sequence.

Process

Cycles

No,

Yes,

Deﬁne I/O

Deﬁne Step

For programming sequences of operations. Each

sequence can be programmed with a speciﬁc

acceleration/deceleration time, direction, set speed, and

duration.

Mot. Select

Switch

1 Motor

2 Motors

2 Parameters

3 Motors

3 Parameters

1 Motor

2 Motors and 3 Motors used to toggle between sets of

motor and control parameters for using two or three

motors with a single AC drive.

2 Parameters and 3 Parameters only toggle control

parameters, and are for use with one motor.

PI Regulator

Yes, Set Point

Feed Back

Set Point Manual

PI Parameters

No Used for controlling level or ﬂow of a process with setpoint

and feedback inputs.

Forced Local No

Yes, Logic Input No Used to return control to the terminal strip or keypad if in

serial link (communication) mode.

Application Functions

Parameter Range Factory Setting Description

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Parameter Summary

52 2/98

NOTE: Parameters available only with the I/O Extension Module are shaded.

Fault History

Fault Designation Description

IN-PHASE LOSS Input Phase Loss: Loss of power or blown fuses. A brief loss of input supply phase (≤ 200

ms) is not detected

UNDERVOLTAGE Undervoltage: Input voltage to power supply too low or temporary voltage drop

AC-LIN.OVERVOL. AC line overvoltage: Input voltage to power supply too high

DRIVE OVERTEMP. Drive overtemperature: heat sink temperature too high

MOT. OVERLOAD Motor overload: Thermal trip because of prolonged overload, running in single phase on

the output, or motor power rating too low for the application

LOSS FOLLOWER Loss of follower: Loss of the 4-20 mA or 20-4 mA reference at AI2 input

OUT. PHASE LOSS Loss of an output phase

DC-BUS OVERVOL. DC bus overvoltage or overcurrent due to excessive braking or overhauling load

SHORT CIRCUIT or

SHORT CIRCUIT. Short circuit between phases or on the output of AC drive

GROUND FAULT Ground fault: short circuit to earth on the output of the AC drive

PRECHARGE FAIL Precharge failure: capacitor precharge relay fault

INTERNAL FAULT Internal fault or missing connection on CL1 and CL2

MEMORY FAILURE Error in storing to EEPROM

SERIAL LINK Bad connection of keypad display or communication fault on serial link

AUTO-TEST FAIL Main control board failure

OVERSPEED Without a tachometer, fault occurs when output frequency is 20% above Maximum

Frequency for 250 ms.

SEQUENCE T. OUT Sequence time-out: sequence input not received after Run command within programmed

time. Used with Bypass function.

PROCESS TIME OUT Process time-out: process input not received after Run command within programmed time.

Used with Bypass function.

DYNAMIC BRAKE Dynamic brake resistor lost or connection open.

DB RESISTOR Thermal overload of braking resistor.

TRANS. SHORT C. or GF Short circuit in transistor

OPEN TRANSISTOR Transistor has failed open

CONTROL SUPPLY CL1/CL2 not connected. Only recognized upon power-up.

--No Fault-- No fault recorded

CUSTOM. FAULT Customer-deﬁned fault

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Drive Selection

460 V AC DRIVES

The following tables show power and current ratings for 460 V AC drives when set for constant torque (Table

1); variable torque (Table 2); and variable torque, low noise (Table 3). For 230 V AC drives, see page 56.

Table 1: Constant Torque AC drive Ratings 460 V

400 V ±15% and 460 V ±15%, 50/60 Hz ±5%

Switching Frequency: ATV66U41N4 to D46N4 = 4 kHz, ATV66D54N4 to C31N41 = 2 kHz

Motor Power Output

Current Max. Transient

Current (60 s) Total Dissipated

Power AC Drive Catalog No.

400 V

50 Hz 460 V

60 Hz

kw hp A A W

0.75

—

1.5

—

2.2

—

2.3

1.8

4.1

3.4

5.8

4.8

3.2

2.7

5.6

5.1

8.0

7.2

95.0

117

140

ATV66U41N4

3.0 — 7.8 10.7 165 ATV66U54N4

4.0

——

510.5

7.6 14.2

11.4 185 ATV66U72N4

5.5

——

7.5 13

11 17.7

16.5 225 ATV66U90N4

7.5

——

10 17.6

14.0 24.0

21.0 290 ATV66D12N4

11.0

——

15 24.2

21.0 33.0

31.5 380 ATV66D16N4

15.0

——

20 33.0

27.0 45.0

40.5 530 ATV66D23N4

22.0

——

30 48.4

40.0 66.0

60.0 655 ATV66D33N4

30.0

——

40 66.0

52.0 90.0

78.0 880 ATV66D46N4

37.0

——

50 79.2

65.0 108

97.5 885 ATV66D54N4

45.0

——

60 93.5

77.0 127.5

115.5 1055 ATV66D64N4

55.0

——

75 115.5

96.0 157.5

144.0 1270 ATV66D79N4

——

100 152

124 207

186 1605 ATV66C10N4

——

125 190

156 258

234 1952 ATV66C13N4

110

——

150 226

180 307

270 2251 ATV66C15N4

132

——

200 270

240 367

360 3067 ATV66C19N4

160

——

250 330

300 450

450 4483 ATV66C23N41

200

——

300 407

360 555

540 5246 ATV66C28N41

220

——

350 449

420 612

630 5966 ATV66C31N41

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Drive Selection

54 2/98

Table 2: Variable Torque AC Drive Ratings 460 V

400 V ±15% and 460 V ±15%, 50/60 Hz ±5%

Switching Frequency: ATV66U41N4 to D46N4 = 4 kHz, ATV66D54N4 to C31N41 = 2 kHz

Motor Power Output

Current Max. Transient

Current (60 s) Total Dissipated

Power AC Drive Catalog No.

400 V

50 Hz 460 V

60 Hz

kw hp A A W

0.75

—

1.5

—

2.2

—

3.0

—

2.0

1.8

3.7

3.4

5.3

4.8

7.1

2.2

2.0

4.0

3.7

5.8

5.3

7.8

90.0

110

130

150

ATV66U41N4

4.0

——

59.5

7.6 10.5

8.4 180 ATV66U54N4

5.5

——

7.5 11.8

11.0 13.0

12.1 205 ATV66U72N4

7.5

——

10 16.0

14.0 17.6

15.4 265 ATV66U90N4

11.0

——

15 22.0

21.0 24.2

23.1 350 ATV66D12N4

15.0

——

20 30.0

27.0 33.0

29.7 480 ATV66D16N4

18.5

——

25 37.0

34.0 40.7

37.4 560 ATV66D23N4

30.0

——

40 60.0

52.0 66.0

57.2 800

800 ATV66D33N4

37.0

——

50 72.0

65.0 79.2

71.5 910 ATV66D46N4

45.0

——

60 85.0

77.0 93.5

84.7 960 ATV66D54N4

55.0

——

75 105

96.0 115

105 1150 ATV66D64N4

75.0

——

100 143

124 151

136 1400 ATV66D79N4

90.0

——

125 170

156 187

171 2271 ATV66C10N4

110

——

150 205

180 226

198 2596 ATV66C13N4

132

——

200 245

240 270

264 3246 ATV66C15N4

200

——

300 370

360 407

396 5246 ATV66C23N41

220

——

350 408

420 449

462 5966 ATV66C28N41

250

——

400 460

477 506

525 6624 ATV66C31N41

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Drive Selection

Table 3: Variable Torque, Low Noise AC Drive Ratings 460 V

400 V ±15% and 460 V ±15%, 50/60 Hz ±5%

Switching Frequency: ATV66U41N4 to D46N4 = 10 kHz, ATV66D54N4 to D79N4 = 4 kHz

Motor Power Output

Current Max. Transient

Current (60 s) Total Dissipated

Power AC Drive Catalog No.

400 V

50 Hz 460 V

60 Hz

kw hp A A W

0.75

—

1.5

—

2.2

—

2.0

1.8

3.7

3.4

5.3

4.8

2.2

2.0

4.0

3.8

5.8

5.3

90.0

110

130

ATV66U41N4

3.0 — 7.1 7.8 150 ATV66U54N4

4.0

——

59.5

7.6 10.5

8.4 180 ATV66U72N4

5.5

——

7.5 11.8

11.0 13.0

12.1 205 ATV66U90N4

7.5

——

10 16.0

14.0 17.6

15.4 265 ATV66D12N4

——

15 22

21 24.2

23.1 350 ATV66D16N4

——

20 30

27 33.0

29.7 480 ATV66D23N4

——

30 44

40 48.4

44.0 600 ATV66D33N4

——

40 60

52 66.0

57.2 800 ATV66D46N4

——

50 72

65 79.2

71.5 910 ATV66D54N4

——

60 85

77 93.5

84.7 960 ATV66D64N4

——

75 105

96 115

105 1150 ATV66D79N4

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Drive Selection

56 2/98

208 V AND 230 V AC DRIVES

Tables 4, 5, and 6 show the power and current ratings for 230 V AC drives when set for constant torque

(Table 4); variable torque (Table 5); and variable torque, low noise (Table 6).

Table 4: Constant Torque AC Drive Ratings, 208 V/230 V

208 V ±10% and 230 V ±15%, 50/60 Hz ±5%

Switching Frequency: ATV66U41M2 to D33M2 = 4 kHz, ATV66D46M2 = 2 kHz

Motor Power Output

Current Max. Transient

Current (60 s) Total Dissipated

Power AC Drive Catalog No.

208/230 V

50/60 Hz

kw hp A A W

.75

1.5

2.2

4.0

7.5

10.6

6.0

11.3

15.9

120

140

170 ATV66U41M2

4 5 16.7 25.1 239 ATV66U72M2

5.5 7.5 24.2 36.3 354 ATV66U90M2

7.5 10 30.8 46.2 437 ATV66D12M2

11 15 46.2 69.3 589 ATV66D16M2

15 20 59.4 89.1 728 ATV66D23M2

22 30 88.0 132 1052 ATV66D33M2

30 40 114 171 1439 ATV66D46M2

Table 5: Variable Torque AC Drive Ratings 208 V/230 V

208 V ±10% and 230 V ±15%, 50/60 Hz ±5%

Switching Frequency: ATV66U41M2 to D33M2 = 4 kHz, ATV66D46M2 = 2 kHz

Motor Power Output

Current Max. Transient

Current (60 s) Total Dissipated

Power AC Drive Catalog No.

208/230 V

50/60 Hz

kw hp A A W

.75

1.5

2.2

4.0

7.5

10.6

11.7

8.3

11.7

120

140

170 ATV66U41M2

5.5 7.5 24.2 26.6 302 ATV66U72M2

7.5 10 30.8 33.9 414 ATV66U90M2

11.0 15 46.2 50.8 559 ATV66D12M2

15.0 20 59.4 65.32 770 ATV66D23M2

18.5 25 74.8 82.3 831

30.0 40 114 125 1260 ATV66D33M2

37.0 50 143 157 1528 ATV66D46M2

Table 6: Variable Torque, Low Noise AC Drive Ratings 208 V/230 V

208 V ±10% and 230 V ±15%, 50/60 Hz ±5%

Switching Frequency: ATV66U41M2 to D33M2 = 10 kHz, ATV66D46M2 = 4 kHz

Motor Power Output

Current Max. Transient

Current (60 s) Total Dissipated

Power AC Drive Catalog No.

208/230 V

50/60 Hz

kw hp A A W

.75

1.5

2.2

4.0

7.5

10.6

4.4

8.3

11.7

125

150

181 ATV66U41M2

4.0 5 16.7 18.4 252 ATV66U72M2

5.5 7.5 24.2 26.6 375 ATV66U90M2

7.5 10 30.8 33.9 459 ATV66D12M2

11.0 15 46.2 50.8 619 ATV66D16M2

15.0 20 59.4 65.3 785 ATV66D23M2

22.0 30 88.0 96.8 1127 ATV66D33M2

30.0 40 114 125 1332 ATV66D46M2

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Dimensions and Weights for Mounting – Outlines 1, 2, 3

Dimensions & Weights for Wall or Panel Mounting

Mounting Dimensions

NOTE: When metallic conduit is used with AC drives of Outlines 1–3, install a metal conduit entry plate

(kit VY1A66201 — separately ordered). Kit mounts in place of the existing plastic plate and has a

conduit hole pattern identical to those shown for Outlines 1–3.

Outline

AC Drive

ATV66•••N4 AC Drive

ATV66•••M2

H1 H2 W1 W2 Ø Weight Door Swing

Clearance[1]

in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm lb kg in mm

1 U41–U72 U41 11.6 295 10.9 280 7.8 200 6.9 175 0.22 5.5 10.4 4.7 7.8 200

2 U90, D12 U72, U90 12.8 325 12.2 310 9.2 234 8.2 209 0.22 5.5 16.1 7.3 9.2 234

3 D16, D23 D12, D16 16.3 415 15.7 400 9.2 234 8.2 209 0.22 5.5 30.9 14 9.2 234

[1]Door hinges on left-hand side of AC drive.

Conduit Entries - Bottom View

Outline 1 Outline 2

Outline 3

Mounting

Dimensions: in (mm)

4.61 (117)

2.28 (58)

4.17

(106)

7.68

(195)

2.28 (58)

5.28

(134)

2.28 (58)

5 x ø1.14 (29)

9.65

(245)

4.61 (117)

2.28 (58)

5.79

(147)

2.28 (58)

6.89

(175)

2.28 (58)

5 x ø1.14 (29)

4 x ø

0.22 (5.5)

3.94 (100)

1.77 (45)

3.11

(79)

2 x ø1.14 (29)

1.77 (45)

4.45

(113)

1.69 (43)

3 x ø0.87 (22)

6.50

(165)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Dimensions and Weights for Mounting – Outlines 4 and 5

58 2/98

Mounting Dimensions

Outline

AC Drive

ATV66•••N4 AC Drive

ATV66•••M2

H1 H2 W1 W2 Ø J Weight

Door

Swing

Clearance

[1]

in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm lb kg in mm

4 D33, D46 D23, D33 23.6 600 22.8 580 9.5 240 8.1 205 0.28 7 3.19 81 59.5 27 9.5 240

5 D54–D79 D46 25.6 650 24.4 620 13.8 350 11.8 300 0.35 9 3.39 86 88.2

90.4 40

41 13.8 350

[1]Door hinges on left-hand side of AC drive.

2.12

(54)

REF 3.56

(90.5) 4.94

(125.5) 6.32

(160.5) 7.52

(191) 9.45

(240)

Depth 11.0 (280)

9.25 (235)

7.95 (202)

ø1.85 (47)

2 x ø1.14 (29)

2 x ø 1.46 (37)

Conduit Entries - Bottom View

Outline 5

Outline 4

Mounting

Dimensions: in (mm)

0.39 (10) 4 x ø

2.44

(62)

3.25

(82.5)

5.31

(135)

0.35

(9)

3.62

(92)

0 REF 5.32

(135) 6.77

(172) 8.23

(209) 9.92

(252) 13.54

(344)

Depth 11.8 (300)

10.0 (254)

8.36 (212)

2 x ø1.14 (29)

2 x ø2.01 (51)

2.52

(64)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Dimensions and Weights for Mounting – Outline 6

Mounting Dimensions

Outline

AC Drive

ATV66•••N4

H1 H2 W1 W2 Ø Weight Door Swing

Clearance [1]

in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm lb kg in mm

6C10

C13, C15, C19 38.6 980 37.7 960 23.0 585 20.8 528 .375 9.5 280

300 127

136 23 584

[1]Door hinges on left-hand side of AC drive.

Depth

14.76

(375)

3.33

(84.5)

2.34

(59.5)

6.88

(175) 10.6

(269)

15.0

(382) 19.1

(485) 21.8

(553)

2.14

(54.2)

1.60

(40.5)

[1] [2]

CONTROL

OUTPUT

(T1,T2,T3)

DB &

PARALLEL

(+,–,PA,PB)

INPUT

(L1,L2,L3)

INPUT

(L1,L2,L3)

M8 M8 M8

M87 M87

0 REF

Conduit Entries - Bottom View

Mounting

Dimensions: in (mm)

KNOCKOUTS:

M4 = 2 x 1.00 (25.4) dia.

M7 = 2.00 (50.8) dia.

M8 = 2.50 (63.5) dia.

M87 = 3.00 (76.2) dia. w/ 2.50 (63.5) dia.

NOTES:

[1] Use 2 in (50.8 mm) knockout for parallel

cable runs.

[2] Use single 3 in (76.2 mm) knockout for

single cable run.

[3] Leave an area extending 13.5 in.

(343 mm) below drive free of obstructions

to allow access to ventilation fan.

Outline 6

W2 4 x ø

12 (305) [3]

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Dimensions and Weights for Mounting – Outline 6

60 2/98

FRONT VIEW

37.94

(963.7)

4.28

(108.7)

Removable conduit plate

w/ suggested hole pattern

39.54

(1004.2)

39.98

(1015.5) 1.90

(48.3)

36.18

(919.0)

1.44

(36.6)

3.00

(76.20)

94.65

(2404.1)

91.65

(2327.9)

51.09

(1297.7)

1.38

(35.0)

Dia (2 places)

20.25

(514.3)

1.50

(38.1)6.17

(156.7)

25.26

(641.7)

20.00

(508.0)

10.00

(254.0)

5.54

(140.6)

Removable

Plate

71.59

(1818.3)

RIGHT SIDE VIEW

40.86

(1037.9)

20.00

(508.0)

.69

(17.5)

1.00

(25.4)

Dia (2 places)

90°

Both Sides

15.0

(381.0)

35.46

(900.7)

BOTTOM VIEW

Input Parallel Control Output

55.35

(1405.9)

Dimensions:

in (mm)

WEIGHT: 1,400 lb (635 kg)

Outline 7

Control island for mounting

operators and/or meters.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Mounting in Enclosures

Mounting Precautions

When mounting the drive:

• To prevent thermal fault or equipment damage,

provide sufﬁcient enclosure cooling and/or

ventilation to limit the ambient temperature

around the drive to a maximum of 40 °C. Air

should circulate from bottom to top.

• Install drive vertically.

• Avoid placing drive near heat producing

elements.

• When installation surface is uneven, put a

spacer behind the drive mounting pads to

eliminate gaps.

• The ALTIVAR 66 drive is Type 1. The

environment around the drive must not exceed

Pollution Degree 3 requirements as deﬁned in

NEMA ICS 1-111A or IEC 664.

Mounting in General Purpose Enclosure

Mounting in Type 12 (IP54) Enclosure

Certain environmental conditions such as dust,

corrosive gas and high humidity with risk of

condensation require that the drive be mounted in

a Type 12 (IP54) enclosure. Follow the mounting

precautions given above and observe minimum

clearances shown. In addition, to avoid hot spots

in the drive, provide an auxiliary fan kit to stir the

air.

2 2

(50) (50)

(100)

8 (200)

(50)

(200)

(75) (75)

θ° 40 °C

Follow the mounting precautions above. To

ensure sufﬁcient air circulation in the drive:

• Provide air vents.

• Observe minimum clearances shown above.

• If necessary, install a fan with ﬁlter in the

enclosure with a ﬂow rate greater than that

listed below.

Drives Fan Characteristics

ATV66U41N4 and U54N4 10 CFM (5 dm3/s)

ATV66U72N4 20 CFM (10 dm3/s)

ATV66U90N4-D12N4 44 CFM (22 dm3/s)

ATV66D16N4-D23N4 94 CFM (47 dm3/s)

ATV66D33N4-D79N4 200 CFM (100 dm3/s)

ATV66C10N4-C19N4 500 CFM (250 dm3/s)

ATV66C23N41-C31N41 1000 CFM (500 dm3/s)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Mounting in Enclosures

62 2/98

Calculation of Enclosure Dimensions

Maximum thermal resistance Rth (°C/W):

For power dissipated by the drive, see tables on

pages 53-56. Add power dissipated by other

components in enclosure. Useful heat exchange

surface area S (in2): Sides + top + front (if

enclosure is wall-mounted):

• Use only metallic enclosures.

• Do not install enclosures where external heat

sources can add to enclosure heat load.

• The mounting method must allow for free air

movement over all surfaces considered for

useful heat exchange surface area.

Recess Mounting Kit (Degree of Protection

Type 12, IP54)

To reduce power dissipated in the enclosure,

ATV66U41N4 to D23N4 drives may be recess

mounted in a wall of the enclosure with the heat

sink on the outside. This requires a cutout in the

enclosure and a recess mounting kit which

consists of gaskets, instructions, and cut-out

dimensions.

Gasket Kit

A kit similar to the gasket kit, but also including a

mounting adapter plate, is available.

Mounting Adapter Plate Kit

For this type of mounting, the heat sink and fan on

the outside of the enclosure is Type 12/IP54

degree of protection. Power dissipated by the

drive in an enclosure when recess mounted:

Risk of Condensation

If there is a possibility of condensation, keep the

control supply switched on during periods when

the motor is not running, or install

thermostatically-controlled strip heaters.

Keypad Door Mounting Kit

The keypad display can be mounted on the door

of the enclosure. The kit consists of a plastic key

holder, gasketing, and either a 2- or 3-meter cable.

Green, red, and yellow LEDs are also included for

mounting below the remote-mounted keypad.

Control Island Kit

Three control islands are available for ALTIVAR 66

drive controllers:

The VW3A66102-VW3A66104 Control Island Kits

are designed for use with the following operators

and meters: Telemecanique Type ZA2B

Operators, WINDO™ Series DW 2-1/2" surface

mount digital panel meters, and MODUTEC® S

Series 2-1/2" surface mount analog meters.

When used with compatible operators and meters

and the recommended panel gaskets, the control

island maintains Type 12/IP54 integrity of the

enclosure sidewall. The control island meets or

exceeds impact and ﬂame resistance

requirements of UL 50

Drives Catalog Numbers

ATV66U41N4 to U72N4 and

U91M2 VW3A66801T

ATV66U90N4, D12N4,

U72M2 and U90M2 VW3A66802T

ATV66D16N4, D23N4,

D12M2 and D16M2 VW3A66803T

Drives Catalog Numbers

ATV66U41N4 to U72N4 and

U91M2 VW3A66806

ATV66U90N4, D12N4,

U72M2 and U90M2 VW3A66807

ATV66D16N4, D23N4,

D12M2 and D16M2 VW3A66808

Rth TiTo

–

------------------=

TiMax. internal ambient temp. (°C) around drive = 40 °C=

ToMax. external ambient temp. (°C) around enclosure=

P Total power dissipated in enclosure (W)=

S K

Rth

---------=

Rth Thermal resistance of enclosure (calculated above)=

K Area resistivity of enclosure material=

Drives Power in W

ATV66U41N4 to U72N4 70

ATV66U90N4 to D12N4 75

ATV66D16N4 110

ATV66D23N4 130

Catalog Number Description

VW3A66100 Keypad door mounting kit with

2-meter cable

VW3A66101 Keypad door mounting kit with

3-meter cable.

Control Island

(Front Views) Number of

Meters Number of

Operators

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Power Terminal Descriptions

The CL1 & CL2 terminals are connected with jumpers to L1 & L2 terminals. When using a line contactor, the jumpers must be removed

and CL1 & CL2 supplied separately to maintain control power. See circuit diagrams on page 66. CL1 & CL2 must be connected to

the same feeder conductors that supply L1, L2 & L3 of the AC drive.

The LI, L2, and L3 terminals on the ATV66C15N4 and C19N4 drive controllers are equipped with metric hex head bolts requiring a

13 mm socket. The other terminals (except PA & PB) require a 3/8 inch hex wrench, supplied with the drive controller. Terminals PA

and PB require a 3/16 inch hex wrench, supplied with the drive controller.

Terminal Function Characteristics

GND L2

L1 L3 3-phase power supply 400/460 VAC ±15% (ATV66•••N4 units)

208 V ±10% / 230 V ±15% (ATV66•••M2 units)

47–63 Hz

–Filtered

DC voltage 550–850 VDC (ATV66•••N4 units)

275–425 VDC (ATV66•••M2 units)

U/T1 W/T3

V/T2 GND Output connections to motor 0–400 VAC / 0–460 VAC

0–208 VAC / 0–230 VAC

CL1

CL2 Single-phase control supply 400/460 VAC ±15% (ATV66•••N4 units)

208 V ± 10% / 230 V ± 15% (ATV66•••M2 units)

47–63 Hz

PB Dynamic braking resistor 550–850 VDC (ATV66•••N4 units)

275–425 VDC (ATV66•••M2 units)

CL21

CL22 Tap for CL1 & CL2

400/460 VAC ±15% (ATV66•••N4 units)

208 V ± 10% / 230 V ± 15% (ATV66•••M2 units)

47–63 Hz

ATV66D16N4 to C31N41 AC drives only

Power Terminal Wire Range

NOTE: All wire entries in AWG or Thousand Circular Mills (MCM) represent the maximum allowable

conductor size for the referenced ﬁeld wiring terminal. All wire entries in square mm (mm

) represent the

recommended size of conductor based on IEC 364 conductor dimensioning criteria. Do not use the IEC

364 conductor selections for installations requiring dimensioning per NFPA 70 or CSA C22.

Terminals

Drive Controller (ATV66•••••)

U41N4

U54N4

U72N4

U41M2

[1]

U90N4

D12N4

U72M2U

90M2

[1]

D16N4

D23N4

D12M2

D16M2

[1]

D33N4

D46N4

D23M2

D33M2

[2]

D54N4

D64N4

D79N4

D46M2

[2]

C10N4

C13N4

[2]

C15N4

C19N4

[2]

C23N41

C28N41

C31N41

[2]

CL1, CL21

CL2 CL22

Max. Wire Size AWG

mm210

2.5 6

10 12

2.5 12

2.5 8

Terminal

Torque lb-in

N•m 6.73

0.76 35.4

46.73

0.76 6.73

0.76 20

2.3 20

2.3

Max. Wire Size AWG

mm210

2.5 6

10 4

10 2/0

35 4/0

70 350 MCM

120 2 x 300 MCM

185 3 x 500 MCM

Terminal

Torque lb-in

N•m 6.73

0.76 35.4

417.7

288

10 170[4]

19 325

36.7 375

42.4 375

U/T1

V/T2

W/T3

Max. Wire Size AWG

mm210

2.5 6

10 4

10 2/0

35 4/0

70 350 MCM

120 350 MCM

185 3 x 500 MCM

Terminal

Torque lb-in

N•m 6.73

0.76 35.4

417.7

288

10 170[4]

19 325

36.7 325

36.7 375

–

Max. Wire Size AWG

mm210

2.5 6

10 4

10 2/0

35 4/0

70 350 MCM

120 350 MCM

185 3 x 500 MCM

Terminal

Torque lb-in

N•m 6.73

0.76 35.4

417.7

288

10 170[4]

19 325

36.7 325

36.7 375

Max. Wire Size AWG

mm210

2.5 6

10 8

16 2

35 2/0

35 3 x 500 MCM

Terminal

Torque lb-in

N•m 6.73

0.76 35.4

410.6

1.2 17.7

226.5

3120[3]

13.6 120[3]

13.6 375

GND

Max. Wire Size AWG

mm26

10 4

16 2

35 350 MCM

70 350 MCM

95 3 x 350 MCM

Terminal

Torque lb-in

N•m 17.7

235.4

417.7

226.5

326.5

3325

36.7 325

GND OUT

Max. Wire Size AWG

mm26

10 4

16 2

35 350 MCM

70 350 MCM

95 3 x 350 MCM

Terminal

Torque lb-in

N•m 17.7

235.4

417.7

226.5

326.5

3325

36.7 325

[1] 60/75 °C copper.

[2] 75 °C copper.

[3] For 10 - 14 AWG (2.5 - 5 mm2) conductors, use 35.4 lb-in (4 N•m) torque; and for 8 AWG (8 mm2) conductors, use 40 lb-in (4.5 N•m) torque.

[4] For 2/0 AWG (35 mm2) and smaller conductors, use 88 lb-in (10 N•m) torque.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Control Terminal Descriptions

64 2/98

Control Terminal Descriptions

Connector Terminal [1] Function Characteristics

J1 [2]

R1A [3]

R1B

R1C

N.O. contact [4]

N.C. contact

Common

Fault relay

output

Minimum: 10 mA, 24 VDC

Maximum: inductive load of:

2.0 A, 120 VAC; max: 0.10 J/operation, 80 operations/minute

1.0 A, 220 VAC; max: 0.25 J/operation, 25 operations/minute

2.0 A, 24 VDC; max: 0.10 J/operation, 80 operations/minute

Arc suppression provided by varistors in parallel with relay contacts

R2A

R2B

R2C

N.O. contact [4]

N.C. contact

Common

Program-

mable relay

output

J12 [2]

LI1

LI2

LI3

LI4

+24

LOP

LO1

LO2

COM

Logic input 1

Logic input 2

Logic input 3

Logic input 4

Control supply

LO supply input

Logic output 1

Logic output 2

Logic common

24 V, 10 mA; State 0: V < 5 V; State 1: V>12 V; Vmax = 30 V

24 V, 10 mA; State 0: V< 5 V; State 1: V>12 V; Vmax = 30 V

24 V, 10 mA; State 0: V < 5 V; State 1: V>12 V; Vmax = 30 V

Is = 210 mA max. [5]

Minimum: 12 V, Maximum: 30 V, quiescent current: typical 15 mA

24 V, 200 mA max. [5]

0 V

J13 [2]

COM

AI1

+10

AI2

Shield/Ground

Space, for isolation

Speed reference common

Input 1: Speed ref. voltage

Reference supply

Input 2: Speed ref. current

0 V

0–10 V, Z = 30 kΩ

10 V, Is = 10 mA max.

4–20 mA [6], Z = 250 Ω

AO1

AO2

COM

Analog output 1

Analog output 2

Analog common

0–20 mA, 12 V max. (programmable as 4–20 mA w/ keypad display)

0 V

[1] See circuit diagrams on pages 65 and 66.

[2] Max. wire size for all terminals: 14 AWG (2.5 mm2). Tightening torque: 3.5 lb-in (0.4 n•m).

[3] Relay coil deenergizes on fault.

[4] Contact state with AC drive deenergized.

[5] Total current of + 24 V internal supply is 210 mA. Available current of the two logic outputs can be calculated as follows: each

logic input requires 10 mA, each analog output requires 20 mA and the typical quiescent current of LOP is 15 mA. For example,

in an application where three logic inputs and one analog output are used, the total available current is 210 mA - (3 x 10 mA)

- (1 x 20 mA) - 15 mA = 145 mA to drive the logic output loads. If more current is required, an external supply must be used.

[6] 0–20 mA, x–20 mA, 20–4 mA programmable with keypad display. 0–5 V (Z = 30 kΩ) selectable with switch on control board.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Wiring Diagrams

Input/Output Wiring

LI1

LI2

LI3

LI4

+24

LOP

LO1

LO2

COM

VDC

12-30 VDC

Supply

LI1

LI2

LI3

LI4

+24

LOP

LO1

LO2

COM

VDC

Analog inputs and outputs

Relays

Logic inputs/outputs with external supply

Logic inputs/outputs with internal supply (210 mA maximum)

AI1

AI2

+10

COM

4-20 mA

-A

250Ω250Ω

0-20 mA

AO1

AO2

0-20 mA

(1) Programmable

Outputs

(1) (1)

Customer Supplied

Voltage

R1 R2

R1B

R1A

R2A

R2B

R1C

R2C

Customer Supplied

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Wiring Diagrams

66 2/98

3-Wire Control

2-Wire Control

The I/O Extension Module has three terminal strips for connections to external devices:

• J24: 4-pin terminal strip, 2 relay contacts

• J23: 10-pin terminal strip for analog I/O

• J22: 5-pin (VW3A66201T, 24 VDC) or 9-pin (VW3A66202T, 115 VAC) terminal strip for logic I/O

W1 V1

COMAI1

+10

AI2LI4LI3LI2

STOP

LI1+24

0-20 mA

4-20 mA

–

3ø

U/T1

V/T2

W/T3

R1B

R1A

R1C

R2B

R2AR2C

COM

AO1

AO2

COM

LO1LO2

LOP

F11 F10

L1L2L3

CL1

CL2 L1L2L3CL1

CL2

–

External

Dynamic

Braking

Resistor

Equipment

Keypad

Connector

Internal

Control

Power

External

Control

Power

L1L2L3

FWD

REV

JOG FWD

JOG REV

F1-F3 F1-F3

F6 F5F6 F5

Add F10 and F11 fuses if tap conductor protection is required.

The CL1 and CL2 inputs of all ATV66 drive controllers are internally protected and require no external fusing.

[1]

F5 and F6 fuses are present only on ATV66C10 to ATV66C31 drive controllers.

[2]

[1]

[2] [2]

W1 V1

COM

AI1

+10AI2

0-20 mA

4-20 mA

–

3ø

U/T1

V/T2

W/T3

R1B

R1A

R1C

R2B

R2AR2C

COM

AO1

AO2

COM

LO1LO2

LOP

F11 F10

CL1

CL2 L1L2L3CL1

CL2

External

Dynamic

Braking

Resistor

Equipment

Keypad

Connector

Internal

Control

Power

External

Control

Power

L1L2L3

RUN/

JOG RUN

ENABLE

F1-F3 F1-F3

LI1

LI2

LI3LI4

+24

F6 F5

[1]

[2] [2]

[1]

F5 and F6 fuses are present only on ATV66C10 to ATV66C31 drive controllers.

[2]

Add F10 and F11 fuses if tap conductor protection is required.

The internally protected CL1 and CL2 inputs of all ATV66 drive controllers require no external fusing.

–

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

I/O Extension Module Terminal Descriptions

The following table lists the characteristics of the I/O Extension Module inputs and outputs.

Connector Terminal Function Characteristics

J24

R3A

R3C

R4A

R4C

Relay output 3, N.O. contact

Relay 3 common

Relay output 4, N.O. contact

Relay 4 common

Minimum: 10 mA, 24 VDC

Maximum: inductive load of:

2 A, 120 VAC; max: 0.10 J/operation, 80 operations/minute

1 A, 220 VAC; max: 0.25 J/operation; 25 operations/minute

2 A, 24 VDC; max: 0.10 J/operation, 80 operations/minute

Arc suppression provided by varistors in parallel with relay

contacts.

J23

COM

AI3A

AI3B

+10

-10

AI4

AO3

COM

Analog shield

Space, for isolation

Analog common

Differential analog input 3A (+)

Differential analog input 3B (-)

Reference input supply

Analog input 4

Analog output 3

Digital common

0 V

±10 V

0 V reference for AI3A

+10 VDC, Is = 10 mA maximum

-10 VDC, Is = 10 mA maximum

4-20 mA, z = 250 Ω

0 - 20 mA, z = 250 Ω

0 V

J22

24 VDC

VW3-

A66201T

LI5

LI6

LI7

LI8

Logic input 5

Logic input 6

Logic input 7

Logic input 8

LI5-LI8:

24 VDC, 10 mA, Vmax. = 30 V, state 0: V < 5 V,

state 1: V > 12V

+24 Logic inputs supply 24 VDC, Is = 80 mA max.

115 VAC

VW3-

A66202T

LI1

LI2

LI3

LI4

LI5

LI6

LI7

LI8

Logic input 1

Logic input 2

Logic input 3

Logic input 4

Logic input 5

Logic input 6

Logic input 7

Logic input 8

Customer supply input

LI1-LI8:

115 VAC, Vmax = 140 V, Z = 30 kΩ, state 0: V < 30 V, state 1: V >

80 V

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

I/O Extension Module Wiring Diagrams

68 2/98

24 VDC VW3A66201

Logic inputs with internal supply

115 VAC VW3A66202

LI8

LI6LI5 LI7 COM

Customer

supplied

VDC

+–

+24

115 VAC

–

LI4

LI2LI1 LI3 L2

30k

LI5 LI6 LI7 LI8

30k 30k 30k 30k 30k 30k 30k

Customer

supplied

Isolated

from

Common

0 to 10 V input referenced to COM

+/- 10 V input referenced to COM

Tachogenerator connections

AI4 input

+/- 10 V input not referenced to COM

+10 V -10 VAI3A AI3B COM

Customer

supplied

to A/D

Converter

10 k

20 k

+10 V -10 VAI3A AI3B COM

Customer

supplied

to A/D

Converter

10 k

20 k

+10 V -10 VAI3A AI3B COM

Customer

supplied

to A/D

Converter

10 k

20 k

+10 V -10 V AI4 COM

Customer

supplied

0-20

A14

-10 V

AI3A

to A/D

Converter

+10 V

AI3B

COM

± 9V

1 kΩ

500 Ω

Customer Supplied

Logic inputs with external supply

LI8

LI6LI5 LI7 COM

Customer

supplied

12-30 VDC

Supply +

–

VDC

+–

+24

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Dynamic Braking

DYNAMIC BRAKING OPTION

The dynamic braking option allows the ALTIVAR 66 drive to function in quadrants 2 and 4 of the speed/

torque curve, dissipating the excess braking energy in an external resistor. The option consists of a resistor

and circuit protection. Applications include machines with high inertia and machines with fast cycles.

Automatic deceleration ramp modiﬁcation is disabled when dynamic braking is installed.

Braking Resistor Kit Catalog Numbers

For Drives Ohmic

Value Continuous Current

Rating of Assembly a

Catalog

Number Qty of

Kits Used

Rdb Ir

ATV66U41N4, U54N4, U72N4 120 Ω1.0 A VW3A66711 1

ATV66U90N4, D12N4 56 Ω1.45 A VW3A66712 1

ATV66D16N4, D23N4 28 Ω2.7 A VW3A66713 1

ATV66D33N4, D46N4 14 Ω3.8 A VW3A66714 1

ATV66D54N4 10 Ω10.0 A VW3A66715 1

ATV66D64N4, D79N4 5 Ω14.0 A VW3A66716 1

ATV66C10N4, C13N4, C15N4, C19N4 2.5 Ω20.0 A VW3A66717 1

ATV66C23N41 2 Ω32.0 A VW3A66718 2

ATV66C28N41, C31N41 1.25Ω 40.0 VW3A66717 2

aCurrent rating of resistor assembly is calculated based on setting of internal overload protective device in assembly, overload

setting based on enclosure overtemperature protection, and resistor overload versus time characteristics. Resistors are rated

for stopping six times rotor inertia of 4-pole motor with drive at current limit.

Recommended Braking Resistance Values

460 V

AC Drive

Part No.

PA/PB

Minimum

Resistance

Ω

208/230 V

AC Drive

Part No.

PA/PB

Minimum

Resistance

Ω

ATV66U41N4 120 ATV66U41M2 47

ATV66U54N4 120 ATV66U72M2 18

ATV66U72N4 120 ATV66U90M2 18

ATV66U90N4 56 ATV66D12M2 12

ATV66D12N4 56 ATV66D16M2 9

ATV66D16N4 28 ATV66D23M2 6

ATV66D23N4 28 ATV66D33M2 4.5

ATV66D33N4 14 ATV66D46M2 3

ATV66D46N4 14

ATV66D54N4 10

ATV66D64N4 5.0

ATV66D79N4 5.0

ATV66C10N4 2.5

ATV66C13N4 2.5

ATV66C15N4 2.5

ATV66C19N4 2.5

ATV66C23N41 2.0

ATV66C28N41 1.25

ATV66C31N41 1.25

Current-Time Characteristic for Dynamic

Braking Resistor Assemblies

The curve below shows allowable time at 40 °C

according to multiple current settings.

Time (s)

10000

1000

100

0.1

0.01

0.00111.5 10 100

Multiples of current setting (lr)

(1) Cold state

(2) Hot state

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Dynamic Braking

70 2/98

CALCULATING RESISTOR SIZE

The dynamic braking kits listed on page 69 are

suitable for a wide variety of stopping applications.

However, precise calculation of the resistor is

essential for severe applications requiring high

braking power such as machines with high inertia

and overhauling loads. To determine whether the

dynamic braking kit is suitable, three parameters

must be calculated:

• The peak braking power required during speed

changes or stopping, Pi. The value of Pi

determines the maximum allowable value of

resistance.

• The amount of power which must be absorbed

for a given time by the resistors during stopping

or speed changes, Ps. These values of power

and time determine the required time-current

characteristic of the DB resistor.

• The average power which must be dissipated

by the DB resistor during a cycle, Pa. The value

of Pa determines the continuous current rating

of the DB resistor.

The following section is an example of sizing the

resistor.

CALCULATING RESISTOR SIZE:

AN EXAMPLE

The motor has the following characteristics:

• Power: 5 hp

• Rated speed: 1740 RPM

• Moment of inertia: 0.28 lb-ft2

The motor is driving a machine with inertia 10 times

that of the motor with no interposing speed changer

and resistive torque one tenth of the rated motor

torque. The requirement is to stop in 5 seconds from

rated speed at a rate of 2 cycles per minute.

The required motor braking torque must not

exceed the motor’s ability to produce torque. For

inertial loads such as in this example, the required

braking torque must be less than 1.5 times the

motor rated torque for constant torque

applications, or 1.1 times the motor rated torque

for variable torque applications.

For continuously overhauling loads, the value of

the overhauling torque (To) - the resistive torque

(Tr) must be less than the motor continuous torque

rating at any speed.

From this we see:

The peak braking power required during speed

changes or stopping:

The amount of power which must be absorbed for

a given time by the resistors during stopping or

speed changes:

The average power which must be dissipated by

the DB resistor during a cycle:

Therefore, the resistor selected must meet these

characteristics. For the VW3A66711 DB resistor

selected for the 5 hp drive:

The peak braking power is:

The braking power which can be absorbed for 5

seconds (td) based on the DB resistor hot state

current-time characteristic curve on page 69:

The average braking power:

For this example the VW3A66711 DB resistor kit

will work.

Tbrpm

7.04

----------------------- 1.97 1740

7.04

------------------------------- 487 W== =

Pd0.5 Pi

×243 W==

PaPd

-----

×243 5

------

×40.5 W== =

Pi1.35 V

×()

Rdb

------------------------------ 1.35 460

×()

120

-------------------------------- 23212 W== =

PaRdb Ir

()

×120 12

×120 W===

Rated motor torque: Tnhp 5250×

rpmrated

-------------------------- 5 5250×

1740

----------------------- 15.1 lb-ft===

Cycle time: tc60 seconds

2 operations per minute

--------------------------------------------------------------- 30 s==

Machine speed change during deceleration: ∆rpm 1740 0–1740 rpm==

Machine deceleration time: td5 seconds=

Resistive (friction) torque: Tr15.1

----------- 1.51 lb-ft==

Overhauling torque: To0 lb-ft=

Total inertia: Jc0.28 10 0.28×()+ 3.08 lb-ft2

Braking torque: T Jc∆rpm×

308 td

-------------------------- 3.08 1740×

308 5×

------------------------------- 3.48 lb-ft== =

Required motor braking torque: TbTjToTr

–+ 3.48 0 1.51–+ 1.97 lb-ft== =

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Dynamic Braking

DYNAMIC BRAKING ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS

VW3A66711 and VW3A66712 VW3A66713 and VW3A66714

VW3A66715, 716, 717, 718

355.6

14.00

152.4

6.00

304.8

12.00

152.4

6.00

6.9

.27 DIA

MTG HOLES

144.3

5.68

(6.9)

.27 DIA (3 Places)

(144.3)

5.68

(304.8)

12.00

(152.4)

6.00

(228.6)

9.00

(19.0)

0.75

(33.8)

1.33

6.50

(165.1)

(381.0)

15.00

18.63

(473.2)

20.00

(508)

10.38

(263.7)

0.84

(21.43)

20.64

(524.3)

22.29

(566.2)

4.36

(110.7)

4.36

(110.7)

.27

(6.9) Dia.

(6 places)

22.29

(566.2)

21.55

(547.4)

(mm)

Dimensions:

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Wiring Practices

72 2/98

WIRING PRACTICES

General Wiring Practices

Good wiring practice requires the separation of

control circuit wiring from all power (line and load)

wiring. Power wiring to the motor must have the

maximum possible separation from all other

power wiring, whether from the same drive or

other drives. Do not run in the same

conduit; this separation reduces the possibility

of coupling electrical noise between circuits.

When wiring ALTIVAR 66 drive controllers, follow

the wiring practices required by national and local

electrical codes in addition to the following:

• When using metallic conduit with ATV66U41N4

to D23N4 and ATV66U41M2 to D16M2 drive

controllers, you must also use a metal conduit

entry plate, kit VY1A66201. This kit mounts in

place of the existing plastic plate and is held in

place with two screws. A bond wire, which must

be connected to ground (GND) on the J2

terminal strip, is included.

• Use metallic conduit for all drive controller

wiring. Do not run control and power wiring in

the same conduit.

• Separate metallic conduits carrying power

wiring or low-level control wiring by at least 3 in

(8 cm).

• Separate non-metallic conduits or cable trays

used to carry power wiring from metallic

conduit carrying low-level control wiring by at

least 12 in (30.5 cm).

• Cross the metallic conduits and non-metallic

conduits at right angles whenever power and

control wiring cross.

• Attenuate conducted emissions to the line from

the drive controller in some installations to

prevent interference with telecommunication,

radio, and sensitive electronic equipment. Such

instances may require attenuating ﬁlters.

Consult catalog for selection and application of

these ﬁlters.

Branch Circuit Connections

All ALTIVAR 66 drive controllers require fuse

protection. ATV66U41N4 to D79N4 and

ATV66U41M2 to D46M2 drive controllers require

user-supplied external fuses as indicated on the

nameplate and in the Equipment

Recommendations on pages 78 to 80.

ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 drive controllers have

provisions for mounting the user-supplied fuses

internally (refer to the controller nameplate or the

Equipment Recommendations on pages 78 to 80

for recommended fuses). ATV66C23N41 to

C31N41 drive controllers are shipped with fuses.

See page 79 for information on replacing fuses in

ATV66C10N4 to ATV66C31N41 drive controllers.

Refer to NEC Article 430 for sizing branch circuit

conductors.

Input Line Currents for Selecting Branch Circuit Conductors, 460 V CT

NOTE: The input conductor ampacity rating should not be less than the ampacity rating selected,

based on the rated controller output current.

Motor

Power

Drive

Controller

Output

Current

Input Line Current

5,000 AIC

0.141 mH

10,000 AIC [1]

0.070 mH

18,000 AIC [2]

0.039 mH

22,000 AIC

0.032 mH

65,000 AIC

0.011 mH

With Line

Impedance of

400 V

50 Hz

460 V

60 Hz

3% 5%

AA A AAA

0.75

—

1.5

—

2.2

—

ATV66U41N4

2.3

1.8

4.1

3.4

5.8

4.8

—

2.7

—

4.7

—

6.5

4.0

3.2

3.5

5.7

9.0

8.0

—

3.5

—

6.4

—

8.8

—

1.6

—

3.0

—

4.2

—

1.5

—

2.7

—

3.9

3 — ATV66U54N4 7.8 — 12 — — —

—

5ATV66U72N4 10.5

7.6

—

9.8

15.0

11.9

—

13.2

—

6.7

—

6.2

5.5

—

7.5 ATV66U90N4 13

—

13.9

20.0

16.7

—

18.5

—

10.0

—

9.2

[1] 10,000 AIC denoted by asterisk (*).

[2] 18,000 AIC denoted by (✝).

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Wiring Practices

7.5

—

10 ATV66D12N4 17.6

14.0

—

17.6

26.0

21.4

—

24.7

—

13.0

—

12.0

—

15 ATV66D16N4 24.2

21.0

—

24.8

35.0

29.9

—

33.6

—

19.4

—

17.9

—

20 ATV66D23N4 33.0

27.0

—

31.9

45.0

38.7

—

44.8

—

26.0

—

23.6

—

30 ATV66D33N4 48.4

40.0

—

44.0

60.0

52.4

—

59.7

—

37.0

—

34.2

—

40 ATV66D46N4 66.0

52.0

—

57.1

78.0

67.6

—

76.6

—

49.0

—

45.6

—

50 ATV66D54N4 79.2

65.0

—

68.3

94.0

80.8

—

91.9

—

61.2

—

56.3

—

60 ATV66D64N4 93.5

77.0

—

86.4*

110

94.6

—

108

—

71.6

—

66.7

—

75 ATV66D79N4 115.5

96.0

—

106*

130

116

—

133

—

90.1

—

83.5

—

100 ATV66C10N4 157

124

—

138*

171

151

—

173

—

121

—

113

—

125 ATV66C13N4 190

156

—

166*

198

186

—

211

—

153

—

143

110

—

150 ATV66C15N4 226

180

—

191*

237

217

—

246

—

182

—

170

132

—

200 ATV66C19N4 270

240

—

242*

275

277

—

314

—

238

—

223

160

—

250 ATV66C23N41 330

300

—

318✝

326

333

—

379

—

295

—

276

200

—

300 ATV66C28N41 407

360

—

366✝

399

379

—

441

—

352

—

328

220

—

350 ATV66C31N41 449

420

—

419✝

421

431

—

506

—

410

—

383

Input Line Currents for Selecting Branch Circuit Conductors, 460 V CT (Continued)

NOTE: The input conductor ampacity rating should not be less than the ampacity rating selected,

based on the rated controller output current.

Motor

Power

Drive

Controller

Output

Current

Input Line Current

5,000 AIC

0.141 mH

10,000 AIC [1]

0.070 mH

18,000 AIC [2]

0.039 mH

22,000 AIC

0.032 mH

65,000 AIC

0.011 mH

With Line

Impedance of

400 V

50 Hz

460 V

60 Hz

3% 5%

AA A AAA

[1] 10,000 AIC denoted by asterisk (*).

[2] 18,000 AIC denoted by (✝).

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Wiring Practices

74 2/98

Input Line Currents for Selecting Branch Circuit Conductors, 460 V VT

NOTE: The input conductor ampacity rating should not be less than the ampacity rating selected,

based on the rated controller output current.

Motor

Power

Drive

Controller

Output

Current

Input Line Current

5,000 AIC 0.141

10,000 AIC [1]

0.070 mH

18,000 AIC [2]

0.039 mH

22,000AIC

0.032 mH

65,000 AIC

0.011 mH

With Line

Impedance of

400 V

50 Hz

460 V

60 Hz

3% 5%

AAAAAA

0.75

—

1.5

—

2.2

—

ATV66U41N4

2.0

1.8

3.7

3.4

5.3

4.8

7.1

—

2.7

—

4.7

—

6.5

—

4.0

3.2

6.5

5.7

9.0

8.0

12.0

—

3.5

—

6.4

—

8.8

—

1.6

—

3.0

—

4.2

—

1.5

—

2.7

—

3.9

—

5ATV66U54N4 9.5

7.6

—

9.8

16.0

11.9

—

13.2

—

6.7

—

6.2

5.5

—

7.5 ATV66U72N4 11.8

11.0

—

14.0

20.0

17.0

—

18.4

—

10.0

—

9.2

7.5

—

10 ATV66U90N4 16.0

14.0

—

17.7

25.0

21.4

—

23.4

—

13.0

—

12.0

—

15 ATV66D12N4 22.0

21.0

—

25.1

36.0

30.6

—

35.3

—

19.4

—

17.9

—

20 ATV66D16N4 30.0

27.0

—

31.8

45.0

38.3

—

42.9

—

26.0

—

23.6

18.5

—

25 ATV66D23N4 37.0

34.0

—

38.7

57.0

47.0

—

54.6

—

31.1

—

30.1

—

40 ATV66D33N4 60.0

52.0

—

57.1

79.0

67.6

—

76.6

—

49.0

—

45.6

—

50 ATV66D46N4 72.0

65.0

—

68.6

94.0

81.2

—

91.9

—

61.2

—

56.3

—

60 ATV66D54N4 85.0

77.0

—

86.4*

112

94.6

—

108

—

71.6

—

66.7

—

75 ATV66D64N4 105

96.0

—

106*

130

116

—

133

—

90.1

—

83.5

—

100 ATV66D79N4 143

124

—

138*

176

150

—

171

—

121

—

113

—

125 ATV66C10N4 190

156

—

165*

199

185

—

210

—

153

—

143

110

—

150 ATV66C13N4 226

180

—

191*

238

217

—

246

—

182

—

170

132

—

200 ATV66C15N4 270

240

—

242*

278

277

—

314

—

238

—

223

160

—

200

—

250

—

300

ATV66C23N41

330

300

407

360

—

317✝

—

367✝

336

333

399

381

—

379

—

443

—

295

—

352

—

276

—

328

220

—

350 ATV66C28N41 449

420

—

419✝

428

431

—

506

—

410

—

383

250

—

400 ATV66C31N41 460

477

—

472✝

472

484

—

571

—

467

—

438

[1] 10,000 AIC denoted by asterisk (*).

[2] 18,000 AIC denoted by (✝).

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Wiring Practices

Input Line Currents for Selecting Branch Circuit Conductors, 460 V VTLN

NOTE: Note: The input conductor ampacity rating should not be less than the ampacity rating selected,

based on the rated controller output current.

Motor

Power Drive

Controller

Output

Current

Input Line Current

5,000 AIC 0.141

10,000 AIC [1]

0.070 mH

22,000 AIC

0.032 mH

65,000 AIC

0.011 mH

With Line

Impedance of

400 V

50 Hz

460 V

60 Hz

3% 5%

AAAAAA

0.75

—

1.5

—

2.2

—

ATV66U41N4

2.0

1.8

3.7

3.4

5.3

4.8

—

2.7

—

4.7

—

6.5

4.0

3.2

6.5

5.7

9.0

8.0

—

3.5

—

6.4

—

8.8

—

1.6

—

3.0

—

4.2

—

1.5

—

2.7

—

3.9

3 — ATV66U54N4 7.1 — 12.0 — — —

—

5ATV66U72N4 9.5

7.6 —

9.8

15.0

11.9

—

13.2

—

6.7

—

6.2

5.5

—

7.5 ATV66U90N4 11.8

11.0

—

13.9

20.0

16.7

—

18.5

—

10.0

—

9.2

7.5

—

10 ATV66D12N4 16.0

14.0 —

17.6

26.0

21.4

—

24.7

—

13.0

—

12.0

—

15 ATV66D16N4 22

—

24.8

35.0

29.9

—

33.6

—

19.4

—

17.9

—

20 ATV66D23N4 30

—

31.9

45.0

38.7

—

44.8

—

26.0

—

23.6

—

30 ATV66D33N4 44

—

44.0

60.0

52.4

—

59.7

—

37.0

—

34.2

—

40 ATV66D46N4 60

—

57.1

78.0

67.6

—

76.6

—

49.0

—

45.6

—

50 ATV66D54N4 72

—

68.3

94.0

80.8

—

91.9

—

61.2

—

56.3

—

60 ATV66D64N4 85

—

86.4*

110

94.6

—

108

—

71.6

—

66.7

—

75 ATV66D79N4 105

—

106*

130

116

—

133

—

90.1

—

83.5

[1] 10,000 AIC denoted by asterisk (*).

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Wiring Practices

76 2/98

Input Line Currents for Selecting Branch Circuit Conductors, 208-230 V CT

NOTE: The input conductor ampacity rating should not be less than the ampacity rating selected,

based on the rated controller output current.

Motor

Power

208/230 V

50/60 Hz

Drive

Controller

Output

Current

Input Line Current

208 V

8,800 AIC

0.036 mH

230 V With Line Impedance of

208 V 230 V

5,000 AIC

0.070 mH

22,000 AIC

0.016 mH 3% 5% 3% 5%

kW hp AA A A AAAA

0.75

1.5

2.2

ATV66U41M2

4.0

7.5

10.6

5.7

10.1

14.1

4.8

8.6

11.9

5.7

10.2

14.1

3.5

6.4

9.2

3.3

6.2

8.9

3.5

6.0

8.5

3.0

5.6

8.1

4 5 ATV66U72M2 16.7 21.4 18.0 21.5 14.7 14.3 14.0 12.9

5.5 7.5 ATV66U90M2 24.2 30.4 25.6 30.5 22.0 21.3 20.1 19.3

7.5 10 ATV66D12M2 30.8 38.6 32.6 38.7 29.0 27.8 26.5 25.2

11 15 ATV66D16M2 46.2 54.7 46.2 54.8 43.0 41.1 38.7 37.2

15 20 ATV66D23M2 59.4 69.4 58.8 69.5 57.0 54.1 50.4 49.0

20 30 ATV66D33M2 88.0 97.6 81.1 97.6 83.0 79.8 74.0 72.0

30 40 ATV66D46M2 114 124.2 102.1 125.4 109.1 105.4 98.7 95.6

Input Line Currents for Selecting Branch Circuit Conductors, 208-230 VT

NOTE: The input conductor ampacity rating should not be less than the ampacity rating selected,

based on the rated controller output current.

Motor

Power

208/230 V

50/60 Hz

Drive

Controller

Output

Current

Input Line Current

208 V

8,800 AIC

0.036 mH

230 V With Line Impedance of

208 V 230 V

5,000 AIC

0.070 mH

22,000 AIC

0.016 mH 3% 5% 3% 5%

kW hp AA A A AAAA

0.75

1.5

2.2

ATV66U41M2

4.0

7.5

10.6

5.7

10.1

14.1

4.8

8.6

11.9

5.7

10.2

14.1

3.5

6.4

9.2

3.3

6.2

8.9

3.5

6.0

8.5

3.0

5.6

8.1

5.5 7.5 ATV66U72M2 24.2 30.6 25.8 30.6 22.0 21.3 20.1 19.3

7.5 10 ATV66U90M2 30.8 38.8 32.7 38.8 29.0 27.8 26.5 25.2

11 15 ATV66D12M2 46.2 54.7 46.2 54.8 43.0 41.1 38.7 37.2

18.5

25 ATV66D23M2 59.4

74.8

69.3

84.4

58.7

71.5

69.4

84.4

57.0

69.2

54.1

67.2

50.4

64.0

49.0

60.9

30 40 ATV66D33M2 114 124.9 102.7 125.9 109.1 105.4 98.7 95.6

37 50 ATV66D46M2 143 149.3 122.6 151.1 134.0 129.6 121.0 117.4

Input Line Currents for Selecting Branch Circuit Conductors, 208/230 V VTLN

NOTE: The input conductor ampacity rating should not be less than the ampacity rating selected,

based on the rated controller output current.

Motor

Power

208/230 V

50/60 Hz

Drive

Controller

Output

Current

Input Line Current

208 V

8,800 AIC

0.036 mH

230 V With Line Impedance of

208 V 230 V

5,000 AIC

0.070 mH

22,000 AIC

0.016 mH 3% 5% 3% 5%

kW hp AA A A AAAA

0.75

1.5

2.2

ATV66U41M2

4.0

7.5

10.6

5.8

10.4

14.3

5.4

8.8

12.0

6.4

10.4

14.3

3.5

6.4

9.2

3.3

6.2

8.9

3.5

6.0

8.5

3.0

5.6

8.1

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Wiring Practices

Control Wiring

Although all control inputs and outputs of the drive

controller are isolated from the input lines, you

must follow certain control wiring precautions:

• Keep control wiring conductor runs short and

direct. Follow the conduit and circuit separation

requirements listed throughout this section.

• Make sure that the control contacts used with

the drive controller inputs are rated for

operation at open circuit voltages of 24 VDC

and closed circuit currents of 10 mADC.

• Analog inputs and outputs require twisted cable

with a pitch of 1 to 2 inches. Use of a cable

shield is recommended. The shield must be

terminated to ground at one end only. It is

recommended that the shield be terminated at

the drive controller. Shield connection

terminals are provided on the ALTIVAR 66 drive

controller for this purpose.

• Make sure that the coils of all relays and

solenoids connected to the output contacts of

the drive controller are equipped with

appropriate transient suppressors.

• For proper control wiring, route conductors to

avoid contact with other voltage potentials in

the drive controller. Wire insulation must have

the appropriate voltage rating for the voltage

present. The ATV66C10N4 to C31N41 drive

controllers are equipped with control wiring

channels to allow routing of control conductors

away from power circuit conductors. The

channels are located on the right side of

ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 controllers, and on the

left side of ATV66C23N41 to C31N41

controllers.

Output Wiring

The drive controller is sensitive to the amount of

capacitance (either phase-to-phase or phase-to-

ground) present on the output power conductors.

If excessive capacitance is present, the drive

controller may trip. Follow the guidelines below

when selecting output cable:

• Cable type: the cable selected must have a low

capacitance phase-to-phase and to ground. Do

not use mineral impregnated cable because it

has a very high capacitance. Immersion of

cables in water increases capacitance.

• Cable length: the longer the cable, the greater

the capacitance. Cable lengths greater than

320 ft (100 m) may require analysis to

determine if mitigation is required. Contact your

local ALTIVAR representative.

• Proximity to output cables from other drive

controllers: because of the high frequency

switching and increased capacitance, the drive

may fault under some conditions.

• Do not use lightning arrestors or power factor

correction capacitors on output of drive

controller.

• For installation where cable capacitances may

be a problem, an inductor can be installed

between the drive controller and the motor.

Consult factory for additional information.

Grounding

For safe, dependable operation, drives must be

grounded according to national and local codes.

Ground the drive as shown in the instruction

manual.

4 5 ATV66U72M2 16.7 21.8 18.3 21.8 14.7 14.3 14.0 12.9

5.5 7.5 ATV66U90M2 24.2 30.6 25.8 30.7 22.0 21.3 20.1 19.3

7.5 10 ATV66D12M2 30.8 38.9 32.8 39.0 29.0 27.8 26.5 25.2

11 15 ATV66D16M2 46.2 55.1 46.5 55.2 43.0 41.1 38.7 37.2

15 20 ATV66D23M2 59.4 70.3 59.6 70.3 57.0 54.1 50.4 49.0

22 30 ATV66D33M2 88.0 97.2 80.8 97.2 83.0 79.8 74.0 72.0

30 40 ATV66D46M2 114 124.2 102.0 125.4 109.1 105.4 98.7 95.6

Input Line Currents for Selecting Branch Circuit Conductors, 208/230 V VTLN (Continued)

NOTE: The input conductor ampacity rating should not be less than the ampacity rating selected,

based on the rated controller output current.

Motor

Power

208/230 V

50/60 Hz

Drive

Controller

Output

Current

Input Line Current

208 V

8,800 AIC

0.036 mH

230 V With Line Impedance of

208 V 230 V

5,000 AIC

0.070 mH

22,000 AIC

0.016 mH 3% 5% 3% 5%

kW hp AA A A AAAA

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Equipment Recommendations

78 2/98

Recommended Equipment for 1 to 400 hp 460 V Drive Controllers[1]

M1 A1 F1-F3 Input KM1 TS T1 F7, F8 F9

Motor Controller

ATV66•••N4 Line Power Fuses Ratings, Fuse Class

Fuse Carriers

Class T or CC Line

Contactor Transient

Suppressor Xfmr

[8]

Primary

Xfmr

Fuses

[3]

Sec. Xfmr

Fuses

[3]

kW hp CT, VT

low

noise VT CC

Fast

Acting TLittelfuse

JLS-

[9]

Gould-

Shawmut

A4J-

[9]

0.75 1 U41 U41 600 V

6 A 600 V

6 A —

9080-

FB3611CC[2] LC1-

D2510G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K50D20 FNQ-R-1/4 FNQ-R-1/2

T60060-3CR[3]

1.5 2 U41 U41 600 V

10 A 600 V

10 A —

9080-

FB3611CC[2] LC1-

D2510G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K50D20 FNQ-R-1/4 FNQ-R-1/2

T60060-3CR[3]

2.2 3 U41 U41 600 V

15 A 600 V

15 A —

9080-

FB3611CC[2] LC1-

D2510G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K50D20 FNQ-R-1/4 FNQ-R-1/2

T60060-3CR[3]

3 4 U54 U41 600 V

20 A 600 V

20 A —

9080-

FB3611CC[2] LC1-

D2510G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K50D20 FNQ-R-1/4 FNQ-R-1/2

T60060-3CR[3]

4 5 U72 U54 600 V

20 A 600 V

20 A —

9080-

FB3611CC[2] LC1-

D2510G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K50D20 FNQ-R-1/4 FNQ-R-1/2

T60060-3CR[3]

5.5 7.5 — U72 600 V

25 A 600 V

25 A —

9080-

FB3611CC[2] LC1-

D2510G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K50D20 FNQ-R-1/4 FNQ-R-1/2

T60060-3CR[3]

5.5 7.5 U90 — — 600 V

30 A 600 V

30 A T60060-3CR[3] LC1-

D2510G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K50D20 FNQ-R-1/4 FNQ-R-1/2

7.5 10 D12 U90 — 600 V

35 A 600 V

35 A T60060-3CR[3] LC1-

D2510G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K50D20 FNQ-R-1/4 FNQ-R-1/2

11 15 — D12 — 600 V

60 A 600 V

45 A 600 V

45 A T60060-3CR[3] LC1-

D2510G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K50D20 FNQ-R-1/4 FNQ-R-1/2

11 15 D16 — — 600 V

60 A 600 V

60 A T60060-3CR[3] LC1-

D2510G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K50D20 FNQ-R-1/4 FNQ-R-1/2

15 20 D23 D16 — 600 V

70 A 600 V

70 A T60100-3C[3] LC1-

D3210G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K50D20 FNQ-R-1/4 FNQ-R-1/2

18.5 25 — D23 — 600 V

90 A 600 V

80 A T60100-3C[3] LC1-

D4011G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K75D20 FNQ-R-3/

10 FNQ-R-6/10

22 30 D33 — — 600 V

90 A 600 V

90 A T60100-3C[3] LC1-

D5011G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K75D20 FNQ-R-3/

10 FNQ-R-6/10

30 40 D46 D33 — 600 V

125 A 600 V

110 A 3 ea.

T60200-1C[3] LC1-

D8011G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K75D20 FNQ-R-3/

10 FNQ-R-6/10

37 50 D54 D46 — 600 V

125 A 600 V

110 A[10] 3 ea.

T60200-1C[3] LC1-

D8011G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K75D20 FNQ-R-3/

10 FNQ-R-6/10

45 60 D64 D54 — 600 V

175 A 600 V

175 A 3 ea.

T60200-1C[3] LC1-

F115G6 LA9-F980 9070-

K200D20 FNQ-R-1-

1/4 FNQ-R-1-6/

55 75 D79 D64 — 600 V

200 A 600 V

200 A 3 ea.

T60200-1C[3] LC1-

F115G6 LA9-F980 9070-

K200D20 FNQ-R-1-

1/4 FNQ-R-1-6/

75 100 — D79 — 600 V

225 A 600 V

225 A 3 ea.

T60400-1C[3] LC1-

F150G6 LA9-F980 9070-

K200D20 FNQ-R-1-

1/4 FNQ-R-1-6/

[1] For F10 and F11, use Bussmann control fuse KTK-R-3. The recommended control fuse carrier is 9080-FB2611CC.

[2] Square D Class CC Fuse Block numbers.

[3] Bussmann part numbers.

[4] Gould-Shawmut part numbers.

[5] Ferraz part numbers.

[6] Fuse mounted inside drive controller.

[7] The power circuit conﬁguration of the ATV66C23N4 to ATV66C31N4 drive controllers does not support the use of an input isolation contactor.

[8] T1 has been dimensioned to supply KM1 coil inrush and sealed VA requirements only. Any user control / pilot device additions may require re-

dimensioning of T1 VA capacity.

[9] Manufacturer-speciﬁc fuse selection. DO NOT SUBSTITUTE.

[10] 125 A rating allowable for ATV66D54N4 controller.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Equipment Recommendations

Recommended Semiconductor Fuses for 1 - 400 hp 460 V Controllers

M1 A1 F1-F3 Input KM1 TS T1 F7, F8 F9

Motor Controller ATV66•••N4 Line Power

Fuses

Semiconductor

Fuse Class

Fuse

Carriers

[3]

Line

Contactor Transient

Suppressor Xfmr

[8]

Primary

Xfmr Fuses

[3]

Sec. Xfmr

Fuses

[3]

kW hp CT, VT low

noise VT

75 100 C10 — FWH400A[3] 6 ea.

BH-1133 LC1-F150G6 LA9-F980 9070-

K200D20 FNQ-R-1-1/4 FNQ-R-1-6/

A50P400[4]

90 125 C13 C10 FWH400A[3] 6 ea.

BH-1133 LC1-F265G7 LA9-F980 9070-

K350D20 FNQ-R-1-6/

10 FNQ-R-2-8/

A50P400[4]

110 150 C15 — FWH500A[3] 6 ea.

BH-3245 LC1-F265G7 LA9-F980 9070-

K350D20 FNQ-R-1-6/

10 FNQ-R-2-8/

A50P500[4]

110 150 — C13 FWH400A[3] 6 ea.

BH-1133 LC1-F265G7 LA9-F980 9070-

K350D20 FNQ-R-1-6/

10 FNQ-R-2-8/

A50P400[4]

132 200 C19 — FWH600A[3] 6 ea.

BH-3245 LC1-F330G7 LA9-F980 9070-

K250D20 FNQ-R-1-1/4 FNQ-R-2

A50P600 [4]

132 200 — C15 FWH500A[3] 6 ea.

BH-3245 LC1-F330G7 LA9-F980 9070-

K250D20 FNQ-R-1-1/4 FNQ-R-2

A50P500[4]

160 250 C23 C23

FWH700A[3]

[6] [7] [7] [7] [7] [7]170M6711[3]

N300231[5]

200 300 C28 C23

FWH800A [3]

[6] [7] [7] [7] [7] [7]170M6712[3]

P300232 [5]

220 350 C31 C28

FWH900A[3]

[6] [7] [7] [7] [7] [7]170M6713[3]

Q300233 [5]

250 400 — C31

FWH900A[3]

[6] [7] [7] [7] [7] [7]170M6713[3]

Q300233[5]

[1] For F10 and F11, use Bussmann control fuse KTK-R-3. The recommended control fuse carrier is 9080-FB2611CC.

[2] Square D Class CC Fuse Block numbers.

[3] Bussmann part numbers.

[4] Gould-Shawmut part numbers.

[5] Ferraz part numbers.

[6] Fuse mounted inside drive controller.

[7] The power circuit conﬁguration of the ATV66C23N4 to ATV66C31N4 drive controllers does not support the use of an input isolation contactor.

[8] T1 has been dimensioned to supply KM1 coil inrush and sealed VA requirements only. Any user control / pilot device additions may require re-

dimensioning of T1 VA capacity.

Maximum Allowable Line Fuse (F1 to F3) for 460 V Drive Controllers

Controller ATV66•••N4 Class CC (Fast-Acting) Class T Littelfuse

JLS-

[4]

Gould-

Shawmut

A4J-

[4]

Semiconductor

U41, U54, U72 600 V, 25 A 600 V, 35 A 600 V, 30 A — —

U90, D12 — 600 V, 60 A 600 V, 45 A 600 V, 45 A —

D16, D23 — 600 V, 100 A 600 V, 100 A 600 V, 80 A —

D33, D46 — 600 V, 125 A 600 V, 125 A 600 V, 110 A —

D54, D64, D79 — 600 V, 225 A 600 V, 225 A 600 V, 225 A —

C10 — — — — FWH500A [1]

A50P500 [2]

C13, C15, C19 — — — — FWH600A [1]

A50P600 [2]

C23, C28, C31 — — — — FWH900A [1]

170M6713 [2]

Q300233 [3]

[1] Bussmann part numbers.

[2] Gould-Shawmut part numbers.

[3] Ferraz part numbers.

[4] Manufacturer-speciﬁc fuse selection. DO NOT SUBSTITUTE.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Equipment Recommendations

80 2/98

Recommended Equipment for 1 to 50 hp 208/230 V Drive Controllers[1]

M1 A1 F1-F3 Input KM1 TS T1 F6, F7 F8

Motor Controller

ATV66•••M2

Line Power Fuses

Ratings,

Fuse Class Fuse Carriers

Class T or CC Line

Contactor

Transient

Suppresso

Xfmr

[3]

Primary Xfmr

Fuses

[2] Sec.

Xfmr

Fuses

[2]

kW hp CT, VT

low

noise VT CC

Fast

Acting TLittelfuse

JLS-

[5]

Gould-

Shawmut

A4J-

[5]

208 V 230 V

0.75 1 U41 U41 600 V

10 A 600 V

10 A —

9080-

FB3611CC [4] LC1-

D2510G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K50D20 FNQ-R-

1/2 FNQ-R-

1/2

T60030-3CR[2]

1.2 1.5 U41 U41 600 V

15 A 600 V

15 A —

9080-

FB3611CC[4] LC1-

D2510G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K50D20 FNQ-R-

1/2 FNQ-R-

1/2

T60030-3CR[2]

1.5 2 U41 U41 600 V

20 A 600 V

20 A —

9080

FB3611CC[4] LC1-

D2510G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K50D20 FNQ-R-

1/2 FNQ-R-

1/2

T60030-3CR[2]

2.2 3 U41 U41 600 V

25 A 600 V

25 A —

9080-

FB3611CC[4] LC1-

D2510G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K50D20 FNQ-R-

1/2 FNQ-R-

1/2

T60030-3CR[2]

34 —U41 600 V

25 A 600 V

25 A —

9080-

FB3611CC[4] LC1-

D2510G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K50D20 FNQ-R-

1/2 FNQ-R-

1/2

T60030-3CR[2]

4 5 U72 U72 — 600 V

35 A 600 V

35 A T60060-3C[2] LC1-

D2510G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K50D20 FNQ-R-

1/2 FNQ-R-

1/2

5.5 7.5 U90 U72 — 600 V

45 A 600 V

45 A T60060-3C[2] LC1-

D2510G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K50D20 FNQ-R-

1/2 FNQ-R-

1/2

7.5 10 D12 U90 — 600 V

60 A 600 V

60 A T60060-3C[2] LC1-

D3210G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K50D20 FNQ-R-

1/2 FNQ-R-

1/2

11 15 D16 D12 — 600 V

90 A 600 V

90 A 3 ea.

T60100-1C[2] LC1-

D4010G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K75D20 FNQ-R-1 FNQ-R-

3/4 FNQ-R-

6/10

15 20 D23 D23 — 600 V,

110 A 600 V

110 A 3 ea.

T60200-1C [2] LC1-

D8011G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K75D20 FNQ-R-1 FNQ-R-

3/4 FNQ-R-

6/10

18.5 25 D33 D23 — 600 V,

150 A 600 V

150 A 3 ea.

T60200-1C [2] LC1-

D8011G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K75D20 FNQ-R-1 FNQ-R-

3/4 FNQ-R-

6/10

22 30 D33 D33 — 600 V,

150 A 600 V

150 A 3 ea.

T60200-1C [2] LC1-

D8011G6 LA4-DA2G 9070-

K75D20 FNQ-R-1 FNQ-R-

3/4 FNQ-R-

6/10

30 40 D46 D33 — 600 V,

200 A 600 V

200 A 3 ea.

T60200-1C [2] LC1-

F115G6 LA9-F980 9070-

K200D20 FNQ-R-

2-1/4 FNQ-R-

1-6/10 FNQ-R-

1-6/10

37 50 —D46 — 600 V,

250 A 600 V

250 A 3 ea.

T60400-1C [2] LC1-

F115G6 LA9-F980 9070-

K200D20 FNQ-R-

2-1/4 FNQ-R-

1-6/10 FNQ-R-

1-6/10

[1] For F10 and F11, use Bussmann control fuse KTK-R-3. The recommended control fuse carrier is 9080-FB2611CC.

[2] Bussmann part numbers.

[3] T1 has been dimensioned to supply KM1 coil inrush and sealed VA requirements only. Any user control / pilot device additions may require re-

dimensioning of T1 VA capacity.

[4] Square D Class CC Fuse Block numbers.

[5] Manufacturer-speciﬁc fuse selection. DO NOT SUBSTITUTE.

Maximum Allowable Line Fuse (F1 to F3) for 208/230 V Drive Controllers

Controller ATV66•••M2 Class CC (Fast-Acting) Class T Littelfuse JLS- [1] Gould-Shawmut A4J- [1]

U41 600 V, 25 A 600 V, 45 A 600 V, 35 A 600 V, 35 A

U72, U90 — 600 V, 100 A 600 V, 100 A 600 V, 80 A

D12, D16 — 600 V, 125 A 600 V, 125 A 600 V, 100 A

D23, D33 — 600 V, 225 A 600 V, 225 A 600 V, 225 A

D46 — 600 V, 250 A 600 V, 250 A 600 V, 250 A

[1] Manufacturer-speciﬁc fuse selection. DO NOT SUBSTITUTE.

Recommended Equipment for all Drive Controllers

R1 Potentiometer 9001 K2106

—Push buttons 9001 KR1UH13

—Control station enclosure (accepts R1 and two push buttons) 9001 KYAF3

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Special Applications

Select the proper ALTIVAR 66 drive by comparing

the motor full load current to the nominal drive

current shown in the tables on page 53-56. The

drive current must be greater than or equal to the

motor full load current. The motor horsepower size

can be different than that of the drive; however, the

following guidelines must be followed.

Motor Power Less than Drive Power

The ALTIVAR 66 drive can be used with a motor of

lower power than that for which it was designed,

however, the drive should only be one horsepower

size greater than the motor. This association is a

solution for applications which require high

transient overtorque.

Motor Power Higher than Drive Power

An oversized motor can be used with the ALTIVAR

66 AC drive if the current absorbed by the motor is

less than or equal to the nominal drive current and

the motor is not operated continuously at a power

level greater than the power rating of the drive.

The motor should be no more than one

horsepower size greater than that of the drive, for

example a 2 hp drive with a 3 hp motor, where the

motor full load current is less than that for a 2 hp

drive.

Motors in Parallel

If several motors are run in parallel with one drive,

nominal drive current must be higher than or equal

to the sum of the currents of the motors connected

to the drive. In this case, external thermal overload

protection must be provided for each motor. In

addition, the total continuous power rating of the

connected motors must not exceed the power

rating of the drive. If there are three or more

motors in parallel, consult the factory.

When several motors are run in parallel:

• If the motors are of equal power, optimal torque

performance can be achieved after adjustment

of drive parameters.

• If the motors are of different power, the drive

parameters will not be correctly adjusted for the

lower power motors and overtorque at low

speed will be greatly reduced.

Overspeed Operation

It may be possible to run at speeds greater than

motor nameplate speed; however, the motor

manufacturer should be consulted before running

in overspeed. Above a nominal speed of 50/60 Hz,

the drive is incapable of producing additional

output voltage. The available continuous motor

torque will begin to decrease along with the motor

maximum overtorque capability. Consult the

motor manufacturer for continuous torque and

overtorque capabilities of the motor to be used.

Additional Motor Connected Downstream of

the Drive

If an additional motor is to be connected on the

drive while the drive is running (slamming the

motor), the sum of the running motor current(s)

plus the expected starting current of the switched

motor must not exceed 90% of the drive’s

transient output current rating. External thermal

overload protection must be provided for each

motor.

Use with Special Motors

The ALTIVAR 66 was designed for use with

asynchronous motors; however, it can be used

with other types of motors if certain conditions are

met.

Synchronous permanent magnet or wound-ﬁeld

motors may be used if slip compensation is

disabled, external overload protection is provided,

the control type is set to Special, and appropriate

ﬁeld excitation and protection is provided for

externally-excited motors.

Synchronous reluctance motors may be used; slip

compensation must be disabled and the control

type must be set to Special.

Ac drive selection:

• Ac drive In ≥ In1 + In2 + … Inx

• Ac drive Pn ≥ Pn1 + Pn2 + … Pnx

• Protect each motor with a thermal

overload relay

In: rated current Pn: rated power

Drive

Controller In1

In2

Inx

Drive

Controller

KM1

OL1

OL2

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Special Applications

82 2/98

Using a Synchronous Permanent Magnet or

Wound-Field Motor

It is possible to operate a synchronous permanent

magnet or synchronous wound-ﬁeld motor as long

as the following conditions are met:

• Slip compensation is disabled.

• Internal overload protection is disabled and

external protection (overload relay or thermal

sensor) is used.

• Operation is only with Special control type with

constant torque setting.

• Appropriate ﬁeld excitation and protection is

provided for externally-excited motors.

Using a Synchronous Reluctance Motor

It is possible to operate a synchronous reluctance

motor as long as slip compensation is disabled.

Operating Non-Standard Motors

Description Slip Compensation Overload Control Type

Motors in parallel Disable Disable [1] Special

Additional motor Enable Disable [1] Special

Synchronous permanent magnet Disable Disable [1] Special

Synchronous wound ﬁeld Disable Disable [1] Special

Synchronous reluctance Disable Enable Special

[1] An external thermal overload relay is required if the AC drive protection is disabled.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

List of Catalog Numbers

Drives 1 to 350 HP (0.75 - 132 kW), 400/460 V Three Phase Input - 50/60 Hz

Drives 1 to 40 HP (0.75 to 30 kw) 208/230 V Three Phase Input - 50/60 Hz

Motor ALTIVAR 66 Drive

Nameplate Power (constant torque application) Catalog Number

HP kW

1-2-3 0.75-1.5-2.2 ATV66U41N4U

- 3 ATV66U54N4U

5 4 ATV66U72N4U

7.5 5.5 ATV66U90N4U

10 7.5 ATV66D12N4U

15 11 ATV66D16N4U

20 15 ATV66D23N4U

30 22 ATV66D33N4U

40 30 ATV66D46N4U

50 37 ATV66D54N4U

60 45 ATV66D64N4U

75 55 ATV66D79N4U

100 75 ATV66C10N4U

125 90 ATV66C13N4U

150 110 ATV66C15N4U

200 132 ATV66C19N4U

250 160 ATV66C23N41

300 200 ATV66C28N41

350 220 ATV66C31N41

Motor ALTIVAR 66 Drive

Nameplate Power (constant torque application) Catalog Number

HP kW

1-2-3 0.75-1.5-2.2 ATV66U41M2

5 4 ATV66U72M2

7.5 5.5 ATV66U90M2

10 7.5 ATV66D12M2

15 11 ATV66D16M2

20 15 ATV66D23M2

30 22 ATV66D33M2

40 30 ATV66D46M2

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

List of Catalog Numbers

84 2/98

Options and Accessories

[1] Designed for use with Telemecanique Type ZA2B 22mm operators and 2-1/2”” surface mount meters. When used with compatible

operators and meters and the enclosed gasket, control island kit maintains Type 12 / IP54 integrity of enclosure sidewall.

[2] For use with an I/O extention module or communication card carrier.

[3] RFI ﬁlters are for use on equipment being designed for European power systems where CE compliance is required. Reference

catalog VVDED296034 for more information, and a larger selection of ﬁlters.

[4] Mounting the dynamic braking resistor assemblies on the ATV66C23N4 to C31N4 AC Drives requires the use of the Dynamic

Braking Resistor Mounting Plate Kit VY1A66202.

[5] Order quantity of 2. Two kits required on these units.

Description For Drives Catalog Number

Keypad door mounting kit with 2 m cable ATV66 all ranges VW3A66100

Keypad door mounting kit with 3 m cable ATV66 all ranges VW3A66101

Eight Operator Control Island [1] ATV66 all ranges VW3A66102

Six Operator, One Meter Control Island [1] ATV66 all ranges VW3A66103

Four Operator, Two Meter Control Island [1] ATV66 all ranges VW3A66104

I/O Extension Module, 24 V ATV66 all ranges VW3A66201T

I/O Extension Module, 115 V ATV66 all ranges VW3A66202T

3 m Cable for remote mounting of keypad display ATV66 all ranges VW3A66311

2 m Cable for remote mounting of keypad display ATV66 all ranges VW3A66312

PC Connection Option ATV66 all ranges VW3A66331U

Service and Troubleshooting Manual ATV66 all ranges VD0C06S701

RFI Filters [3]

ATV66U41N4 (1–2 HP) VW3A66401U

ATV66U41N4 (3 HP), U54N4 VW3A66402U

ATV66U72N4, U90N4, D12N4 VW3A66404U

ATV66D16N4, D23N4 VW3A66405U

ATV66D33N4, D46N4 VW3A66406U

Dynamic Braking Resistor with

Type 1 Enclosure

ATV66U41N4, U54N4, U72N4 VW3A66711

ATV66U90N4, D12N4 VW3A66712

ATV66D16N4, D23N4 VW3A66713

ATV66D33N4, D46N4 VW3A66714

ATV66D54N4 VW3A66715

ATV66D64N4, D79N4 VW3A66716

ATV66C10N4, C13N4, C15N4, C19N4 VW3A66717

ATV66C23N4 [4] VW3A66718 [5]

ATV66C28N4, C31N4 [4] VW3A66717 [5]

Gasket Kit for Recess Mounting

ATV66U41N4 to U72N4, ATV66U41M2 VW3A66801T

ATV66U90N4 to D12N4, U72M2, U90M2 VW3A66802T

ATV66D16N4 to D23N4, D12M2 to D16M2 VW3A66803

Mounting Adapter Plate for Recess Mounting

ATV66U41N4-U72N4 VW3A66806

ATV66U41M2

ATV66U90N4-D12N4 VW3A66807

ATV66U72M2, U90M2

ATV66D16N4-D23N4 VW3A66808

ATV66D12M2, D16M2

Memory Card All ATV66 drives VW3A66901T

Metal Conduit Entry Plate

ATV66U41N4-D23N4

VY1A66201

ATV66U41M2-D16M2

For wall-mounted drives when metallic conduit is used

Dynamic Braking Resistor Mounting Plate ATV66C23N4 to ATV66C31N4 VY1A66202

Communication Card for UNI-TELWAY MODBUS

RTU/JBUS, MODBUS ASCII Networks [2] All ATV66 drives VW3A66301U

Communication Card for MODBUS Plus Network[2] All ATV66 drives VW3A66305U

Communication Card Carrier ATV66 all ranges VW3A66205

VW3A6620•

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

List of Catalog Numbers

Spare Parts List

Description Drive Controller Reference No. Note

ALTIVAR 66 Adjustable Frequency

Drive Controller Service and

Troubleshooting Manual

ATV66 all sizes VD0C06S701_

Control Kit — 460 V ATV66U41N4 to D79N4

ATV66C10N4 to C31N41 VX4A66CK1

VX4A66CK2 Matched keypad and control basket with

latest ﬁrmware

Control Kit — 208/230 V ATV66U41M2 to D46M2*

*ATV66D23M2S264U VX4A66CK1

VX4A66CK1S260 Matched keypad and control basket with

latest ﬁrmware

Keypad display (for drive controllers

with ﬁrmware level 3.0 and later — see

Chapter 4 section “Identifying the

Firmware Version”)

ATV66 all sizes VW3A66206U For drive controllers with ﬁrmware

earlier than 3.0, order the control kit

listed above

Removable Control Terminal Strips ATV66 all sizes VZ3N006 J1, J12 and J13 on control basket

Power Board — 460 V ATV66U41N4

(Serial number ends in code “A21” and

earlier — see Chapter 1 section

“Nameplates and Serial Numbers”)

VX5A66U41N4 Includes IGBT block, rectiﬁer diode,

heatsink, and fan

ATV66U41N4

(Serial number ends in code “A22” and

later — see Chapter 1 section

“Nameplates and Serial Numbers”)

VX5A663U41N4 Includes IGBT block and rectiﬁer diode

ATV66U54N4 VX5A662U54N4 Includes IGBT block and rectiﬁer diode

ATV66U72N4 VX5A662U72N4 Includes IGBT block and rectiﬁer diode

ATV66U90N4 VX5A662U90N4 Includes IGBT block and rectiﬁer diode

ATV66D12N4 VX5A662D12N4 Includes IGBT block and rectiﬁer diode

ATV66D16N4 VX5A66D16N4

ATV66D23N4 VX5A66D23N4

ATV66D33N4 VX5A66D33N4

ATV66D46N4 VX5A66D46N4

ATV66D54N4 VX5A66D54N4

ATV66D64N4 VX5A66D64N4

ATV66D79N4 VX5A66D79N4

ATV66C10N4 VX5A661C10N4

ATV66C13N4 VX5A661C13N4

ATV66C15N4 VX5A661C15N4

ATV66C19N4 VX5A661C19N4

ATV66C23N41 VX5A661C23N4

ATV66C28N41 VX5A661C28N4

ATV66C31N41 VX5A661C31N4

Power Board — 208/230 V ATV66U41M2 VX5A662U41M2 Includes IGBT block and rectiﬁer diode

ATV66U72M2 VX5A662U72M2 Includes IGBT block and rectiﬁer diode

ATV66U90M2 VX5A662U90M2 Includes IGBT block and rectiﬁer diode

ATV66D12M2 VX5A66D12M2

ATV66D16M2 VX5A66D16M2

Power Board and Gate Driver Board —

208/230 V ATV66D23M2 VX5A66D234M2 Matched set

ATV66D33M2 VX5A66D335M2 Matched set

ATV66D46M2 VX5A66D466M2 Matched set

Gate Driver Board — 460 V ATV66D16N4 VX5A66103

ATV66D23N4 VX5A66104

ATV66D33N4 VX5A66105

ATV66D46N4 VX5A66106

ATV66D54N4 VX5A66107

ATV66D64N4 VX5A66108

ATV66D79N4 VX5A66109

Gate Driver Board — 208/230 V ATV66D12M2 VX5A66112

ATV66D16M2 VX5A66113

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

List of Catalog Numbers

86 2/98

Inverter IGBT — 460 V ATV66D16N4 VZ3lM2050M1201 1 dual IGBT block

ATV66D23N4 VZ3lM2075M1201 1 dual IGBT block

ATV66D33N4 VZ3lM2100M1201 1 dual IGBT block

ATV66D46N4, D54N4 VZ3lM2150M1201 1 dual IGBT block

ATV66D64N4 VZ3lM2200M1201 1 dual IGBT block

ATV66D79N4 VZ3lM2300M1201 1 dual IGBT block

ATV66C10N4 VZ3IM2300M1202 2 dual IGBT blocks, snubber boards,

gate driver boards, 1 clamp module

ATV66C13N4 to C19N4 VZ3IM2400M1202 2 dual IGBT blocks, snubber boards,

gate driver boards, 1 clamp module

ATV66C23N41, C28N41 VZ3IM1400M1207 4 dual IGBT blocks, snubber boards,

gate driver boards

ATV66C31N41 VZ3IM1500M1207 4 dual IGBT blocks, snubber boards,

gate driver boards

Inverter IGBT — 208/230 V ATV66D12M2 VZ3IM2075M0601 1 dual IGBT block

ATV66D16M2 VZ3IM2100M0601 1 dual IGBT block

ATV66D23M2 VZ3IM2150M0601 1 dual IGBT block

ATV66D33M2 VZ3IM2200M0601 1 dual IGBT block

ATV66D46M2 VZ3IM2300M0601 1 dual IGBT block

Inverter IGBT Clamp Capacitor ATV66C23N41 to C31N41 VY1ADC610

Dynamic Braking IGBT — 460 V ATV66D14N4, D23N4 VZ3IM1025M1001

ATV66D33N4, D46N4 VZ3IM2050M1201

ATV66D54N4 VZ3IM2100M1201

ATV66D64N4, D79N4 VZ3IM2150M1201

ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 VZ3IM1300M1202 1 dual IGBT block, 1 dual diode block,

1 snubber board, 1 gate driver board

ATV66C23N41 VZ3IM1400M1208 1 dual IGBT block, 1 dual diode block,

1 snubber board, 1 gate driver board

ATV66C28N41, C31N41 VZ3IM1300M1208 2 dual IGBT blocks, 2 dual diode blocks,

2 snubber boards, 1 gate driver board

Dynamic Braking IGBT — 208/230 V ATV66D12M2, D16M2 VZ3IM1060M0601

ATV66D23M2 VZ3IM2075M0601

ATV66D33M2 VZ3IM2100M0601

ATV66D46M2 VZ3IM2150M0601

Dynamic Braking Clamp Capacitor ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 VY1ADC616

ATV66C23N41 to C31N41 VY1ADC614

Line Filter Board — 460 V ATV66D16N4, D23N4 VX4A66103

ATV66D33N4, D46N4 VX4A66104

ATV66D54N4 to D79N4 VX4A66105

ATV66C10N4 to C31N41 VX4A66106

Line Filter Board — 208/230 V ATV66D12M2, D16M2 VX4A66103

ATV66D23M2, D33M2 VX4A66104

ATV66D46M2 VX4A66105

Line Rectiﬁer Diode — 460 V ATV66D16N4, D23N4 VZ3DM6075M1601 6-pack diode block

ATV66D33N4 VZ3DM2080M1606 1 dual diode block

ATV66D46N4 VZ3DM2100M1601 1 dual diode block

ATV66D54N4 to D79N4 VZ3DM2160M1606 1 dual diode block

ATV66C10N4, C13N4 VZ3DM2170M1602 1 dual diode block

ATV66C15N4 VZ3DM2260M1602 1 dual diode block

ATV66C19N4 VZ3DM2350M1602 1 dual diode block

ATV66C23N41 to C31N41 VZ3DM2600M1602 1 dual diode block

Line Rectiﬁer Diode — 208/230 V ATV66D12M2, D16M2 VZ3DM6075M1601 6-pack diode block

ATV66D23M2 VZ3DM2080M1606 1 dual diode block

ATV66D33M2 VZ3DM2100M1601 1 dual diode block

ATV66D46M2 VZ3DM2160M1606 1 dual diode block

Spare Parts List (Continued)

Description Drive Controller Reference No. Note

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

List of Catalog Numbers

DC Bus Capacitor — 460 V ATV66U41N4, U54N4 VY1ADC601 Assembly with capacitors

ATV66U72N4 VY1ADC602 Assembly with capacitors

ATV66U90N4 VY1ADC603 Assembly with capacitors

ATV66D12N4 VY1ADC604 Assembly with capacitors

ATV66D16N4, D23N4 VY1ADC152V450 One capacitor

ATV66D33N4, D46N4 VY1ADC472V450 One capacitor

ATV66D54N4 VY1ADC605 Assembly with capacitors and stirring

fan

ATV66D64N4, D79N4 VY1ADC606 Assembly with capacitors and stirring

fan

ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 VY1ADC615 Assembly with capacitors

ATV66C23N41 to C28N41 VY1ADC608 Assembly with capacitors

DC Bus Capacitor — 208/230 V ATV66U41M2 VY1ADC611 Assembly with capacitors

ATV66U72M2 VY1ADC612 Assembly with capacitors

ATV66U90M2 VY1ADC613 Assembly with capacitors

ATV66D12M2, D16M2 VY1ADC152V450 One capacitor

ATV66D23M2, D33M2 VY1ADC472V450 One capacitor

ATV66D46M2 VY1ADC605 Assembly with capacitors and stirring

fan

DC Bus Capacitor Bank Plexiglass

Shield ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 VY1ADV611

Discharge Resistor — 460 V ATV66D33N4 to D79N4 VZ3R5K0W040 One resistor

ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 VZ3R2K5W600 Two resistors

ATV66C23N41 to C31N41 VZ3R1K2W480 One resistor

Discharge Resistor — 208/230 V ATV66D23M2 to D46M2 VZ3R5K0W040 One resistor

Precharge Resistor — 460 V ATV66D16N4, D23N4 VZ3R033W009 One resistor

ATV66D33N4, D46N4 VZ3R010W025 One resistor

ATV66D54N4 to D79N4 VZ3R010W481 One resistor

ATV66C10N4 to C31N41 VZ3R010W270 Two resistors

Precharge Resistor — 208/230 V ATV66D12M2, D16M2 VZ3R033W009 One resistor

ATV66D23M2, D33M2 VZ3R010W025 One resistor

ATV66D46M2 VZ3R010W481 One resistor

Precharge Contactor — 460 V ATV66D16N4, D23N4 LP4D1801BW3

ATV66D33N4 LC1D1801P7

ATV66D46N4 LC1D2501P7

ATV66D54N4, D64N4 LC1D4011P7

ATV66D79N4 LC1D6511P7

ATV66C10N4, C13N4 VY1A661C1010

ATV66C15N4, C19N4 VY1A661C1510

ATV66C23N41 to C31N41 VY1A661C2310

Precharge Contactor — 208/230 V ATV66D12M2, D16M2 LP4D2500BW3

ATV66D23M2 LC1D3201P7

ATV66D33M2 LC1D5011P7

ATV66D46M2 LC1D4011P7

Precharge Contactor Auxiliary Contact

Block ATV66C10N4 to C31N41 LA1DN04

Precharge Circuit Protector ATV66C10N4 to C31N41 GV2M10

Heatsink Fan — 460 V ATV66U41N4, U54N4 VZ3V661

ATV66U72N4 VZ3V662

ATV66U90N4, D12N4 VZ3V663

ATV66D16N4, D23N4 VZ3V664

ATV66D33N4 to D79N4 VZ3V665

ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 VZ3V670

ATV66C23N41 to C31N41 VZ3V666

Spare Parts List (Continued)

Description Drive Controller Reference No. Note

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

List of Catalog Numbers

88 2/98

Heatsink Fan — 208/230 V ATV66U41M2 VZ3V662

ATV66U72M2, U90M2 VZ3V663

ATV66D12M2, D16M2 VZ3V664

ATV66D23M2 to D46M2 VZ3V665

Stirring Fan — 460 V ATV66D33N4 to D79N4 VZ3V6654 Power board fan

ATV66D54N4 to D79N4 VZ3V6655 Capacitor bank fan

ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 VZ3V671

ATV66C23N41 to C31N41 VZ3V669

Stirring Fan — 208/230 V ATV66D23M2 to D46M2 VZ3V6654 Power board fan

ATV66D46M2 VZ3V6655 Capacitor bank fan

Fan Failure Detection Assembly ATV66C23N41 to C31N41 VY1ADR100 Resistor and temperature switch

Power Supply for Overtemperature

Detection Circuit ATV66C23N41 to C31N41 VY1A66200

Heatsink Temperature Sensor ATV66D16N4 to D79N4 VZ3GN006

ATV66C10N4 to C31N41 VZ3GN005

ATV66D12M2 to D46M2 VZ3GN006

Temperature Switch ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 VZ3G007 Switch mounted on fuse bar

ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 VZ3G008 Switch mounted on heatsink and motor

current sensor

ATV66C23N41 to C31N41 VZ3G004 One 68C switch, one 85C switch,

heatsink mounted

Motor Current Sensor — 460 V ATV66D33N4, D46N4 VY1A66104 2 sensors

ATV66D54N4 to D79N4 VY1A66105 2 sensors

ATV66C10N4, C13N4 VY1A66106

ATV66C15N4, C19N4 VY1A66107

ATV66C23N41 to C31N41 VY1A66108

Motor Current Sensor — 208/230 V ATV66D23M2 VY1A66104 2 sensors

ATV66D33M2, D46M2 VY1A66105 2 sensors

Ground Fault Sensor — 460 V ATV66D16N4, D23N4 VY1A66114

ATV66D33N4, D46N4 VY1A66115

ATV66D54N4 to D79N4 VY1A66116

ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 VY1A66109

ATV66C23N41 to C31N41 VY1A66110

Ground Fault Sensor — 208/230 V ATV66D12M2, D16M2 VY1A66114

ATV66D23M2, D33M2 VY1A66115

ATV66D46M2 VY1A66116

Control Power Transformer — 460 V ATV66D33N4 to D79N4 VY1ADA604

ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 VY1ADA606

ATV66C23N41 to C31N41 VY1ADA607

Control Power Transformer — 230 V ATV66D23M2 to D46M2 VY1ADA614

Control Power Fuses ATV66C10N4 to C31N41 DF3CF00501 Two fuses

DC Bus Fuse ATV66C10N4, C13N4 VY1ADF250V700 One fuse per kit

ATV66C15N4, C19N4 VY1ADF350V700

ATV66C23N41 to C31N41 VY1ADF400V700

AC Line Fuse ATV66C23N41 VY1ALF700V700 One fuse per kit

ATV66C28N41 VY1ALF800V700

ATV66C31N41 VY1ALF900V700

Power Terminal Blocks — 460 V ATV66D16N4, D23N4 VZ3N603

ATV66D33N4, D46N4 VZ3N604

ATV66D54N4 to D79N4 VZ3N605

Power Terminal Blocks — 208/230 V ATV66D12M2, D16M2 VZ3N603

ATV66D23M2, D33M2 VZ3N604

ATV66D46M2 VZ3N605

Box Lug Power Terminal ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 VZ3N008 C10 - C19 (L1-3, T1-3, +, -, GND)

C15 - 19 (T1-3, +, -, GND)

Clam Shell Power Terminal ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 VZ3N009 C15 - 19 (L1-3)

Power Terminal Plexiglass Shield ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 VY1ADV612

Spare Parts List (Continued)

Description Drive Controller Reference No. Note

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

List of Catalog Numbers

Internal Power Cables — 460 V ATV66D16N4, D23N4 VZ3N623

ATV66D33N4, D46N4 VZ3N624

ATV66D54N4 to D79N4 VZ3N625

Internal Power Cables — 208/230 V ATV66D12M2, D16M2 VZ3N627

ATV66D23M2, D33M2 VZ3N628

ATV66D46M2 VZ3N625

Dynamic Braking Flexible Bus ATV66C23N41 to C31N41 VZ3N626 Connects capacitor bank to PA terminal

and DB IGBT module

Flex Cables — 460 V

(Control Board J3, 4, and 5) ATV66U41N4 to D12N4 VZ3N601

ATV66D16N4, D23N4 VZ3N613

ATV66D33N4 to D79N4 VZ3N615

ATV66C10N4 to C31N41 VZ3N616

Flex Cables — 208/230 V

(Control Board J3, 4, and 5) ATV66U41M2 to U90M2 VZ3N601

ATV66D12M2, D16M2 VZ3N613

ATV66D23M2 to D46M2 VZ3N615

Internal Hardware Kit — 460 V ATV66U41N4 to U72N4 VY1ADV601

ATV66U90N4, D12N4 VY1ADV602

ATV66D16N4, D23N4 VY1ADV603

ATV66D33N4, D46N4 VY1ADV604

ATV66D54N4 to D79N4 VY1ADV605

ATV66C10N4 to C19N4 VY1ADV613

ATV66C23N41 to C31N41 VY1ADV614

Internal Hardware Kit — 230 V ATV66U41M2 VY1ADV601

ATV66U72M2, U90M2 VY1ADV602

ATV66D12M2, D16M2 VY1ADV603

ATV66D23M2, D33M2 VY1ADV604

ATV66D46M2 VY1ADV605

Packaging Kits — 208/230/460 V

(Order this kit if control basket is NOT

mounted to a white metallic ground

plane within the drive)

ATV66U41N4 to U72N4 VY1A66101 All plastic sides, covers and front door

ATV66U90N4, D12N4 VY1A66102

ATV66D16N4, D23N4 VY1A66103

ATV66U41M2 VY1A66101

ATV66U72M2, U90M2 VY1A66102

ATV66D12M2, D16M2 VY1A66103

Packaging Kits — 208/230/460 V

(Order this kit if control basket is

mounted to a white metallic ground

plane within the drive)

ATV66U41N4 to U72N4 VY1A66111 All plastic sides, covers and front door

ATV66U90N4, D12N4 VY1A66112

ATV66D16N4, D23N4 VY1A66113

ATV66U41M2 VY1A66111

ATV66U72M2, U90M2 VY1A66112

ATV66D12M2, D16M2 VY1A66113

Clip Pliers

(Tool for removing voltage regulator

heatsink clips)

ATV66U41N4 to D23N4 VY1ADV608 Use when replacing power board, all

IGBTs, ﬁlter board, precharge

components, bus capacitors, diode

bridge, temperature sensor, and ground

fault sensor

ATV66U41M2 to D16M2 VY1ADV608

Spare Parts List (Continued)

Description Drive Controller Reference No. Note

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Three Phase Line Reactors

90 2/98

The ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives are designed to

operate from industrial power systems with normal

AC line conditions without the need of additional

line impedance from either an isolation transformer

or a line reactor. However, when abnormal line

conditions exist, additional line impedance may be

required. Typically, line reactors are used for:

• Minimize the input rms current to the AC drive

ratings

• Lower the available fault current on high fault

distribution systems

• Limit the total harmonic voltage distortion from

the AC drive at the point of common coupling to

align with IEEE 519 guidelines

• Prevent AC drive nuisance tripping due to

transient overvoltages from power factor

correction capacitor switching

Line Reactors:

1. Part numbers are referenced and

manufactured by MTE, Inc.

2. Harmonic compensated up to 150% of

nominal current ratings

3. 5% nominal reactance

4. Offered in Type 1 general purpose enclosures

5. Intended for separate mounting and wired by

the user.

6. Refer to the following publications on the

subject of harmonics and beneﬁts of drive

isolation transformers:

—8803PD9402–Power Systems Harmonics–

Cause and Effects of AC Drives.

—7460HO9501–Drive Isolation

Transformers-Application, Selection and

Speciﬁcation Data

—7460PD9501– Drive Isolation

Transformers–Solutions to Power Quality

HP Rating 208 V Line Reactor

(separate mounted) 230 VAC Line Reactor

(separate mounted) 460 VAC Line Reactor

(separate mounted)

1RL–00412 RL–00412 RL–00212

1.5 RL–00812 RL–00812 –

2RL–00812 RL–00812 RL–00413

3RL–01212 RL–01212 RL–00413

5RL–01812 RL–01812 RL–00813

7.5 RL-02512 RL–02512 RL–01213

10 RL–03512 RL–03512 RL–01813

15 RL–04512 RL–04512 RL–02513

20 RL–05512 RL–05512 RL–03513

25 RL–08012 RL–08012 RL–03513

30 RL–10012 RL–08012 RL–04513

40 RL–13012 RL–10012 RL–05513

50 RL–16012 RL–13012 RL–08013

60 – – RL–08013

75 – – RL–10013

100 – – RL–13013

125 – – RL–16013

150 – – RL–20013

200 – – RL–25013

250 – – RL–32013

300 – – RL–40013

350 – – RL–50013

400 – – RL–50013

LoadLine

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Motor Protecting Output Filters

Low pass ﬁlters can be used on the output of the

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drive to decease the stress of

resonant frequencies on the attached motor.

While low pass ﬁlters are not necessary for most

installations, they do provide substantial beneﬁts

in installations involving long motor leads:

• 460 V or higher rated AC drives

• 1–25 HP rated units, if cable lead lengths are in

excess of 75 feet

• 30–400 HP rated units, if cable lead lengths are

in excess of 300 feet.

• Use of a non–inverter duty rated motor(s)

• Existing general purpose motors subject to

retroﬁt to an AC drive

The motor protecting output ﬁlters combines

inductance, capacitance and resistance to form a

low pass ﬁlter. This ﬁlter will lower the dV/dt levels

to prevent exciting the natural resonant wire

frequency of the motor cables. Motors compliant

to NEMA MG–1 Part 31 guidelines do not require

the use of motor protecting output ﬁlters.

Motor Protecting Output Filters:

1. Part number references are per Trans-Coil, Inc.

2. KLC ﬁlters are designed for cable lead lengths

ranging from 50 to 1000 feet.

3. KLC ﬁlters include 1.5% nominal reactance at

480V

4. KLC ﬁlters are enclosed in Type 1 general

purpose enclosures

5. KLC ﬁlters are intended for separate mounting

and wiring by user

HP Rating

@ 460 V KLC Filter

(separate mounting)

1–2 KLC4BE

3KLC6BE

5KLC8BE

7.5 KLC12BE

10 KLC16BE

15 KLC25BE

20–25 KLC35BE

30 KLC45BE

40 KLC55BE

50-60 KLC80BE

75 KLC110BE

100 KLC130BE

125 KLC160BE

150 KLC200BE

200 KLC250BE

250 KLC300BE

300 KLC360BE

350 KLC420BE

400 KLC480BE

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Suggested Specifications

92 2/98

Note:

These speciﬁcations are for adjustable frequency

drive controllers or herein referred to as AC drives.

The Construction Speciﬁcations Institute (CSI)

format has been conformed with for project

compatibility. Copies of this speciﬁcation are

available on IBM ﬂoppy disk or 100% IBM

compatible formats as well as Macintosh

conﬁgurations.

Application information directly affects the type

and size of AC drive that will be quoted. Brackets

are provided where such data should be included.

Please call your local Square D distributor or sales

engineer for speciﬁcation assistance regarding a

particular application.

For better coordination, the AC drive speciﬁcation

should be included in Division 16 for Electrical

Work.

PART 1: GENERAL

1.01

Scope of Work

a. This section provides speciﬁcation

requirements for AC inverter type adjustable

frequency, variable speed drives or herein

identiﬁed as AC drives for use with [NEMA B,

NEMA A, NEMA C, NEMA E, synchronous]

design, AC motors.

1.02

Quality Assurance

a. The AC drive and all options shall be UL listed

according to Electric Industrial Control

Equipment Speciﬁcation UL 508C. A UL label

shall be attached inside each enclosure as

veriﬁcation.

b. The AC drive shall be designed, constructed

and tested in accordance with NEMA, NEC,

VDE, IEC standards and CSA certiﬁed.

c. The manufacturer of the AC drive shall be a

certiﬁed ISO 9002 facility.

d. The AC Drive manufacturer shall offer 24 hour

a day product and application response via a

nationwide network of factory certiﬁed

technical support personnel.

1.03

Warranty

a. A manufacturers warranty shall be provided on

all materials and work-manship of no less than

1 year from the date of start-up or 18 months

from date of shipment.

PART 2: PRODUCTS

2.01

Acceptable Manufacturers

a. The AC drive shall be an ALTIVAR 66 supplied

by the Schneider North America/Square D

Company or prior approved equal, no

substitutions are permitted.

b. Alternate control techniques other than pulse

width modulated technology (PWM), are not

acceptable.

2.02

General Description

a. The AC drive shall convert the input AC mains

power to an adjustable frequency and voltage

as deﬁned in the following sections.

b. The rectiﬁer stage shall convert ﬁxed voltage,

ﬁxed frequency, AC line power to ﬁxed DC

voltage. The input power section shall utilize a

full wave bridge design incorporating diode

rectiﬁers. The rectiﬁer shall be insensitive to

phase rotation of the AC line. The DC voltage

shall be ﬁltered.

c. The DC bus shall offer external connections

for standby battery back-up or for linking

multiple, AC drive buses.

d. The inverter shall change ﬁxed DC voltage to

variable frequency AC. The inverter section

shall utilize insulated gate bipolar transistors

(IGBTs) or intelligent power modules (IPMs)

as required by the current rating of the motor.

2.03

Motor Data

a. The AC drive shall be sized to operate a

[NEMA design B] AC motor with a nameplate

rating as deﬁned in the National Electric Code,

table 430-149, for the applicable horsepower.

b. The service factor of the motor is 1.15 at the

rated voltage and frequency.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Suggested Specifications

2.04

Application Data

a. The AC drive shall operate a [variable torque

load, constant torque load, constant

horsepower load, impact load].

b. The speed range shall be from a minimum

speed of 0.5 Hz @ 100% breakaway torque to

a maximum speed of 200 Hz.

2.05

Environmental Ratings

a. A.The AC drive construction shall be of Type 1

listed enclosure that allows operation in a

Pollution Degree 3 environment shall meet

NEMA Type 1/IP30 or NEMA Open/IP20. The

AC drive will meet IEC 664-1 and NEMA ICS

1-111A Part 3 standards. AC drives that are

only rated for Pollution Degree 2 environment

will not be allowed.

b. The AC drive will be designed to operate in an

ambient temperature from 0° to +40 °C (+32°

to +104 °F).

c. The storage temperature range shall be -25°

to +70 °C.

d. The maximum relative humidity shall be 95%

at 40 °C, non-condensing.

e. The AC drive will be rated to operate at

altitudes less than or equal to 1000 m (3,300

ft.). For altitudes above 1000 m, derate the AC

drive by 1.2% for every 100 m (330 ft.).

f. The AC drive will meet the IEC 68-2-6

vibration speciﬁcation.

g. AC drives 75 hp and smaller will be designed

and constructed to be of ﬁnger safe

construction with the enclosure open to

operator access according to I P20 standards.

2.06

Ratings

a. The AC drive shall be designed to operate

from an input voltage of 400±15% Vac and

460±15% Vac.

b. The AC drive shall operate from an input

voltage frequency range from 47.5 to 63 Hz.

c. The displacement power factor shall not be

less than 0.95 lagging under any speed or

load condition.

d. The efﬁciency of the AC drive at 100% speed

and load shall not be less than 96%.

e. The constant torque overtorque capacity will

be 150% for 1 minute [The variable torque

overtorque capacity will be 110% for 1 minute].

f. The output carrier frequency of the drive will

be randomly modulated and selectable at

2 kHz, 4 kHz or 10 kHz depending on drive

rating for low noise operation. No AC drives

with an operable, carrier frequency above 10

kHz will be allowed.

g. The output frequency shall be from 0.1 to 400

Hz for AC drives up to 75 hp. At horsepowers

above 75 hp, the maximum output frequency

will be 200 Hz.

h. The AC drive will be able to provide rated

motor torque at 0.5 Hz in a Sensorless Flux

Vector mode using a standard motor and no

tachometer feedback.

2.07

Protection

a. The AC drive design and all hardware options

will meet IP20 standards and allow for ﬁnger

safe access with the front cover open for all AC

drives through 75 hp.

b. Upon power-up the AC drive shall

automatically test for valid operation of

memory, option module, loss of analog

reference input, loss of communication,

dynamic brake failure, DC to DC power supply,

control power, and the pre-charge circuit.

c. The AC drive shall be protected against short

circuits between output phases; between

output phases and ground; on the outputs; on

the internal supplies; and on the logic and

analog outputs.

d. The AC drive shall have a minimum of power

loss ride-through of 200 msec. The AC Drive

shall have the user deﬁned option of frequency

fold-back to increase the duration of the

powerloss ride-through.

e. The AC drive will have a selectable ride

through function which will allow the logic to

maintain control for a minimum of one second

without faulting.

f. For a fault condition other than a ground fault,

short circuit or internal fault, an auto restart

function will provide up to 5 programmable

restart attempts. The programmable time

delay before restart attempts will range from 1

second to 600 seconds.

g. The deceleration mode of the AC drive shall

be programmable for normal and fault

conditions. The stop modes shall include free-

wheel stop, fast stop and DC injection braking.

h. A synchronized restart shall be provided that

will catch a spinning motor by sensing the

motor frequency and rotational direction and

synchronize the AC drive's output prior to

restarting.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Suggested Specifications

94 2/98

i. Upon loss of the analog process follower

reference signal, the AC drive shall fault and/

or operate at a user deﬁned speed set

between software programmed low speed and

high speed settings.

j. The AC drive shall have solid state I2t

protection that is UL listed and meets UL 508

C as a Class 10 overload protection and meets

IEC 947. The adjustment shall be from 0.45 to

1.05 percent of the current output of the AC

Drive.

k. The AC Drive shall have a thermal switch with

a user selectable prealarm that will provide a

minimum of 60 seconds delay before

overtemperature fault.

l. The AC Drive shall utilize bonded ﬁn heatsink

construction for maximum heat transfer.

m. The AC drive shall have a programmable fold-

back function that will anticipate drive overload

condition and fold back the frequency to avoid

a fault condition.

n. The output frequency shall be software

enabled to fold back when the motor is

overloaded.

o. There shall be 3 skip frequency ranges that

can each be programmed with a selectable

bandwidth of 2 or 5 Hz. The skip frequencies

shall be programmed independently, back to

back or overlapping.

2.08

Adjustments and Conﬁgurations

a. The AC drive will self-conﬁgure to the main

operating supply voltage and frequency. No

operator adjustments will be required.

b. Upon power-up, the AC drive will automatically

send a signal to the connected motor and

store the resulting resistance data into

memory. The inductance data will be

measured during no-load operation when

operating at a frequency between 20-60 Hz.

The AC Drive will automatically optimize the

operating characteristics according to the

stored data.

c. The AC drive will be factory pre-set to operate

most common applications.

d. A choice of three types of acceleration and

deceleration ramps will be available in the AC

Drive software: linear, S curve and U curve.

e. The acceleration and deceleration ramp times

shall be adjustable from 0.1 to 999.9 seconds.

f. The volts per frequency ratios shall be user

selectable to meet quadratic torque loads,

normal and high torque machine applications.

g. The memory shall retain and record run status

and fault type of the past 8 faults.

h. Slip compensation shall be a software enabled

function.

i. The software shall have a NOLD (no load)

function that will reduce the voltage to the

motor when selected for variable torque loads.

A constant volts/Hz ratio will be maintained

during acceleration. The output voltage will

then automatically adjust to meet the torque

requirement of the load.

j. The AC drive shall offer programmable DC

injection braking that will brake the AC motor

by injecting DC current and creating a

stationary magnetic pole in the stator. The

level of current will be adjustable between 50-

150% of rated current and available from 0.0-

30 seconds continuously. For continuous

operation after 30 seconds, the current shall

be automatically reduced to 50% of the

nameplate current of the motor.

k. Sequencing logic will coordinate the engage

and release thresholds and time delays for the

sequencing of the AC drive output,

mechanical actuation and DC injection braking

in order to accomplish smooth starting and

stopping of a mechanical process.

2.09

Operator Interface

a. The operator interface terminal will offer the

modiﬁcation of AC drive adjustments via a

touch keypad. All electrical values,

conﬁguration parameters, I/O assignments,

parameter adjustments, application and

activity function access, faults, local control,

adjustment storage, self-test and diagnostics

will be in plain English. There will be a

standard selection of 5 additional languages

built-in to the operating software as standard.

b. The display will be a high resolution, LCD

backlighted screen capable of displaying

graphics such as bar graphs as well as six

lines of twenty-one alphanumeric characters.

c. The AC drive model number, torque type,

software revision number, horsepower, output

current, motor frequency and motor voltage

shall all be listed on the drive identiﬁcation

display as viewed on the LCD display.

d. The display shall be conﬁgured to display one

or two bargraphs with numeric data that are

selectable and scalable by the operator. A

user deﬁned label function shall be available.

As a minimum the selectable outputs shall

consist of speed reference, output frequency,

output current, motor torque, output power,

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Suggested Specifications

output voltage, line voltage, DC voltage, motor

thermal state, drive thermal state, elapsed

time, motor speed, machine speed reference

and machine speed.

e. A single keystroke scrolling function shall

allow dynamic switching between display

variables.

f. The terminal keypad will consist of

programmable function keys. The functions

will allow both operating commands and

programming options to be preset by the

operator. A hardware selector switch will allow

the terminal keypad to be locked out from

unauthorized personnel.

g. The operator terminal will offer a general menu

consisting of parameter setting, I/O map, fault

history, and drive conﬁguration. A software

lock will limit access to the main menu. The

main menu will consist of keypad

conﬁguration, drive conﬁguration, general

conﬁguration, diagnostic mode and drive

initialization screens.

h. There will be arrow keys that will provide the

ability to scroll through menus and screens,

select or activate functions or increase the

value of a selected parameter.

i. A data entry key will allow the user to conﬁrm

a selected menu, numeric value or allow

selection between multiple choices.

j. An escape key will allow a parameter to return

the existing value if adjustment is not required

and the value is displayed. The escape

function will also return to a previous menu

display.

k. A RUN key and a STOP key will command a

normal starting and stopping as programmed

when the AC drive is in keypad control mode.

These keys will be shipped with a cover in the

event that control logic requires that these

commands be located away from the main

drive cabinet.

l. The AC drive shall have 3 LEDs mounted on

the front panel to indicate functional status. A

green LED will verify that the AC drive power

supply is on. A red LED indicator will indicate

an AC drive fault. A yellow LED indicator will

designate a pending fault condition.

m. The status LEDs shall be able to be remotely

mounted up to 3 meters from the AC drive.

n. A user interface shall be available that is a

Windows® 3.1 based personal computer,

serial communication link or detachable

operator interface.

2.10

CONTROL

a. External pilot devices shall be able to be

connected to a terminal strip for starting/

stopping the AC Drive, speed control and

displaying operating status. All control inputs

and outputs will be software assignable.

b. 2-wire or 3-wire control strategy shall be

deﬁned within the software. External relays or

logic devices will not be allowed.

c. The control power for the digital inputs and

outputs shall be [24 Vdc or 115 Vac].

d. The internal power supply incorporates an

automatic current fold-back that protects the

internal power supply if incorrectly connected

or shorted. The transistor logic outputs will be

current limited and not be damaged if shorted

or excess current is pulled.

e. All logic connections shall be furnished on pull

apart terminal strips.

f. There will be 2 software assignable, analog

inputs. The analog inputs will be software

selectable and consist of the following

conﬁgurations: 0-20 ma, 4-20 ma, 20-4 ma, x-

20 ma (where x is user deﬁned) 0-5 V, 1-5 V or

0-10 V.

g. There will be 4 software assignable, isolated

logic inputs that will be are selected and

assigned in the software. The selection of

assignments shall consist of run/reverse, jog,

plus/minus speed (2 inputs required), setpoint

memory, preset speeds (up to 2 inputs), auto/

manual control, controlled stop, terminal or

keypad control, by-pass (2 inputs required),

motor switching, and fault reset.

h. There will be two software assignable analog

outputs that can be selected and assigned in

the software. The analog output assignments

shall be proportional to the following motor

characteristics: frequency, current, power,

torque, voltage and thermal state. The output

signal will be selectable from 0-20 ma or 4-20

ma.

i. Two voltage-free Form C relay output contacts

will be provided. One of the contacts will

indicate AC drive fault status. The other

contact will be user assignable.

j. There shall be a hardware input/output

extension module which also provides

interlocking and sequencing capabilities. The

module shall be fully isolated and housed in a

ﬁnger safe enclosure with pull apart terminal

strips. The module will add 4 logic inputs, 2

analog inputs, 2 relay outputs and one analog

output. All of the I/O will be user assignable in

the software as previously deﬁned.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives

Suggested Specifications

96 2/98

2.11

Braking

(Application Dependent Option)

Note:

When braking certain types of loads, there is the

conversion of kinematic energy into electrical

energy by the motor which is returned to the AC

drive.

Dynamic braking can be chosen to absorb this

energy and avoid causing the AC drive to

inadvertently shut down. The energy is dissipated

across a resistor that is connected to the drive.

For constant torque AC drives, the dynamic

braking unit must be capable of stopping 1.5 per

unit motor torque from base frequency to 0.5 Hz

with sensorless ﬂux vector control mode.

a. The dynamic brake resistor shall be provided

and connect to existing terminals on the AC

drive. The resistor shall mount externally to

the AC drive enclosure. A power transistor will

be provided in the AC drive to switch the

excess energy to the braking resistor. The

braking resistor will be of a size calculated to

stop 6 times motor inertia at 1.5 per unit motor

torque.

2.12

HARMONIC ANALYSIS

Note:

The amount of harmonic distortion at the point of

common coupling (PCC) is due to the distribution

system characteristics (impedance of the source)

and the power source size relative to the AC drive

load. The harmonic current magnitude and

voltage distortion values can be predicted through

computer modeling. If the resulting calculations

determine that the harmonic distortion will be

above the IEEE-519 speciﬁcations of 5%,

isolation transformers or line reactors can be

supplied to lower the harmonic levels. The

isolation transformers or line reactors are

mounted at the AC drive input to reduce the

current harmonics that are fed back into the

supply.

a. A harmonic analysis shall be performed and

priced as a separate line item by the AC drive

manufacturer based upon system

documentation consisting of but not limited to

one-line diagrams and speciﬁc distribution

transformer information consisting of X/R, %Z,

and kva data. The data shall consist of but not

be limited to total harmonic voltage distortion

and total rms current.

b. The maximum allowable input line unbalance

shall be [5% for 460 V input line short circuit

capacity of 15,000 amps] [2.5% for 460 V input

line short circuit capacity of 30,000 amps]

[.5% for 460 V input line short circuit capacity

of 65,000 amps]. If the resulting voltage

harmonic distortion exceeds 5%, three phase,

line reactor(s) shall be priced as a separate

line item.

c. The line reactor(s) if required shall be

provided in stand-alone Type 1 enclosures for

mounting separately from the AC drive.

PART 3: EXECUTION

3.01

Inspection

a. Verify that the location is ready to receive work

and the dimensions are as indicated.

b. Verify that power is available to the AC drives

prior to installation.

3.02

Protection

a. Before and during the installation, the AC drive

equipment shall be protected from site

contaminants.

3.03

Installation

a. Installation shall be in compliance with

manufacturer’s instructions, drawings and

recommendations.

b. The AC drive manufacturer shall provide a

factory certiﬁed technical representative to

supervise the contractor's installation, testing

and start-up of the AC drive(s) furnished

under this speciﬁcation for a maximum total of

[ ] days. The start-up service shall be quoted

as a separate line item.

3.04

Training

a. An on-site training course of [ ] training days

shall be provided by a representative of the

AC drive manufacturer and quoted as a

separate line item.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Drives and Soft Start Overview

Product Support Group – Troubleshooting

The Product Support Group is available 24 hours

a day, 365 days a year. They will work with you

over the phone to diagnose product problems and

advise the correct course of action.

Phone: 919-217-6535 press “3”

Fax: 919-217-6508

E-mail: drivespsg.raleigh@squared.com

Square D Field Service

The Square D Field Services division is

committed to providing quality on-site service that

consistently meets customer expectations. The

Field Services Coordination Center responds to

your requests, seven days a week, 24 hours a day.

Phone: 800-634-2003

Square D Product Training

Square D offers a variety of instructor-led skill

enhancing and technical product training

programs, as well as self-paced product training

programs. For a complete list of drives/soft start

training with dates and locations please call:

Phone: 847-925-3700

Fax: 847-925-7816

D-FAX Fax-On-Demand Service

The D-FAX™ service from Square D provides

immediate access to information. The automated

voice attendant will guide you through the process

and you will receive the information on your fax

machine within minutes. Please refer to the D-FAX

reference numbers in the catalog.

Phone: 800-557-4556

Literature Fulﬁllment Center

To obtain support literature for your product or

application needs, contact the Square D Literature

Fulﬁllment Center.

Phone: 800-392-8781

Fax: 800-824-7151

Square D Website

Visit the virtual work zone at the Square D

website. It offers a variety of solutions for your

drive and soft start applications. It also includes

software tools, new product information, and

product selection information.

Web Address: http://www.squared.com

Support

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Drives and Soft Start Overview

2/98

Class 8839 – ALTIVAR 66 Enclosed

The Class 8839 Enclosed ALTIVAR 66

packages are comprised of 13 separate

power circuit designs incorporated into

integrated, optimized, and barriered

enclosures (Type 1 and Type 12). These

Bypass Isolation and Combination power

circuits have been tested and rated for up

to 65,000 AIC withstand capability.

Catalog # 8800CT9701

Brochure # 8839BR9501

D-Fax # 18

ALTIVAR 56

The ALTIVAR 56 is based on our

popular ALTIVAR 66 drive and is

designed speciﬁcally for Fan and

Pump applications.

• 1 - 100 hp 460 V

• 1 - 50 hp 208 V/230 V

Class 8839 – ALTIVAR 56 “BELE Box”

The ALTIVAR 56 is also available in a

Class 8839 combination package

mounted on a back panel with a Type 1

“BELE” Box beneath the drive. There are

3 different conﬁgurations:

• Combo package

• Bypass package

• Remote Starter Bypass package

Catalog # 8839RL9701

Brochure # 8839CT9601

D-Fax # 18

ALTIVAR 16

The ALTIVAR 16 uses application

speciﬁc and communication option

modules to address OEM and

industrial drive challenges. Its

compact design and ease of

operation make it an excellent

choice for low horsepower drive

applications.

• 1 - 5 hp 460 V

• 0.5 - 3 hp 230 V

Class 8998 – ALTIVAR 66 and 56 in

Motor Control Centers

The Class 8998 Motor Control Center

drives incorporate ALTIVAR 66 and 56

drives in units fully compatible with

Square D Model 5 or 6 MCCs. Type 1,

Type 1A (gasketed), and Type 12 MCC

drives are available. The efﬁcient thermal

management design of this product

provides the industry’s smallest space

requirements and high reliability. All units

are rated for a high fault withstand rating

of 65,000 A @ 480 Vac and are UL Listed

in full compliance with UL 845 standards.

A wide range of factory options for

controls and contactor circuits are offered.

• 1 - 400 hp @ 480 V

Catalog # 8998CT9701

Brochure # 8998BR9701

D-Fax # 08

Drives

ALTIVAR 66

The ALTIVAR 66 uses Sensorless

Vector Control, a modular design

and an extensive range of options

to satisfy the needs of industrial,

construction, and OEM

applications.

• 1 - 350 hp 460 V

(400 hp VT)

• 1 - 40 hp 208 V/230 V

(50 hp VT)

Catalog # 8800CT9701

Brochure # 8803HO9401R11/96

D-Fax # 18

Catalog # 8839RL9701

Brochure # 8800HO9601

D-Fax # 18

ALTIVAR 18

The ALTIVAR 18 is an open loop

vector drive that offers a compact

design and ﬂexible capabilities to

meet a wide variety of

applications. It has built in ﬁlters to

meet the low voltage and EMC

directives for CE marking.

• 1 - 20 hp 460 V

• 0.5 - 10 hp 208 V/230 V

Catalog # 8802CT9301R2/96

Brochure # 8802BR9203

D-Fax # 18

Catalog #8805CT9701

Brochure # 8805HO9701

D-Fax # 18

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Drives and Soft Start Overview

ALTISTART

The ALTISTART 46 soft start introduces the principal of “Torque Control

System” (TCS) ramping. Basing the acceleration on the motor rather

than applying a voltage ramp or maintaining a current limit (as used in

traditional soft starts) provides a linear speed ramp – independent of

motor loading – without tach feedback.

There are 21 power ratings from 17 to 1200 A

Each can be conﬁgured for 208/230/380/460 V, 50/60 Hz.

Catalog # 8636CT9701

Brochure # 8636HO9701

D-Fax # 23

Soft Starts

Class 8636 – ALTISTART 46 Non-Combination Enclosed

Class 8638 – ALTISTART 46 Combination Enclosed Fusible

Class 8639 – ALTISTART 46 Combination Enclosed Circuit

Breaker

A family of enclosed soft start controllers are available through 500 hp

for easy integration of the ALTISTART 46 into industrial facilities. The

Class 8638 and 8639 combination style soft starts combine the

requirements of motor overload and short circuit protection in a Type

12 enclosure, and are available for reversing and non-reversing

applications.

Catalog # 8636CT9701

D-Fax # 23

Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters

Class 8606 – Autotransformer Starter

Class 8630 – Wye Delta Starter

Class 8640 – Part Winding Starter

Square D offers a full line of Electromechanical Reduced Voltage

Starter products to minimize the electrical and mechanical stresses

caused by across the line starting.

Catalog # 8600CT9601

D-Fax # 23

LH4N

The LH4N soft starter module allows gradual starting and stopping of

single and three phase motors. Unlike conventional electromechanical

starting systems, the LH4N provides precise adjustment of the motor

torque which eliminates mechanical shocks. The LH4N is designed for

installation downstream from a motor starter circuit which includes a

power contactor and approved motor overload and short circuit

protection.

• 6 A to 25 A –208/240/380/460 V

Catalog # 8637CT9701

Brochure # 8637HO9701

D-Fax # 23

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Drives and Soft Start Overview

100

2/98

Warranty

Warranty to customers purchasing through

authorized Square D distributors and

customers purchasing directly from Square D.

Square D warrants equipment manufactured by it

to be free from defects in materials and

workmanship for eighteen months from date of

invoice from Square D or its authorized sales

channel. If within the applicable warranty period

purchaser discovers such item was not warranted

and promptly notiﬁes Square D in writing, Square D

shall repair or replace the items or refund the

purchase price, at Square D’s option. This warranty

shall not apply (a) to equipment not manufactured

by Square D, (b) to equipment which shall have

been repaired or altered by others than Square D,

to negligence, accident, or damage by

circumstances beyond Square D’s control, or to

improper operation, maintenance or storage, or to

other than normal use or service. With respect to

equipment sold but not manufactured by Square D,

the warranty obligations of Square D shall in all

respects conform and be limited to the warranty

actually extended to Square D by its supplier.

The

foregoing warranties do not cover

reimbursement for labor, transportation,

removal, installation, or other expenses which

may be incurred in connection with repair or

replacement.

Except as may be expressly provided in an

authorized writing by Square D, Square D shall not

be subject to any other obligations or liabilities

whatsoever with respect to equipment manufactured

by Square D or services rendered by Square D.

The foregoing warranties are exclusive and in

lieu of all other express and implied warranties

except warranties of title, including but not

limited to implied warranties of merchantability

and ﬁtness for a particular purpose.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Contents

101

Description Pages

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102-103

Drive Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104-105

Power Circuit Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106-109

Control Modiﬁcations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-113

Engineered Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114-115

Recommended Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116-119

Three Phase Line Reactors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120

Motor Protecting Output Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121

Three Phase Drive Isolation Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122

Dimensions and Weights for Type 1 or 12 Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123-133

Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134-137

Speciﬁcations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138-144

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

General Information

102

2/98

INTRODUCTION

The Class 8839 ALTIVAR AC drive is for adjustable speed operation of standard AC squirrel cage

motors. These AC Drives may be selected for constant or variable torque type loads and are enclosed

in Type 1 or Type 12 wall or ﬂoor mounted enclosures. This is a sensorless ﬂux vector based AC drive

with Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors (IGBT) and keypad as standard, that may be programmed to

conﬁgure the drive’s performance for wide variety of applications.

ALTIVAR 66 HP Ratings

1-400 hp, 460 Vac

1-50 hp, 208/230 Vac

This Class 8839 AC drive has been designed to offer Build To Order capabilities for the user to match

individual application requirements. Speciﬁc power and control circuit modiﬁcations may be selected

from this catalog by the user to customize an AC drive for his speciﬁc application. These modiﬁcations

are pre-engineered to satisfy the most demanding delivery requirements.

Also offered in this catalog are engineered features that allows the user to further customize an AC drive

beyond the standard modiﬁcations listed. This will provide the maximum ﬂexibility for a user to select an

Build To Order AC drive for nearly any AC squirrel cage motor application requiring adjustable speed

operation.

ENCLOSURE TYPES

There are three enclosure designs that may be selected to meet Type 1 & 12 speciﬁcations. Enclosure

designs are dependent on the Power Circuit Type selected.

Optimized

Provides the most compact mounting space for

the ALTIVAR 66 with a disconnect device. Also for

conﬁgurations without a disconnect device or

bypass contactors.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

General Information

103

Integrated

Provides the best utilization of mounting space

when combining the ALTIVAR 66 with power

peripherals, such as line contactors, isolation &

bypass contactors within the same enclosure.

Barriered

Provides a compartmentalized AC drive and bypass

solution by separating isolation and bypass

contactors for the AC drive in separate com-

partments. This provides ultimate physical isolation

between the two separate motor controllers.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Drive Selection

104

2/98

The Class 8839 ALTIVAR 66 enclosed AC drives are designed for ﬂexibility to meet applications

requiring additional enclosure space for features such as line disconnects, meters, pilot devices, or

isolation and bypass contactors. To select an AC drive, identify the catalog number by

Class, Type and

Modiﬁcation number(s)

as shown below.

Class Type Number Modiﬁcations

8839 66U

❶❷❸❹❺➏ ❼

❶ Product

Code Enclosed Drive

66U ALTIVAR 66

❷ Horsepower

Code HP rating @

208/230V

460V Code HP rating

@ 460V

C1 hp Q60 hp

D2 hp R75 hp

E3 hp S100 hp

F5 hp T125 hp

G7.5 hp U150 hp

H10 hp W200 hp

J15 hp X250 hp

K20 hp Y300 hp

L25 hp Z350 hp

M30 hp 4400 hp

N40 hp

P50 hp

❸ Enclosure Type

Code Environment rating

GType 1

AType 12

❹ Voltage Rating

Code Utilization/

Distribution

2200/208 VAC

3230/240 VAC

4460/480 VAC

➏ Power Circuit Description

Code with Bypass Code without Bypass

CSingle Disconnect

Integrated 2-contactors

22,000 AIC rating ANo Disconnect

Optimized enclosure

65,000 AIC rating

DSingle Disconnect

Integrated 2-contactors

65,000 AIC rating BDisconnect

Optimized enclosure

65,000 AIC rating

EDual Disconnects

Barriered 2-contactors

22,000 AIC rating GOutput contactor

Integrated enclosure

65,000 AIC rating

FDual Disconnects

Barriered 2-contactors

22,000 AIC rating HLine contactor

Integrated enclosure

65,000 AIC rating

IIsolation & transfer

Integrated 2-contactors

65k,000 AIC rating

JSingle Disconnect

Integrated 3-contactors

22,000 AIC rating

KSingle Disconnect

Integrated 3-contactors

65,000 AIC rating

❺ Application Type

Code Applied rating

CConstant Torque

VVariable Torque

LLow Noise Variable Torque

(1- 75 hp @ 460 V)

Standard AC Drive Includes:

• Disconnect device with ﬂange-mounted

external operator interlocked with the door

(except when Power Circuit A is selected)

• Sensorless Flux Vector Technology

• Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) with

PWM output waveform

• 200,000 AIC current limiting line fuses installed

• Door mounted Keypad display with lock out

capability

• Door mounted status lights; red fault LED,

yellow caution LED and green drive ready LED

• Dry contacts for drive run and drive fail indication

• UL 508C listed with NEMA ICS 7.1 compliance

• Type 1 or 12 enclosure

Factory Modiﬁcations Include:

• Door mounted pilot devices and meters

• I/O extension module

• Line contactors

• Output contactors

• Isolation/bypass

• Factory engineered features

Engineered Specials “Build to Order”:

• Can also accommodate ‘job speciﬁc’

engineered specials; consult the Drives

Applications Group for details.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Drive Selection

105

These factory modiﬁcations offer maximum ﬂexibility for the Class 8839 ALTIVAR 66 Enclosed AC Drives

to meet many complex job speciﬁcations.

The listing below deﬁnes all the available factory modiﬁcations. All modiﬁcations follow speciﬁc

interoperability rules for selection. Modiﬁcation selection can be validated at time of quotation or order

entry by the Square D Quote to Cash Product Selector.

❼

Modifications

Mod Door mounted meter (1st selection) Mod Miscellaneous devices

A07

Analog percent speed

A16

Red ‘Power On’ pilot light

B07

Analog percent current

B16

Yellow ‘Fault’ pilot light

C07

Analog percent volts

C16

Green ‘Jog’ pilot light

D07

Analog percent power

D16

Green ‘Run’ pilot light

E07

Digital ammeter (amperes)

E16

Yellow ‘Hand & Auto’ pilot lights

F07

Digital voltmeter (voltage)

F16

Green ‘Forward & Reverse’ pilot lights

G07

Digital speed meter (frequency)

G16

Yellow ‘Fault’ pilot light & reset pushbutton

H07

Digital power meter (kilowatts)

H16

Bypass 3 Wire control

J07

Digital percent current

J16

Bypass Duty Cycle Timer

K07

Digital percent volts

K16

Automatic transfer to Bypass

L07

Digital percent speed

L16

Additional Control VA capacity

M07

Digital percent power

O16

Oversized Enclosure (Size 5 only)

Door mounted meter (2nd selection)

P16

Automatic Start Relay (remote control voltage source)

A08

Analog percent speed

Q16

3-15 psi input follower

B08

Analog percent current

R16

Convert to Push-to-Test pilot devices

C08

Analog percent volts

S16

24VDC Power Supply

D08

Analog percent power

T16

Motor Elapsed Time Meter

E08

Digital ammeter (amperes)

W16

Fast Stop pushbutton

F08

Digital voltmeter (voltage)

Y16

Omit Door Mounted Keypad

G08

Digital speed meter (frequency)

H08

Digital power meter (kilowatts)

J08

Digital percent current

K08

Digital percent volts

L08

Digital percent speed

Factory Engineered features

M08

Digital percent power

Q200

Auxiliary drive run contacts

General Purpose pilot devices

Q201

Auxiliary bypass run contacts

A09

Start & Stop pushbuttons

Q202

Auxiliary drive fail contacts

B09

Start & Stop pushbuttons and speed pot

Q203

Auxiliary auto mode contacts

C09

Start & Stop pushbuttons and Hand/Auto switch

Q204

Motor space heater

D09

Start & Stop, Hand/Auto switch and speed pot

Q205

Signal loss follower option board

E09

Stop, Forward and Reverse pushbuttons

Q206

Emergency power off pushbutton

F09 Stop, Forward and Reverse pushbuttons & speed pot Q207 Inhibit/shutdown sequence (instantaneous operation)

G09 Stop-Run switch Q208 Inhibit/shutdown sequence (timed operation)

H09 Stop-Run switch and speed pot Q209 Check valve sequence (gravity type)

J09 Forward-Off-Reverse switch Q210 Check valve sequence (motorized type)

K09 Forward-Off-Reverse switch and speed pot Q211 Seal water solenoid - without pressure switch feedback

L09 Hand-Off-Auto switch Q212 Seal water solenoid - with pressure switch feedback

M09 Hand-Off-Auto switch and speed pot Q213 Moisture detection relay circuit (without relay)

Special Purpose pilot devices

Q214 Moisture detection relay circuit (with relay)

A10 Run-Jog switch Q300 ID engraved nameplates

C10 Jog pushbutton Q301 Permanent wire markers

D10 Jog Forward and Jog Reverse pushbuttons Q302 Fan ﬁlter assembly

F10 Forward-Reverse switch Q303 ANSI# 49 enclosure paint

Option Board

Q304 ANSI# 61 enclosure paint

A11 24VDC I/O extension board Q400 Top mounted 5% line reactor

Dynamic Braking

Q401 Top mounted motor protecting ﬁlter

D15 Dynamic braking resistors (top mounted) Q402 NEMA rated contactors

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Power Circuit Descriptions

106 2/98

POWER CIRCUITS

There are eleven Power Circuit conﬁgurations: six conﬁgurations that provide isolation/bypass capability

and ﬁve non-bypass types.

Isolation/bypass contactors provide emergency full speed operation with Class 10 overloads. The circuit

schemes consist of 2 and 3 contactors with 2 levels of short circuit ratings. The two contactor schemes

are available with single disconnect or dual disconnects.

The short circuit current rating should be coordinated with the available short circuit current from

connected power distribution.

Isolation/Bypass Contactors

2 - Contactor Isolation/Bypass 3 - Contactor Isolation/Bypass

Two contactor Isolation/Bypass conﬁgurations sequence

the contactors to provide true isolation of the motor when

it is not running. Both mechanical and electrical

interlocks eliminate the possibility of back feeding the AC

drive with incoming power. Auxiliary contact from the

isolation contactor provides positive indication that the

motor is connected to the AC drive before beginning a

run command. Time delays allow the residual voltage to

decay when transferring from drive control to bypass

thereby reducing the possibility of nuisance drive or

circuit breaker tripping.

Three contactor Isolation/Bypass conﬁgurations provide

the same functions as Two contactor Isolation/Bypass

but use a line contactor to remove line power form the

AC drive. These conﬁgurations use momentary POWER

ENABLE and POWER DISABLE push-buttons to control

operation of the line contactor. Operation of the line

contactor is a 3-wire control strategy which requires

operator intervention to re-apply power after a power

interruption. Three contactor Isolation/Bypass do not

allow for automatic restart capability.

The line contactor provides isolation of L1, L2, L3 with

control power remaining for using Auto-Diagnostics.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Power Circuit Descriptions

107

ISOLATION AND BYPASS SCHEMES

2-Contactor Isolation/Bypass

with Single Disconnect 2-Contactor Isolation/Bypass

with Dual Disconnect

Code C

Standard Iso/bypass features:

• IEC contactors with Class 10 overloads

• 22k AIC short circuit rating

• AFC (green lens) and BYPASS (amber lens) pilot lights door

mounted on bypass control island

• AFC-OFF-BYPASS selector switch door mounted on bypass control

island

Available with 1-200 hp AC drives only

Code E

Standard Iso/bypass features:

• IEC contactors with Class 10 overloads (1-200 hp)

• NEMA contactors with Class 20 overloads (250-400 hp)

• 22k AIC short circuit rating

• AFC (green lens) and BYPASS (amber lens) pilot lights door

mounted on bypass control island

• AFC-OFF-BYPASS selector switch door mounted on bypass control

island

Available with 1-400 hp AC drives only

Code D

Standard Iso/bypass features:

• IEC contactors with Class 10 overloads

• 65k AIC short circuit rating

• Bypass fuse not included. Class J or RK-1 required

• AFC (green lens) and BYPASS (amber lens) pilot lights door

mounted on bypass control island

• AFC-OFF-BYPASS selector switch door mounted on bypass control

island

Available with 1-200 hp AC drives only

Code F

Standard Iso/bypass features:

• IEC contactors with Class 10 overloads (1-200 hp)

• NEMA contactors with Class 20 overloads (250-400 hp)

• 65k AIC short circuit rating

• Bypass fuse not included. Class or RK-1 required

• AFC (green lens) and BYPASS (amber lens) pilot lights door

mounted on bypass control island

• AFC-OFF-BYPASS selector switch door mounted on bypass control

island

Available with 1-400 hp AC drives only

Fan &

Control

Overload

Motor Circuit Protector

BCIC

AC Drive Control

Overload

Motor Circuit

Protector

BCIC

AC Drive

Fan

AC Drive

Compart-

ment

Disconnect

Barriered

Bypass

Contactor

Compart-

ment

Fan &

Control

Overload

Disconnect

AC Drive

Control

Overload

Disconnect

BCIC

AC Drive

Fan

AC Drive

Compart-

ment

Disconnect

Barriered

Bypass

Contactor

Compart-

ment

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Power Circuit Descriptions

108 2/98

ISOLATION AND BYPASS SCHEMES

3-Contactor Isolation/Bypass

with Single Disconnect 2-Contactor Isolation/Transfer

with Single Disconnect

Code K

Standard Iso/bypass features:

• IEC contactors with Class 10 overloads

• 22k AIC short circuit rating

• AFC (green lens) and BYPASS (amber lens) pilot lights door

mounted on bypass control island

• AFC-OFF-BYPASS selector switch door mounted on bypass

control island

• Three wire control of line contactor

Available with 1-200 hp AC drives only

Code I

Standard Iso/transfer features:

• IEC contactors with Class 10 overloads (1-200 hp)

• NEMA contactors with Class 20 overloads (250-400 hp)

• Isolation and transfer allows for use of external combination starter,

reduced voltage starter or solid state reduced voltage starter as

emergency full speed bypass

• 22k AIC short circuit rating

• AFC (green lens) and BYPASS (amber lens) pilot lights door

mounted on bypass control island

• AFC-OFF-BYPASS selector switch door mounted on bypass

control island

Available with 1-400 hp AC drives only

Code J

Standard Iso/bypass features:

• IEC contactors with Class 10 overloads

• 65k AIC short circuit rating

• Bypass fuse not included. Class J or RK-1 required

• AFC (green lens) and BYPASS (amber lens) pilot lights door

mounted on bypass control island

• AFC-OFF-BYPASS selector switch door mounted on bypass control

island

• Three wire control of line contactor

Available with 1-200 hp AC drives only

Motor Circuit Protector

AC Drive

Fan &

Control

CL1

CL2

1-75HP CT/LN

(100HP VT) drives

Overload

(1) Fuse Present only on

100-200HP CT/LN and

125-200HP VT drives

Motor Circuit Protector

AC Drive

Fan &

Control

CL1

CL2

Overload

(1)

Fan &

Control

Overload

Disconnect

BCIC

AC Drive

User’s

Remote

Starter

Motor Circuit Protector

AC Drive

Fan &

Control

CL1

CL2

1-75HP CT/LN

(100HP VT) drives

Overload

(1) Fuse Present only on

100-200HP CT/LN and

125-200HP VT drives

Motor Circuit Protector

AC Drive

Fan &

Control

CL1

CL2

Overload

(1)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Power Circuit Descriptions

109

NON-BYPASS SCHEMES

No Contactors without Disconnect Line Isolation Contactor with Single Disconnect

Code A

Standard features:

• 65k AIC short circuit rating

Available with 1-200 hp AC drives only

Code H

Standard features:

• IEC line contactor

• 22k AIC short circuit rating: 100-200 hp CT; 125-200 hp VT

• 65k AIC short circuit rating: 1-75 hp CT;

• 1-100 hp VT

• Three wire control of line contactor

Available with 1-400 hp AC drives only

No Contactors with Single Disconnect Output Isolation Contactor with Single Disconnect

Code B

Standard features:

• 65k AIC short circuit rating

Available with 1-400 hp AC drives only

Code G

Standard features:

• IEC output contactor with Class 10 overloads

• 65k AIC short circuit rating

• Isolates motor for the AC drive

Available with 1-400 hp AC drives only

AC Drive Fan

Disconnect

AC Drive

Fan &

Control

CL1

CL2

1-75HP CT/LN

(100HP VT) drives

Disconnect

AC Drive

Fan &

Control

CL1

CL2

(1) Fuse Present only on

100-200HP CT/LN and

125-200HP VT drives

(1)

Disconnect

AC Drive

Fan

Overload

Disconnect

AC Drive Fan

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Control Modifications

110 2/98

Six categories of control modiﬁcations provide user ﬂexibility

• Meters • Dynamic Braking

• General Purpose Control Devices • I/O Extension Module

• Special Purpose Control Devices • Miscellaneous Modiﬁcations

Meters

Digital and analog meters may be selected to provide indication of speed, amperes, volts or watts. These

meters are in addition to the door mounted keypad display. The keypad display has the following built in

metering functions.

Door Mounted Keypad Display Functions

The Digital and Analog meter functions along with their alpha-numeric modiﬁcations are listed. These

meters are door mounted on the control island with space for a maximum of two meters. When selecting

meter(s), use selection 1 column for the ﬁrst meter and selection column 2 for the second meter.

General Purpose Control Devices

These door mounted operator controls provide digital and analog inputs for commanding drive speed

and start/stop functions. The digital and analog input terminals are active only when the keypad is

programmed for Terminal Mode of operation.

NOTE: Switching from terminal mode to keypad mode will inhibit all digital and analog inputs terminals.

The enclosed AC drive product door mounted keypad serves as a programmer of drive parameters and

display functions.

Speed Reference (Hz) DC Bus Voltage (volts)

Output Frequency (Hz) Motor Thermal State (%)

Output Current (amps) Drive Thermal State (%)

Motor Torque (%) Elapsed Time Indication (hours)

Output Power (%) Motor RPM (scalable)

Output Voltage (kw) Machine Speed Reference (scalable)

Line Voltage (volts) Machine Speed (scalable)

Modiﬁcations Digital & Analog

Meter Functions

Selection 1 Selection 2

A07 A08 Analog percent speed meter scaled 0 to 120% of base speed

B07 B08 Analog percent current scaled 0 to 200% of rated output current

C07 C08 Analog percent volts scaled 0 to 120% of rated output voltage

D07 D08 Analog percent power scaled 0 to 200% of rated output power

E07 E08 Digital ammeter (amperes) scaled 0 to 2 times rated output amperes

F07 F08 Digital voltmeter (voltage) scaled 0 to 1.1 times rated output voltage

G07 G08 Digital speed meter (frequency) scaled 0 to 72 Hz output frequency

H07 H08 Digital power meter (kilowatts/horsepower) scaled 0 to 2.0 times rated output horsepower

J07 J08 Digital percent current scaled 0 to 120 % rated output current

K07 K08 Digital percent volts scaled 0 to 110 % rated output voltage

L07 L08 Digital percent speed scaled 0 to 120 % of base speed

M07 M08 Digital percent power scaled 0 to 200 % rated output power

Mod

A09

Start/stop push buttons with out manual speed potentiometer

Provides Start/Stop push buttons mounted on the door mounted control island. These pushbuttons control the starting

and stopping of the connected motor. Speed may be adjusted by a remote manual speed potentiometer.

Note: Use of the keypad to adjust speed is not possible when the start/stop pushbuttons are active in the terminal mode.

Mod

B09

Start/stop push buttons with manual speed potentiometer

Provides Start/Stop push buttons and manual speed potentiometer mounted on the door mounted control island.

These pushbuttons control the starting and stopping of the connected motor. Speed may be adjusted by the door

mounted manual speed potentiometer.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Control Modifications

111

Mod

C09

Start/stop push buttons, Hand/auto selector switch with out manual speed potentiometer

Provides Start/Stop push buttons and a Hand/Auto selector switch mounted on the door mounted control island.

The Hand/Auto selector switch is used to select between the AI1 and AI2 analog inputs. In the Hand position the

start/stop push buttons are active (3 wire control) and speed may be adjusted by a remote manual speed

potentiometer. In the Auto position the AC drive may be started and stopped by a remote contact (user supplied) (2

wire control). The speed may be adjusted by a 4-20 madc signal to analog input reference AI2. The stop push button

is active for both Hand and Auto modes. Note: Use of the keypad to adjust speed is not possible when the start/stop

pushbuttons and Hand/auto switch are active in the terminal mode.

Mod

D09

Start/stop push buttons, Hand/auto selector switch with manual speed potentiometer

Provides Start/Stop push buttons, Hand/Auto selector switch and manual speed potentiometer mounted on the door

mounted control island. The Hand/Auto selector switch is used to select between the AI1 and AI2 analog inputs. In

the Hand position the start/stop push buttons are active (3 wire control) and speed may be adjusted by the manual

speed potentiometer. In the Auto position the AC drive may be started and stopped by a remote contact (user

supplied) (2 wire control). The speed may be adjusted by a 4-20 madc signal to analog input reference AI2. The stop

push button is active for both Hand and Auto modes

Mod

E09

Stop pushbutton and forward/reverse push buttons with out manual speed potentiometer

Provides Stop, Forward and Reverse push buttons door mounted on the control island. Depressing the forward or

reverse push button will start the motor in the desired direction. The stop push button will place the controller in the

normal stop mode. The motor speed may be adjusted by a remote manual speed potentiometer or an external

speed signal. Note: Use of the keypad to adjust speed is not possible when the stop push-button and forward/

reverse push-button is active in the terminal mode.

Mod

F09

Stop push button, forward and reverse push buttons with manual speed potentiometer

Provides Stop, Forward and Reverse push buttons and manual speed potentiometer door mounted on the control

island. Depressing the forward or reverse push button will start the motor in the desired direction. The stop push

button will place the controller in the normal stop mode. The motor speed may be adjusted by the door mounted

manual speed potentiometer.

Mod

G09

Run/stop selector switch with out manual speed potentiometer

Provides a two position selector switch door mounted on the control island. Setting the switch in the run position

will start the motor. Setting the switch to the stop position will stop the motor. The motor speed may be adjusted

by a remote manual speed potentiometer or an external speed signal. Note: Use of the keypad to adjust speed is

not possible when the run/stop selector switch is active in the terminal mode.

Mod

H09

Run/stop selector switch with manual speed potentiometer

Provides a two position selector switch and manual speed potentiometer door mounted on the control island.

Setting the switch in the run position will start the motor. Setting the switch to the stop position will stop the motor.

The motor speed may be adjusted by the door mounted manual speed potentiometer.

Mod

J09

Forward-off-reverse selector switch with out manual sped potentiometer

Provides a three position selector switch door mounted on the control island. Setting the switch either forward or

reverse will start the motor in the desired direction. The motor speed may be adjusted by a remote manual speed

potentiometer or an external speed signal. Note: Use of the keypad to adjust speed is not possible when the

forward-off-reverse selector switch is active in the terminal mode.

Mod

K09

Forward-off-reverse selector switch with manual speed potentiometer

Provides a three position selector switch and manual speed potentiometer door mounted on the control island.

Setting the switch to either forward or reverse will start the motor in the desired direction. The motor speed may be

adjusted by the door mounted manual speed potentiometer.

Mod

L09

Hand-off-auto selector switch with out manual speed potentiometer

Provides a three position selector switch door mounted on the control island. The Hand-Off-Auto selector switch is

used to select between the AI1 and AI2 analog inputs. In the Hand position the motor will start and speed may be

adjusted by a remote manual speed potentiometer. In the Auto position the motor may be started and stopped by

a user supplied remote contact. The speed may be adjusted by a 4-20 madc signal to analog input reference AI2.

The off position will stop the motor. Note: Use of the keypad to adjust speed is not possible when the Hand-Off-Auto

selector switch is active in the terminal mode.

Mod

M09

Hand-off-automatic selector switch with manual speed potentiometer

Provides a three position selector switch and manual speed potentiometer door mounted on the control island. The

Hand-Off-Auto selector switch is used to select between the AI1 and AI2 analog inputs. In the Hand position the

motor will start and speed may be adjusted by a remote manual speed potentiometer. In the Auto position the motor

may be started and stopped by a user supplied remote contact. The speed may be adjusted by a 4-20 madc signal

to analog input reference AI2 or the door mounted manual speed potentiometer. The off position will stop the motor

Mod

N09

No General Purpose Devices

Provides the door mounted control island with no general purpose control devices.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Control Modifications

112 2/98

Special Purpose Control Devices

These door mounted operator controls provide digital inputs for jog and reversing functions. The digital

input terminals are active only when the keypad is programmed for Terminal Mode of operation.

NOTE: Switching from terminal mode to keypad mode will inhibit all digital and analog inputs terminals.

The enclosed AC drive product door mounted keypad serves as a programmer of drive parameters and

display functions.

I/O Extension Module

When additional digital or analog inputs/outputs are required an I/O extension module may be selected.

Dynamic Braking

When the motor along with its connected mechanical load must be stopped faster than the normal coast

time, the dynamic braking modiﬁcation should be selected.

Miscellaneous modiﬁcations

These modiﬁcations provide a variety of functions to meet certain application requirements. This extra

ﬂexibility offers the ultimate in Build to Order capability of an AC Drive.

Mod

A10

Run-jog selector switch

Provides a two position selector switch for selection of the start push-button to be a monetary contact (run) (3-wire

control) or maintained contact (jog) (2-wire control). General purpose control Mods; A09 or B09 must be selected

for this Mod to function. This selector switch is door mounted on the control island

Mod

D10

Jog forward and Jog reverse push buttons

Provides push buttons for jogging the connected motor in the desired direction. Refer to Instruction Manual

VDOCO6S305 for information concerning the adjustment of jog speed and jog cycle timer. These pushbuttons are

door mounted on the control island.

Mod

F10

Forward/Reverse selector switch

Provides a two position selector switch to select the desired direction of motor rotation. Refer to Instruction Manual

VDOCO6S305_ for information concerning speed reference inputs for the purpose of adjusting motor speed. This

selector switch is door mounted on the control island.

Mod

A11

24V I/O extension module

Provides additional 24 V digital/analog inputs and outputs to the drive. The 24 V I/O Extension module has the

following inputs/outputs:

Four 24 Vdc digital logic inputs LI5, LI6, LI7 and LI8.

Two analog inputs AI3 (Differential) and AI4.

Two relay outputs R3 and R4 (programmable).

One current loop output A03 (0-20 ma or 20-4 ma, 250 W input impedance)

Mod

D15

Dynamic Braking

Provides a resistor and overload protection mounted in a self ventilated enclosure mounted on top of the drive

enclosure. This resistor will absorb the regenerative energy from an AC motor to provide internal braking action. For

additional information refer to the application section of this catalog.

Mod

A16

‘Power On’ Red Pilot Light

Provides a red pilot light that illuminates when power is applied to the drive. This pilot light is an LED type door

mounted on the control island.

Mod

B16

‘Fault’ Yellow Pilot Light

Provides a yellow pilot light that illuminates when the drive is faulted. This pilot light is an LED type door mounted

on the control island.

Mod

C16

‘Jog’ Green Pilot Light

Provides a green pilot light that illuminates when the jog push-button is depressed on the drive. This pilot light is an

LED type door mounted on the control island.

Mod

D16

‘Run’ Green Pilot Light

Provides a green pilot light that illuminates when the drive is supplying an output frequency to the connected motor.

This pilot light is an LED type door mounted on the control island. Note: When power circuits C through K are

selected an AFC Run (green)and Bypass Run (amber) pilot light is provided on the door mounted bypass control

island.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Control Modifications

113

Mod

E16

‘Hand & Auto’ Yellow Pilot Lights

Provides two yellow pilot lights that illuminate when HAND or AUTO mode have been selected. General purpose

control Mods; C09, D09, L09 or M09 must be selected for this Mod to function. These pilot lights are of the LED

type door mounted on the control island

Mod

F16

‘Forward & Reverse’ Green Pilot Lights

Provides two green pilot lights that illuminate when the FORWARD or REVERSE mode has be selected. These

pilot lights are of the LED type door mounted on the control island.

Mod

G16

‘Fault’ Yellow Pilot Light with Reset Push button

Provides a illuminated push-button with a yellow lens that illuminates when the drive is faulted. This illuminated

push-button is an LED type door mounted on the control island. Once the condition which initiated the fault has

been corrected, the drive may be reset by depressing the push button and the yellow light will extinguish. The faults

that are re-setable with this modiﬁcation are:

* Undervoltage * Motor Overload * Input Phase Loss * Loss of Follower

* Drive Over temperature * DC Bus Overvoltage * Overvoltage

Mod

H16

Bypass 3 wire control

Provides start/stop pushbuttons (3-wire control) for bypass contactor operation. These pushbuttons are door

mounted on the bypass control island. Upon loss of power, the bypass operation must be restarted using the

momentary start push button.

Mod

J16

Bypass duty cycle timer

Prevents rapid cycling of line power to the motor when operating in bypass mode. When line power is removed from

the motor, line power cannot be reapplied in the bypass mode until the time delay set on the CTR relay timer. The

CTR relay timer is factory set for 10 seconds. It can be adjusted to meet user’s process requirements within the

range of 10 to 180 seconds.

Mod

K16

Automatic transfer to Bypass

Provides an automatic transfer to bypass for full speed operation , should a fault condition occur tripping the drive

off line.

Mod

L16

Additional Control VA

Increases the standard control transformer by 50 VA beyond that required for operation of the control functions.

Mod

M16

Power Isolator controls

Provides two pushbuttons (3-wire control) for manual operation of the line contactor. The two push buttons are

labeled CONVERTER PWR ENABLE and CONVERTER PWR DISABLE. These pushbuttons are door mounted on

the bypass control island.

Mod

O16

Oversized enclosure

(50-75 HP CT / 60-100 HP VT only)

Provides a 90” H x 32” W x 20” D free standing enclosure for substitution of the standard 42” H x 32” W x 20” D wall

mounted enclosure.

Mod

P16

Auto start relay

Provides an interface for remote contact (120 V rated) to start the drive or bypass and Hand/Auto selector switch

for the bypass. The Hand/Auto selector switch provides hand or auto operation in the bypass mode with extra

terminal points for user supplied ﬂoat switches and other level alarm functions.

Mod

Q16

3-15 PSI input follower

Provides a 3-15 PSI follower from the users pneumatic source. The motor speed will be proportional to the 3-15 PSI

pneumatic signal.

Mod

R16

Convert Pilot Light(s) to Push-to-Test

Provides push-to-test of all pilot lights selected previously, except the Power On Pilot Light (A16).

Mod

S16

24VDC power supply

Provides an auxiliary 24 Vdc, 320 ma power supply, installed within the drive. May be used to power devices that

exceed the rating of the drive 24 Vdc supply.

Mod

T16

Motor Elapsed Time Meter (ETM)

Provides elapsed time indication of motor operation from both drive and bypass contactor functions. The Motor

Elapsed Time meter is a 0 to 99999.9 digit in HOURS, non-resettable display rated 120 Vac, 60 Hz with a Type 12

sealed face. This meter is door mounted on the control island.

Mod

W16

'Fast Stop' push button

Provides a pushbutton for modifying the set deceleration ramp rate to the minimum ramp rate of 0.1 seconds. This

pushbutton is door mounted on the control island. This function will allow the drive to decelerate the motor as quickly as

possible within the operating limits of the controller conﬁguration (braking selection) without causing nuisance tripping.

Mod

Y16

Omit door mounted keypad

Removes the keypad and LED display from outside the enclosure door. The keypad will remain on the basic drive

unit within the enclosure.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Engineered Features

114 2/98

Control Options

Form modiﬁcations within the Q200 series will cover control circuit engineered features for the Class 8839

enclosed AC drives.

• Available on all conﬁgurations.

• Available only for Power Circuits C, D, E, F, I, J or K.

• Available on all conﬁgurations.

• Available on conﬁgurations except Power Circuit A.

• Available on all conﬁgurations. • Not available if option Q208 is selected.

• Available on all conﬁgurations. • Not available if option Q207 is selected.

• Available on all conﬁgurations. • Not available if option Q210 is selected.

• Available on all conﬁgurations. • Not available if option Q209 is selected.

• Available on all conﬁgurations. • Not available if option Q212 is selected.

Mod

Q200

Auxiliary Drive Run Contacts

Provides (3) Form ‘C’ contacts rated 5 A @ 120 Vac wired to terminal blocks (9080 GM6) for customer use.

Mod

Q201

Auxiliary Bypass Run Contacts

Provides (3) Form ‘C’ contacts rated 5 A @ 120 Vac wired to terminal blocks (9080 GM6) for customer use.

Mod

Q202

Auxiliary Drive Fail Contacts

Provides (3) Form ‘C’ contacts rated 5 A @ 120 Vac wired to terminal blocks (9080 GM6) for customer use.

Mod

Q203

Auxiliary auto mode contacts

Provides an auxiliary AFC mode (auto) contact which will energize a relay with (3) Form ‘C’ contacts rated 5 A

@ 120 Vac wired to terminal blocks (9080 GM6) for customer use.

Mod

Q204

Motor Space Heater

Provides control circuit contacts, 120 V, 150-500 VA supply and fusing wired to terminals for customer use.

Note: Specify VA requirements at time of order entry in the ‘Engineering Notes’ ﬁeld within Q2C.

Mod

Q205

Signal loss follower option board

Provides the 52010-055-50 intended for 4-20 mAdc control loop applications where upon the loss of input signal

it is desired to retain the output signal at the last input signal level. The module provides isolated 4-20 mAdc to

0-10 Vdc conversion and a normally open alarm relay contact for signal loss alert. The module operates from

+24 Vdc power supply and is mounted on a standard 35 mm DIN rail within the drive enclosure.

Mod

Q206

Emergency power off push-button

Provides a shunt trip modiﬁed molded case switch or circuit breaker where a push-pull maintained mushroom

head push-button energizes the shunt trip coil and instantaneously opens to shut down power supplied to the

AC drive in the AFC mode and/or bypass mode, coasting to an uncontrolled stop.

Mod

Q207

Inhibit/shutdown sequence

(instantaneous operation)

Provides a relay circuit operating in the fail safe mode where a remote initiating contact opens the relay,

deenergizes and instantaneously shuts the AC drive down in the AFC mode (hand or auto) and/or in the bypass

mode (hand or auto).

Mod

Q208

Inhibit/shutdown sequence

(timed operation)

Provides a relay circuit operating in the fail safe mode where a remote initiating contact opens the relay,

deenergizes and after a speciﬁed time shuts the AC drive down in the AFC mode (hand or auto) and/or in the

bypass mode (hand or auto).

Mod

Q209

Check valve sequence (gravity type)

Provides relay circuitry sequenced from a check valve limit switch. A valve closed position limit switch will

energize the relay that will give a run permissive to the AC drive in the AFC mode (hand or auto) and/or in the

bypass mode (hand or auto). A valve closed position limit switch will deenergize a timer relay such that if this

relay is not deenergized within a speciﬁed time period, the AC drive will shut down in the AFC mode (hand or

auto) and/or in the bypass mode (hand or auto).

Mod

Q210

Check valve sequence (motorized type)

Provides relay circuitry sequenced from a check valve limit switch. A valve closed position limit switch will

energize relays that will initiate a remote valve operating solenoid limited to 50VA and give a run permissive to

the AC drive in the AFC mode (hand or auto) and/or in the bypass mode (hand or auto). A valve closed position

limit switch will deenergize a timer relay such that if this relay is not deenergized within a speciﬁed time period,

the AC drive will shut down in the AFC mode (hand or auto) and/or in the bypass mode (hand or auto).

Mod

Q211

Seal water solenoid - without pressure switch feedback

Provides relay which will energize a remote seal water solenoid limited to 50 VA during AC drive operation in the

AFC mode (hand or auto) and/or in the bypass mode (hand or auto).

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Engineered Features

115

• Available on all conﬁgurations. • Not available if option Q211 is selected.

• Available on all conﬁgurations. • Not available if option Q214 is selected.

• Available on all conﬁgurations. • Not available if option Q213 is selected.

Enclosure & miscellaneous modiﬁcations

Form modiﬁcations within the Q300 series will cover enclosure and miscellaneous enclosed features for

the Class 8839 enclosed AC drive.

• Available on all conﬁgurations.

• Available only on 250-400 hp @ 460 V units.

• Available on all conﬁgurations • Not available if option Q304 is selected.

• Available on all conﬁgurations. • Not available if option Q303 is selected.

Power Options

Form modiﬁcations within the Q400 series will cover engineered power circuit conﬁgurations for the

Class 8839 enclosed AC drive.

• Not available if options D15 or Q401 is selected.

• Option Q400 available offering is up to 75 hp CT/LN (100 hp VT) for 460 V rated units. Line reactors are separately mounted and

wired by customer on 100 hp CT (125 hp VT) & up for 460 V rated units.

• Not available if option D15 or Q400 is selected.

• Q401 available offering is for 460 V rated units only up to 75 hp CT/LN (100 hp VT).

• Not available for 208 V and 230 V ratings.

Mod

Q212

Seal water solenoid - with pressure switch feedback

Provides relay which will energize a remote seal water solenoid limited to 50 VA during AC drive operation.

Additionally, the remote initiating contact will open the relay, deenergizing and after a speciﬁed time shuts the

AC drive down in the AFC mode (hand or auto) and/or in the bypass mode (hand or auto).

Mod

Q213

Moisture detection relay circuit (without relay)

Provides 24 V or 120 V control power to a moisture detection relay device, either electronic or electro-mechanical prewired

with socket or mounting space only. Note: Customer supplies relay. Details concerning type must also be provided at time

of order entry in the ‘Engineering Notes’ ﬁeld within Q2C.

Mod

Q214

Moisture detection relay circuit (with relay)

Provides 24 V or 120 V control power to a moisture detection relay device, either electronic or electro-mechanical

mounted and prewired. Note: Details concerning type must be provided at time of order entry in the ‘Engineering

Notes’ ﬁeld within Q2C.

Mod

Q300

ID Engraved Nameplates

Provides a lamacoid nameplate, engraved with equipment designation. Note: Specify legend, black letters/white

background or white letters/black background at time of order entry in ‘Engineering Notes’ ﬁeld within Q2C.

Mod

Q301

Permanent wire markers

Provides permanent type wire markers on control wiring assemblies.

Mod

Q302

Fan Filter assembly

Provides fan ﬁlter assembly 52012-856-50 factory mounted on 250-400 hp @ 460 V units only.

Mod

Q303

ANSI #49 Enclosure paint

Provides option to conﬁgure enclosure paint to industry standard ANSI#49 gray paint in lieu of RAL 7032 (Beige).

Mod

Q304

ANSI #61 Enclosure paint

Provides option to conﬁgure enclosure paint to industry standard ANSI#61 light gray paint in lieu of RAL 7032 (Beige).

Mod

Q400

Top mounted 5% Line Reactor

Provides a factory mounted and wired 5% impedance line reactor to minimize harmonic distortion (IEEE 519)

back onto the ac line.

460 V Ratings:

1-75 hp

100 hp (VT only)

208/230 V Ratings:

1-50 hp (208 V/230 V)

Mod

Q401

Top mounted motor protecting ﬁlter

Provides a factory mounted and wired dv/dt ﬁlter on the drive output for long motor lead lengths considerations

in excess of our published guidelines, up to 1000 feet.

460 V Ratings only:

1-75 hp

100 hp (VT only)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Recommended Spare Parts

116 2/98

460 V Type CT and VTLN Recommended Spare Parts List

VTLN only available through 75 HP.

Description 1-5 HP 7.5-10 HP 15-20 HP 25-40 HP 50-75 HP 100-200 HP 250-350 HP

Standard:

Control Basket

w/Keypad VX4A66CK1 VX4A66CK1 VX4A66CK1 VX4A66CK1 VX4A66CK1 VX4A66CK2 VX4A66CK2

Power Board VX5A663U41N4 (1-3 hp)

VX5A662U72N4 (5 hp) VX5A662U90N4 (7.5 hp)

VX5A662D12N4 (10 hp) VX5A66D16N4 (15 hp)

VX5A66D23N4 (20 hp) VX5A66D33N4 (25-30 hp)

VX5A66D46N4 (40 hp)

VX5A66D54N4 (50 hp)

VX5A66D64N4 (60 hp)

VX5A66D79N4 (75 hp)

VX5A66C10N4(100 hp)

VX5A66C13N4(125 hp)

VX5A66C15N4 (150 hp)

VX5A66C19N4 (200 hp)

VX5A66C23N4 (250 hp)

VX5A66C28N4 (300 hp)

VX5A66C31N4 (350 hp)

IGBT Module Kit Included with

Power Board Included with

Power Board VZ3IM2050M1201(15 hp)

VZ3IM2075M1201(20 hp)

VZ3IM2100M1201

(25-30 hp)

VZ3IM2150M1201

(40 hp)

VZ3IM2150M1201(50 hp)

VZ3IM2200M1201(60 hp)

VZ3IM2300M1201(75 hp)

VZ3IM2300M1202

(100 hp)

VZ3IM2400M1202

(125-200 hp)

VZ3IM1400M1207

(250-300 hp)

VZ3IM1500M1207

(350 hp)

Gate Driver Board Included with

Power Board Included with

Power Board VX5A66103 (15 hp)

VX5A66104 (20 hp) VX5A66105 (25-30 hp)

VX5A66106 (40 hp)

VX5A66107(50 hp)

VX5A66108 (60 hp)

VX5A66109 (75 hp)

Included with

IGBT Module Kit Included with

IGBT Module Kit

Diode Rectiﬁer Included with

Power Board Included with

Power Board VZ3DM6075M1601

VZ3DM2080M1606

(25-30 hp)

VZ3DM2100M1601

(40 hp)

VZ3DM2160M1606

VZ3DM2170M1602

(100-125 hp)

VZ3DM2260M1602

(150 hp)

VZ3DM2350M1602

(200 hp)

VZ3DM2600M1602

Heatsink Fan VZ3V661 (1-3 hp)

VZ3V662 (5 hp) VZ3V663 VZ3V664 VZ3V665 VZ3V665 VZ3V670 VZ3V666

Drive Cooling Fan N/A N/A N/A VZ3V6654 VZ3V6654

VZ3V6655 VZ3V671 VZ3V669

AC Line Fuse

25430-10500 (1 hp)

25430-11000 (2 hp)

25430-11500 (3 hp)

25430-12000 (5 hp)

25417-20350 (7.5 hp)

25417-20450 (10 hp) 25499-00653 (15 hp)

25499-00655 (20 hp) 25499-00655 (25-30 hp)

25417-21250 (40 hp)

25417-21250 (50 hp)

25417-21500 (60 hp)

25417-21750 (75 hp)

25418-62401(100-125 hp)

25418-62501 (150 hp)

25418-62600 (200 hp)

VY1ALF700V700(250hp)

VY1ALF800V700(300hp)

VY1ALF900V700(350hp)

Red "Run" LED 25501-03043 25501-03043 25501-03043 25501-03043 25501-03043 25501-03043 25501-03043

Green "On" LED 25501-03044 25501-03044 25501-03044 25501-03044 25501-03044 25501-03044 25501-03044

Yellow "Fault" LED 25501-03045 25501-03045 25501-03045 25501-03045 25501-03045 25501-03045 25501-03045

T1 Transformer

Primary Fuse 25430-20050 25430-20050 25430-20050 25430-20161 25430-20161 25430-20400 (Type 1)

25430-20281 (Type 12) N/A

T1 Transformer

Secondary Fuse 25430-20080 25430-20080 25430-20080 25430-20281 25430-20281 25430-20625 (Type 1)

25430-20400 (Type 12) N/A

T2 Transformer

Primary Fuse 25430-20050 25430-20050 25430-20074 25430-20281 25430-20281

25430-20400 (100 hp)

25430-20400

(125-200 hp Type 12)

25430-20500

(125-200 hp Type 1)

N/A

T2 Transformer

Secondary Fuse 25430-20080 25430-20080 25430-20126 25430-20400 25430-20400

25430-20625 (100 hp)

25430-20625

(125-200 hp Type

12) 25430-20900

(125-200 hp Type 1)

N/A

4.5" Enclosure Fan 26016-31531 26016-31531 26016-31531 26016-31531 N/A N/A N/A

7" Enclosure Fan N/A N/A N/A 26016-31100 26016-31100 26016-31100 N/A

10" Enclosure Fan N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 52015-392-52 N/A

Modiﬁcations:

Bypass

Incandescent

Pilot Light Bulb 25501-01020 25501-01020 25501-01020 25501-01020 25501-01020 25501-01020 25501-01020

Option Board (MOD A11)

24 VDC I/O Extension VW3A66201T VW3A66201T VW3A66201T VW3A66201T VW3A66201T VW3A66201T VW3A66201T

Additional Control VA (MOD L16)

T1 Transformer

Primary Fuse 25340-20074 25340-20074 25430-20126 25430-20281 25430-20281 25430-20400 (Type 1)

25430-20281 (Type 12) N/A

T1 Transformer

Secondary Fuse 25430-20126 25430-20126 25430-20161 25430-20400 25430-20400 25430-20625 (Type 1)

25430-20400 (Type 12) N/A

T2 Transformer

Primary Fuse 25340-20074 25340-20074 25430-20126 25430-20281 25430-20281 (50 hp)

25430-20400 (60-75 hp)

25430-20400

(100-125 hp Type 12)

25430-20500

(100-125 hp Type 1)

25430-20500(150-200 hp)

N/A

T2 Transformer

Secondary Fuse 25430-20126 25430-20126 25430-20200 25430-20400 25430-20400 (50 hp)

25430-20625 (60-75 hp)

25430-20625

(100-125 hp Type 12)

25430-20900

(100-125 hp Type 1)

25430-20900(150-200 hp)

N/A

Dynamic Braking

DB Transistor Module Included with

Power Board Included with

Power Board VZ3IM1025M1001 VZ3IM2050M1201 VZ3IM2100M1201(50 hp)

VZ3IM2150M1201

(60-75 hp) VZ3IM1300M1202 VZ3IM1400M1208(250 hp)

VZ3IM1300M1208

(300-350 hp)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Recommended Spare Parts

117

460 V Type VT Recommended Spare Parts List

Description - 1-7.5 HP 10-15 HP 20-25 HP 30-50 HP 60-100 HP 125-200 HP 250-400 HP

Standard:

Control Basket

w/Keypad VX4A66CK1 VX4A66CK1 VX4A66CK1 VX4A66CK1 VX4A66CK1 VX4A66CK2 VX4A66CK2

Power Board VX5A663U41N4 (1-3 hp)

VX5A662U54N4 (5 hp)

VX5A662U72N4 (7.5 hp)

VX5A662U90N4 (10 hp)

VX5A662D12N4 (15 hp) VX5A66D16N4 (20 hp)

VX5A66D23N4 (25 hp) VX5A66D33N4 (30-40 hp)

VX5A66D46N4 (50 hp)

VX5A66D54N4 (60 hp)

VX5A66D64N4 (75 hp)

VX5A66D79N4 (100 hp)

VX5A66C10N4 (125 hp)

VX5A66C13N4 (150 hp)

VX5A66C15N4 (200 hp)

VX5-A66C23N4

(250-300 hp)

VX5-A66C28N4 (350 hp)

VX5-A66C31N4 (400 hp)

IGBT Module Kit Included with

Power Board Included with

Power Board VZ3IM2050M1201(20 hp)

VZ3IM2075M1201(25 hp)

VZ3IM2100M1201

(30-40 hp)

VZ3IM2150M1201(50 hp)

VZ3IM2150M1201(60 hp)

VZ3IM2200M1201(75 hp)

VZ3IM2300M1201

(100 hp)

VZ3IM2300M1202

(125 hp)

VZ3IM2400M1202

(150-200 hp)

VZ3IM1400M1207

(250-350 hp)

VZ3IM1500M1207

(400 hp)

Gate Driver Board Included with

Power Board Included with

Power Board VX5A66103 (20 hp)

VX5A66104 (25 hp) VX5A66105 (30-40 hp)

VX5A66106 (50 hp)

VX5A66107 (60 hp)

VX5A66108 (75 hp)

VX5A66109 (100 hp)

Included with

IGBT Module Kit Included with

IGBT Module Kit

Diode Rectiﬁer Included with

Power Board Included with

Power Board VZ3DM6075M1601

VZ3DM2080M1606

(30-40 hp)

VZ3DM2100M1601

(50 hp)

VZ3DM2160M1606

VZ3DM2170M1602

(125-150 hp)

VZ3DM2260M1602

(200 hp)

VZ3DM2600M1602

Heatsink Fan VZ3V661 (1-5 hp)

VZ3V662 (7.5 hp) VZ3V663 VZ3V664 VZ3V665 VZ3V665 VZ3V670 VZ3V666

Drive Cooling Fan N/A N/A N/A VZ3V6654 VZ3V6654

VZ3V6655 VZ3V671 VZ3V669

AC Line Fuse

25430-10500 (1 hp)

25430-11000 (2 hp)

25430-11500 (3 hp)

25430-12000 (5-7.5 hp)

25417-20450 25499-00655 25499-00655 (30 hp)

25417-21250 (40-50 hp)

25417-21500 (60 hp)

25417-21750 (75 hp)

25417-22250 (100 hp)

25418-62401(125-150 hp)

25418-62501 (200 hp)

VY1ALF700V700

(250-300 hp)

VY1ALF800V700(350 hp)

VY1ALF900V700(400 hp)

Red "Run" LED 25501-03043 25501-03043 25501-03043 25501-03043 25501-03043 25501-03043 25501-03043

Green "On" LED 25501-03044 25501-03044 25501-03044 25501-03044 25501-03044 25501-03044 25501-03044

Yellow "Fault" LED 25501-03045 25501-03045 25501-03045 25501-03045 25501-03045 25501-03045 25501-03045

T1 Transformer

Primary Fuse 25430-20050 25430-20050 25430-20050 25430-20161 25430-20161 25430-20400 (Type 1)

25430-20281 (Type 12) N/A

T1 Transformer

Secondary Fuse 25430-20080 25430-20080 25430-20080 25430-20281 25430-20281 25430-20625 (Type 1)

25430-20400 (Type 12) N/A

T2 Transformer

Primary Fuse 25430-20050 25430-20050 (10 hp)

25430-20074 (15 hp) 25430-20074 (20 hp)

25430-20126 (25 hp) 25430-20281 25430-20281 25430-20500 (Type 1)

25430-20400 (Type 12) N/A

T2 Transformer

Secondary Fuse 25430-20080 25430-20080 (10 hp)

25430-20126 (15 hp) 25430-20126 (20 hp)

25430-20161 (25 hp) 25430-20400 25430-20400 25430-20900 (Type 1)

25430-20625 (Type 12) N/A

4.5" Enclosure Fan 26016-31531 26016-31531 26016-31531 26016-31531 N/A N/A N/A

7" Enclosure Fan N/A N/A N/A 26016-31100 26016-31100 26016-31100 N/A

10" Enclosure Fan N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 52015-392-52 N/A

Modiﬁcations:

Bypass

Incandescent

Pilot Light Bulb 25501-01020 25501-01020 25501-01020 25501-01020 25501-01020 25501-01020 25501-01020

Option Board (MOD A11)

24 VDC I/O Extension VW3A66201T VW3A66201T VW3A66201T VW3A66201T VW3A66201T VW3A66201T VW3A66201T

Additional Control VA (MOD L16)

T1 Transformer

Primary Fuse 25340-20074 25340-20074 25430-20126 25430-20281 25430-20281 25430-20400 (Type 1)

25430-20281 (Type 12) N/A

T1 Transformer

Secondary Fuse 25430-20126 25430-20126 25430-20161 25430-20400 25430-20400 25430-20625 (Type 1)

25430-20400 (Type 12) N/A

T2 Transformer

Primary Fuse 25340-20074 25430-20074 (10 hp)

25430-20126 (15 hp) 25430-20126 25430-20281 25430-20400

25430-20400

(125 hp Type 12)

25430-20500

(150-200 hp Type

12) 25430-20500

(125-200 hp Type 1)

N/A

T2 Transformer

Secondary Fuse 25430-20126 25430-20126 (10 hp)

25430-20200 (15 hp) 25430-20200 25430-20400 25430-20625

25430-20625

(125 hp Type 12)

25430-20900

(150-200 hp Type 12)

25430-20900

(125-200 hp Type 1)

N/A

Dynamic Braking

DB Transistor Module Included with

Power Board Included with

Power Board VZ3IM1025M1001 VZ3IM2050M1201 VZ3IM2100M1201(60 hp)

VZ3IM2150M1201

(75-100 hp) VZ3IM1300M1202

VZ3IM1400M1208

(250-300 hp)

VZ3IM1300M1208

(350-400 hp)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Recommended Spare Parts

118 2/98

208/230 V Type CT and VTLN Recommended Spare Parts List

Description 1-3 HP 5-7.5 HP 10-15 HP 20-30 HP 40 HP

Standard:

Control Basket w/Keypad VX4A66CK1 VX4A66CK1 VX4A66CK1 VX4A66CK1 VX4A66CK1

Power Board VX5A662U41M2 (1-3 hp) VX5A662U72M2 (5 hp)

VX5A662U90M2 (7.5 hp) VX5A66D12M2 (10 hp)

VX5A66D234M2 (15 hp) VX5A66D234M2 (20 hp)

VX5A66D335M2 (25-30 hp) VX5A66D466M2

IGBT Module Kit Included with Power Board Included with Power Board VZ3IM2075M0601 (10 hp)

VZ3IM2150M0601 (15 hp) VZ3IM2150M0601 (20 hp)

VZ3IM2200M0601 (25-30 hp) VZ3IM2300M0601

Gate Driver Board Included with Power Board Included with Power Board VX5A66112 (10 hp)

Included with Power Board (15 hp) Included with Power Board Included with Power Board

Diode Rectiﬁer Included with Power Board Included with Power Board VZ3DM6075M1601 (10 hp)

VZ3DM2080M1606 (15 hp) VZ3DM2080M1606 (20 hp)

VZ3DM2100M1601 (25-30 hp) VZ3DM2160M1606

Heatsink Fan VZ3V662 VZ3V663 VZ3V664 (10 hp)

VZ3V665 (15 hp) VZ3V665 VZ3V665

Drive Cooling Fan N/A N/A VZ3V6654 (15 hp) VZ3V6654 VZ3V6654

VZ3V6655

AC Line Fuse 25430-10800 (1 hp)

25430-11500 (2 hp)

25430-12000 (3 hp)

25430-13000 (5 hp)

25417-20400 (7.5 hp) 25417-20500 (10 hp)

25499-00654 (15 hp)

25417-20900 (20 hp)

25417-21100 (25 hp)

25417-21250 (30 hp) 25417-21750

Red "Run" LED 25501-03043 25501-03043 25501-03043 25501-03043 25501-03043

Green "On" LED 25501-03044 25501-03044 25501-03044 25501-03044 25501-03044

Yellow "Fault" LED 25501-03045 25501-03045 25501-03045 25501-03045 25501-03045

T1 Transformer Primary Fuse 25430-20126 25430-20126 25430-20126 (10 hp)

25430-20500 (15 hp/230V)

25430-20600 (15 hp/208V)

25430-20500 (230V)

25430-20600 (208V) 25430-20500 (230V)

25430-20600 (208V)

T1 Transformer

Secondary Fuse 25430-20080 25430-20080 25430-20080 (10 hp)

25430-20400 (15 hp) 25430-20400 25430-20400

T2 Transformer Primary Fuse 25430-20161 25430-20161

25430-20280 (10 hp/230V)

25430-20350 (10 hp/208V)

25430-20500 (15 hp/230V)

25430-20600 (15 hp/208V)

25430-20500 (20-25 hp/230V)

25430-20600 (20-25 hp/208V)

25430-20750 (30 hp) 25430-20750

T2 Transformer

Secondary Fuse 25430-20126 25430-20126 25430-20200 (10 hp)

25430-20400 (15 hp) 25430-20400 (20-25 hp)

25430-20625 (30 hp) 25430-20625

4.5" Enclosure Fan 26016-31531 (w/Bypass) 26016-31531 26016-31531 26016-31531 (20 hp) N/A

7" Enclosure Fan N/A N/A 26016-31100 (15 hp) 26016-31100 26016-31100

Modiﬁcations:

Bypass

Incandescent Pilot Light Bulb 25501-01020 25501-01020 25501-01020 25501-01020 25501-01020

Option Board (MOD A11)

24 VDC I/O Extension VW3A66201T VW3A66201T VW3A66201T VW3A66201T VW3A66201T

Additional Control VA (MOD L16)

T1 Transformer Primary Fuse 25430-20126 25430-20161

25430-20280 (10 hp/230V)

25430-20350 (10 hp/208V)

25430-20500 (15 hp/230V)

25430-20600 (15 hp/208V)

25430-20500 (230 V)

25430-20600 (208 V) 25430-20500 (230 V)

25430-20600 (208 V)

T1 Transformer

Secondary Fuse 25430-20080 25430-20126 25430-20200 (10 hp)

25430-20400 (15 hp) 25430-20400 25430-20400

T2 Transformer Primary Fuse 25430-20280 (230 V)

25430-20350 (208 V) 25430-20280 (230 V)

25430-20350 (208 V)

25430-20280 (10 hp/230V)

25430-20350 (10 hp/208V)

25430-20500 (15 hp/230V)

25430-20600 (15 hp/208V)

25430-20500 (20 hp/230V)

25430-20600 (20 hp/208V)

25430-20750 (25-30 hp) 25430-20750

T2 Transformer

Secondary Fuse 25430-20200 25430-20200 25430-20200 (10 hp)

25430-20400 (15 hp) 25430-20400 (20 hp)

25430-20625 (25-30 hp) 25430-20625

Dynamic Braking

DB Transistor Module Included with Power Board Included with Power Board VZ3IM1060M0601 (10 hp)

VZ3IM2075M0601 (15 hp) VZ3IM2075M0601 (20 hp)

VZ3IM2100M0601 (25-30 hp) VZ3IM2150M0601

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Recommended Spare Parts

119

208/230 V Type VT Recommended Spare Parts List

DESCRIPTION 1-3 HP 5-10 HP 15-25 HP 30 HP 40-50 HP

Standard:

Control Basket w/Keypad U41

VX4A66CK1 U72 (5, 7.5) D12 (10)

VX4A66CK1 D23

VX4A66CK1S260 D33

VX4A66CK1 D46

VX4A66CK1

Power Board VX5A662U41M2 VX5A662U72M2 (5-7.5 hp)

VX5A66D12M2 (10 hp) VX5A66D234M2 VX5A66D335M2 VX5A66D466M2

IGBT Module Kit Included with Power Board Included with Power Board

(5-7.5 hp)

VZ3IM2075M0601 (10 hp) VZ3IM2150M0601 VZ3IM2200M0601 VZ3IM2300M0601

Gate Driver Board Included with Power Board Included with Power Board

(5-7.5 hp)

VX5A66112 (10 hp) Included with Power Board Included with Power Board Included with Power Board

Diode Rectiﬁer Included with Power Board Included with Power Board

(5-7.5 hp)

VZ3DM6075M1601 (10 hp) VZ3DM2080M1606 VZ3DM2100M1601 VZ3DM2160M1606

Heatsink Fan VZ3V662 VZ3V663 (5-7.5 hp)

VZ3V664 (10 hp) VZ3V665 VZ3V665 VZ3V665

Drive Cooling Fan N/A N/A VZ3V6654 VZ3V6654 VZ3V6654

VZ3V6655

AC Line Fuse 25430-10800 (1 hp)

25430-11500 (2 hp)

25430-12000 (3 hp)

25430-13000 (5 hp)

25417-20400 (7.5 hp)

25417-20500 (10 hp)

25499-00654 (15 hp)

25417-20900 (20 hp)

25417-21100 (25 hp) 25417-21250 25417-21750 (40 hp)

25499-00657 (50 hp)

Red "Run" LED 25501-03043 25501-03043 25501-03043 25501-03043 25501-03043

Green "On" LED 25501-03044 25501-03044 25501-03044 25501-03044 25501-03044

Yellow "Fault" LED 25501-03045 25501-03045 25501-03045 25501-03045 25501-03045

T1 Transformer Primary Fuse 25430-20126 25430-20126 25430-20500 (230V)

25430-20600 (208V) 25430-20500 (230V)

25430-20600 (208V)

T1 Transformer

Secondary Fuse 25430-20080 25430-20080 25430-20400 25430-20400 25430-20400

T2 Transformer Primary Fuse 25430-20161 25430-20161 (5-7.5 hp)

25430-20280 (10 hp/230V)

25430-20350 (10 hp/208V)

25430-20500 (230V)

25430-20600 (208V) 25430-20750 25430-20750

T2 Transformer

Secondary Fuse 25430-20126 25430-20126 25430-20400 25430-20625 25430-20625

4.5" Enclosure Fan 26016-31531 (w/Bypass) 26016-31531 26016-31531 (15-20 hp) N/A N/A

7" Enclosure Fan N/A N/A 26016-31100 26016-31100 26016-31100

Modiﬁcations:

Bypass

Incandescent Pilot Light Bulb 25501-01020 25501-01020 25501-01020 25501-01020 25501-01020

Option Board (MOD A11)

24 VDC I/O Extension VW3A66201T VW3A66201T VW3A66201T VW3A66201T VW3A66201T

Additional Control VA (MOD L16)

T1 Transformer Primary Fuse 25430-20126 25430-20161 (5-7.5 hp)

25430-20280 (10 hp/230V)

25430-20350 (10 hp/208V)

25430-20500 (230V)

25430-20600 (208V) 25430-20500 (230 V)

25430-20600 (208 V) 25430-20500 (230 V)

25430-20600 (208 V)

T1 Transformer

Secondary Fuse 25430-20080 25430-20126 (5-7.5 hp)

25430-20200 (10 hp) 25430-20400 25430-20400 25430-20400

T2 Transformer Primary Fuse 25430-20280 (230 V)

25430-20350 (208 V) 25430-20280 (230 V)

25430-20350 (208 V)

25430-20500 (15-20 hp/230V)

25430-20600 (15-20 hp/208V)

25430-20750 (25 hp) 25430-20750 25430-20750

T2 Transformer

Secondary Fuse 25430-20200 25430-20200 25430-20400 (15-20 hp)

25430-20625 (25 hp) 25430-20625 25430-20625

Dynamic Braking

DB Transistor Module Included with Power Board Included with Power Board

(5-7.5 hp)

VZ3IM1060M0601 (10 hp) VZ3IM2075M0601 VZ3IM2100M0601 VZ3IM2150M0601

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Three Phase Line Reactors

120 2/98

The Class 8839 ALTIVAR 66 Enclosed AC Drives

are designed to operate from industrial power

systems with normal AC line conditions without the

need of additional line impedance from either an

isolation transformer or a line reactor. However,

when abnormal line conditions exist, additional line

impedance may be required. Typically, line reactors

are used for:

• Minimize the input rms current to the AC drive

ratings

• Lower the available fault current on high fault

distribution systems

• Limit the total harmonic voltage distortion from

the AC drive at the point of common coupling to

align with IEEE 519 guidelines

• Prevent AC drive nuisance tripping due to

transient overvoltages from power factor

correction capacitor switching

Line Reactors:

1. Part numbers are referenced and

manufactured by MTE, Inc.

2. Harmonic compensated up to 150% of

nominal current ratings

3. 5% nominal reactance

4. Offered in Type 1 general purpose enclosures

5. Intended for separate mounting and wired by

the user with the exception of ratings offering

Q400 modiﬁcation.

6. Refer to the following publications on the

subject of harmonics and beneﬁts of drive

isolation transformers:

—8803PD9402–Power Systems Harmonics–

Cause and Effects of AC Drives.

—7460HO9501–Drive Isolation

Transformers-Application, Selection and

Speciﬁcation Data

—7460PD9501– Drive Isolation

Transformers–Solutions to Power Quality

HP Rating 208 V Line Reactor

(separate mounted) 230 VAC Line Reactor

(separate mounted) 460 VAC Line Reactor

(separate mounted)

Enclosed Factory

Conﬁgured

Modiﬁcation

1RL–00412 RL–00412 RL–00212 Q400

1.5 RL–00812 RL–00812 – Q400

2RL–00812 RL–00812 RL–00413 Q400

3RL–01212 RL–01212 RL–00413 Q400

5RL–01812 RL–01812 RL–00813 Q400

7.5 RL-02512 RL–02512 RL–01213 Q400

10 RL–03512 RL–03512 RL–01813 Q400

15 RL–04512 RL–04512 RL–02513 Q400

20 RL–05512 RL–05512 RL–03513 Q400

25 RL–08012 RL–08012 RL–03513 Q400

30 RL–10012 RL–08012 RL–04513 Q400

40 RL–13012 RL–10012 RL–05513 Q400

50 RL–16012 RL–13012 RL–08013 Q400

60 – – RL–08013 Q400

75 – – RL–10013 Q400

100 – – RL–13013 Q400 (VT only)

125 – – RL–16013 –

150 – – RL–20013 –

200 – – RL–25013 –

250 – – RL–32013 –

300 – – RL–40013 –

350 – – RL–50013 –

400 – – RL–50013 –

LoadLine

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Motor Protecting Output Filters

121

Low pass ﬁlters can be used on the output of the

Class 8839 ALTIVAR 66 Enclosed AC Drive to

decease the stress of resonant frequencies on the

attached motor. While low pass ﬁlters are not

necessary for most installations, they do provide

substantial beneﬁts in installations involving long

motor leads:

• 460 V or higher rated AC drives

• 1–25 hp rated units, if cable lead lengths are in

excess of 75 feet

• 30–400 hp rated units, if cable lead lengths are

in excess of 300 feet.

• Use of a non–inverter duty rated motor(s)

• Existing general purpose motors subject to

retroﬁt to an AC drive

The motor protecting output ﬁlters combine

inductance, capacitance and resistance to form a

low pass ﬁlter. This ﬁlter will lower the dV/dt levels

to prevent exciting the natural resonant wire

frequency of the motor cables. Motors compliant

to NEMA MG–1 Part 31 guidelines do not require

the use of motor protecting output ﬁlters.

Motor Protecting Output Filters:

1. Part number references are per Trans-Coil, Inc.

2. KLC ﬁlters are designed for cable lead lengths

ranging from 50 to 1000 feet.

3. KLC ﬁlters include 1.5% nominal reactance at

480V

4. KLC ﬁlters are enclosed in Type 1 general

purpose enclosures

5. KLC ﬁlters are intended for separate mounting

and wiring by user

HP Rating

@ 460 V KLC Filter

(separate mounting) Enclosed Factory Conﬁgured

Modiﬁcation

1–2 KLC4BE Q401

3KLC6BE Q401

5KLC8BE Q401

7.5 KLC12BE Q401

10 KLC16BE Q401

15 KLC25BE Q401

20–25 KLC35BE Q401

30 KLC45BE Q401

40 KLC55BE Q401

50-60 KLC80BE Q401

75 KLC110BE Q401

100 KLC130BE Q401(VT only)

125 KLC160BE –

150 KLC200BE –

200 KLC250BE –

250 KLC300BE –

300 KLC360BE –

350 KLC420BE –

400 KLC480BE –

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Three Phase Drive Isolation Transformers

122 2/98

Drive Isolation transformers are designed for

maximum beneﬁt when applied to an AC drive.

In addition to the functional comparison of a line

reactor, drive isolation transformers are normally

used for one of the following reasons over a

standard line reactor:

1. Match system voltage to drive rating.

2. Meet local or plant codes that require isolation.

3. Capable of correcting line voltage unbalance

conditions commonly seen with open delta and

corner grounded delta distribution systems.

4. Provides continuity of service for nuisance

grounding.

5. Reduces drive induced currents in supply

feeder ground and limit ground fault currents.

6. Isolate the electrical common mode noise

generated in solid state controllers from the

distribution system.

The ALTIVAR 66 AC drives use a diode bridge

input stage which does not produce the electrical

switching transients common to converters using

SCRs such as DC drives. The Class 8839

ALTIVAR 66 Enclosed AC drives have a high fault

withstand capability (up to 65,000 A depending

upon conﬁguration). For these reasons, Square D

does not suggest the use of a drive isolation

transformer for isolation purposes unless the

system requires one or more of the six functions

listed above.

Notes:

To complete catalog number:

Select the voltage required from chart. Insert the voltage code number in place of the ( ) in the catalog

number.

Three Phase 60 Hz Class B (IEEE 597-1983)

HP Rating kVA Catalog Number

1-5 7.5 7T( )HDIT

7.5 11 11T( )HDIT

10 15 15T( )HDIT

15 20 20T( )HDIT

20 27 27T( )HDIT

25 34 34T( )HDIT

30 40 40T( )HDIT

40 51 51T( )HDIT

50 63 63T( )HDIT

60 75 75T( )HDIT

75 93 93T( )HDIT

100 118 118T( )HDIT

125 145 145T( )HDIT

150 175 175T( )HDIT

200 220 220T( )HDIT

250 275 275T( )HDIT

300 440 440T( )HDIT

400 550 550T( )HDIT

Voltage Codes

Code Primary Secondary

142 230 Delta 230Y/132

143 230 Delta 460Y/265

144 460 Delta 230Y/132

145 460 Delta 460Y/265

146 575 Delta 230Y/132

147 575 Delta 460Y/265

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Dimensions and Weights for Type 1 or 12 Enclosures

123

Optimized and Integrated Construction (Wall Mount)

1–10 HP @ 208–230 V, and 1–20 HP (25 HP VT) @ 460 V

NOTE: CT = Constant Torque; LN = Low Noise Variable Torque; VT = Variable Torque

More detailed drawings available through quote to cash.

Horsepower Voltage Type Power Circuit A Weight

1–3 hp

1–5 hp

1–7.5 hp

208/230 V

460 V

CT, LN, VT

CT, LN

VT A, B 30.15"

765.8 mm 85 lbs.

5–7.5 hp

7.5–10 hp

10–15 hp

208/230 V

460 V

CT , LN, VT

CT, LN

VT A, B 30.15"

765.8 mm 100 lbs.

10 hp

15–20 hp

20–25 hp

208/230 V

460 V

CT, LN, VT

CT, LN

VT A, B 36.15"

918.2 mm 125 lbs.

1–3 hp

1–5 hp

1–7.5 hp

208/230 V

460 V

CT, LN, VT

CT, LN

VT C, D, G, H, I, J, K 44.15"

1121.4 mm 105 lbs

5–7.5 hp

7.5–10 hp

10–15 hp

208/230 V

460 V

CT, LN, VT

CT, LN

VT C, D, G, H, I, J, K 44.15"

1121.4 mm 120 lbs

10 hp

15–20 hp

20–25 hp

208/230 V

460 V

CT, LN, VT

CT, LN

VT C, D, G, H, I, J, K 48.15"

1223 mm 150 lbs

FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW

17.15

435.6 14.18

360.2

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Dimensions and Weights for Type 1 or 12 Enclosures

124 2/98

Barriered Construction (Wall Mount)

1–10 HP @ 208/230 V, and 1–20 HP (25 HP VT) @ 460 V

NOTE: CT = Constant Torque; LN = Low Noise Variable Torque; VT = Variable Torque

More detailed drawings available through quote to cash.

Horsepower Voltage Type Power Circuit A Weight

1–3 hp

1–5 hp

1–7.5 hp

208/230 V

460 V

CT, LN, VT

CT, LN

VT E, F 51.36"

1304.5 mm 145 lbs.

5–7.5 hp

7.5–10 hp

10–15 hp

208/230 V

460 V

CT, LN, VT

CT, LN

VT E, F 51.36"

1304.5 mm 165 lbs.

10 hp

15–20 hp

20-25 hp

208/230 V

460 V

CT, LN, VT

CT, LN

VT E, F 57.36"

1456.9 mm 210 lbs.

14.18

360.2

17.15

435.6

FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Dimensions and Weights for Type 1 or 12 Enclosures

125

Optimized and Integrated Construction (Wall Mount)

15–20 HP @ 208/230 V, and 25–40 HP (50 HP VT) @ 460 V

NOTE: CT = Constant Torque; LN = Low Noise Variable Torque; VT = Variable Torque

More detailed drawings available through quote to cash.

Horsepower Voltage Type Power Circuit A Weight

15–20 hp

25–40 hp

30–50 hp

208/230 V

460 V

CT, LN, VT

CT, LN

VT A, B 51.36"

1304.5 mm 200 lbs.

15-20 hp

25–40 hp

30–50 hp

208/230 V

460 V

CT, LN, VT

CT, LN

VT C, D, G, H, I, J, K 67.63"

1717.8 mm 320 lbs.

17.75

450.9

20.21

513.1

FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Dimensions and Weights for Type 1 or 12 Enclosures

126 2/98

Barriered Construction (Wall Mount)

15–20 HP @ 208/230 V, and 25–40 HP (50 HP VT) @ 460 V

NOTE: CT = Constant Torque; LN = Low Noise Variable Torque; VT = Variable Torque

More detailed drawings available through quote to cash.

Horsepower Voltage Type Power Circuit Weight

15–20 hp

25–40 hp

30–50 hp

208/230 V

460 V

CT, LN, VT

CT, LN

VT E, F 350 lbs.

17.75

450.9

51.63

1311.4

37.48

950.0

SIDE VIEWFRONT VIEW

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Dimensions and Weights for Type 1 or 12 Enclosures

127

Optimized Construction (Wall Mount)

25–40 HP (50 HP VT @ 208-230 V, and 50–75 HP (100 HP VT) @ 460 V

NOTE: CT = Constant Torque; LN = Low Noise Variable Torque; VT = Variable Torque

More detailed drawings available through quote to cash.

Horsepower Voltage Type Power Circuit Weight

25–40 hp

30–50 hp

50–75 hp

60–100 hp

208/230 V

460 V

CT, LN

A, B 450 lbs.

32.21

818.1

53.68

1363.5

21.75

552.5

FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Dimensions and Weights for Type 1 or 12 Enclosures

128 2/98

Optimized and Integrated Construction (Floor Mount)

25-40 HP (50 HP VT) @ 208/230 V, and 50-75 HP (100 HP VT) @ 460 V

NOTE: CT = Constant Torque; LN = Low Noise Variable Torque; VT = Variable Torque.

Option O16 provides for ﬂoor mount oversized enclosure in lieu of wall mount conﬁguration.

More detailed drawings available through quote to cash.

Horsepower Voltage Type Power Circuit Weight

25–40 hp

30–50 hp

50–75 hp

60–100 hp

208/230V

460V

CT, LN

A, B with

option O16

C, D, G, H, I, J, K

700 lbs.

100–200 hp

125–200 hp 460V

460V CT

VT A, B 800 lbs

93.02

2362.8

21.12

536.5

32.21

818.1

FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Dimensions and Weights for Type 1 or 12 Enclosures

129

Barriered Construction (Floor Mount)

25–40 HP (50 HP VT) @ 208/230 V, and 50–75 HP (100 HP VT) @ 460 V

NOTE: CT = Constant Torque; LN = Low Noise Variable Torque; VT = Variable Torque

More detailed drawings available through quote to cash.

Horsepower Voltage Type Power Circuit Weight

25–40 hp

30–50 hp

50–75 hp

60–100 hp

208/230 V

460V

CT, LN

E, F 775 lbs.

32.21

818.1

92.49

2349.3

21.75

552.5

FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Dimensions and Weights for Type 1 or 12 Enclosures

130 2/98

Integrated Construction (Floor Mount)

100–200 HP CT and 125–200 HP VT @ 460 V

NOTE: CT = Constant Torque; LN = Low Noise Variable Torque; VT = Variable Torque

More detailed drawings available through quote to cash.

Horsepower Voltage Type Power Circuit Weight

100–200 hp

125–200 hp 460 V CT

VT C, D, G, H, I, J, K 980 lbs.

93.02

2362.8

FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW

21.12

536.5

32.21

818.1

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Dimensions and Weights for Type 1 or 12 Enclosures

131

Barriered Construction (Floor Mount)

100–200 HP CT and 125–200 HP VT @ 460 V

NOTE: CT = Constant Torque; LN = Low Noise Variable Torque; VT = Variable Torque

More detailed drawings available through quote to cash.

Horsepower Voltage Type Power Circuit Weight

100–200 hp

125–200 hp 460 V CT

VT E, F 1300 lbs.

32.21

818.1 32.21

818.1

64.42

1636.3

93.02

2362.8

21.12

536.5

FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Dimensions and Weights for Type 1 or 12 Enclosures

132 2/98

Optimized Construction (Floor Mount)

250–350 CT and 250–400 HP VT @ 460 V

NOTE: CT = Constant Torque; LN = Low Noise Variable Torque; VT = Variable Torque

More detailed drawings available through quote to cash.

Horsepower Voltage Type Power Circuit Weight

250–350 hp

250–400 hp 460 V CT

VT B 1400 lbs.

1015.5

39.98

2404.1

94.65

FRONT VIEW RIGHT SIDE VIEW

DANGER

21.75

552.5

20.0

508.0

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Dimensions and Weights for Type 1 or 12 Enclosures

133

Barriered Construction (Floor Mount)

250–350 HP CT and 250–400 HP VT @ 460 V

NOTE: CT = Constant Torque; LN = Low Noise Variable Torque; VT = Variable Torque

More detailed drawings available through quote to cash.

Horsepower Voltage Type Power Circuit Weight

250–350 hp

250-400 hp 460 V CT

VT F, G, I 2200 lbs.

32.0

812.8 39.98

1015.5 21.75

552.2

94.65

2404.1

FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW

DANGER

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Application Information

134 2/98

When selecting and applying AC Drives, the

following items should be considered where they

are applicable. Proper selection and application

of an AC Drive is essential to ensure reliable

operation and maximum performance of the

connected motor load. Please consult Product

Data Bulletin SC100 R5/95 “Adjustable Frequency

Controllers Application Guide” for further details.

1. AC Drive selection

2. Ambient temperature/altitude

3. AC Line & motor voltage

4. Power factor

5. Harmonics

6. Input currents with and without line reactors

7. Drive isolation transformer

8. Speed range & regulation

9. Accelerating torque

10. Dynamic braking

11. Follower signals

12. PI regulator

13. Bypass operation

14. Motor selection

15. Enclosure types

16. Relay contact ratings

AC Drive Selection

The ALTIVAR AC drive is selected based on the

connected motor full load current. AC drives in this

catalog are listed by horsepower, voltage and

maximum continuous output current ratings that

align to the latest NEC ratings. The motor

horsepower rating may be used to select the AC

drive, provided it’s full load current does not

exceed the maximum continuous output current

rating of the drive. When the motor full load current

does exceed the maximum continuous output

rating of the AC drive, a larger one must be

selected.

In multi-motor applications the sum of the motor

full load current, not horsepower must be used to

select the appropriate AC drive.

Ambient Temperature/Altitude

The AC Drive and connected motor is rated to

operate in an ambient temperature of 0-40 °C

(32-104 °F), and deliver full rated horsepower

nameplate data. When ambient temperatures

exceed the 40 °C (104 °F) operational ambient

environment, both the AC drive and motor must be

derated. For installations that require a higher

operating ambient, derate by one horsepower size

to a maximum of 50°C (122 °F).

The ALTIVAR AC drives are also rated for up to

3,300 feet (1,000 meters) altitude without

derating. Above these ratings, the AC drive must

be derated by 1.2% for every 300 feet (100

meters) up to a maximum of 6,600 feet (2,000

meters). For conditions where altitude exceeds

6,600 feet, special considerations apply.

Environment, application, loading, and ambient

operating conditions could extend altitude range.

AC Line & Motor Voltage

The Class 8839 ALTIVAR enclosed AC drives are

designed for operation under continuous rated

input power from 208 V, 230 V and 460 V line

voltages, ± 10% at 50/60 Hz. The selection tables

list the horsepowers available at the different

voltage ratings. Alternate line voltage

conﬁgurations are also available on a special

order basis. Consult the Drives Applications

Group for those applications.

Normally, input voltage and motor voltage will be

the same, however, certain applications requiring

constant torque above 60 Hz base speed will

involve connecting the AC drive to a 460 V supply

and connecting the motor for 230 V at 60 Hz. The

AC drive can be adjusted to provide 230 V out at

60 Hz and 460 V out at 120 Hz. If this mode of

operation is desired, the AC drive must be

selected based on the full load current at 230 V.

Power Factor

The ALTIVAR AC drive uses diode bridge rectiﬁers

which converts the ﬁxed voltage and frequency

from the AC line to a ﬁxed DC bus voltage.

Operation of the rectiﬁers does not cause any

additional displacement between the voltage and

current on the AC line feeding the AC drive.

This means that the displacement power factor

(power factor measured by the utility) will not be

degraded. Therefore, the AC drive power factor is

rated 0.95 or better (lagging) at all times.

Harmonics

Concerning the subject of harmonics, all types

of adjustable speed drives using power

semiconductors and switching power supplies will

produce harmonic currents, which will cause a

non-sinusoidal voltage in the power system. The

suggested guidelines for voltage and current

distortion are addressed in IEEE Standard 519-

1992 titled "IEEE Recommended Practices and

Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical

Power Systems", which suggests distortion limits

dependent upon the electric power distribution

system for industrial and commercial consumers.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Application Information

135

Collectively, all facility loads and the building

electrical distribution network determines the

harmonic levels at the user & electric utility

interface. Commonly misapplied, the Electrical

Power Research Institute (EPRI) recognizes the

'Point of Common Coupling' or PCC as the

interface between user and electric utility (energy

meter) in the electrical distribution network. This

position will also be supported in the forthcoming

Application Guide (P519A) being prepared by the

Harmonics Working Group of IEEE. Square D

Company will typically provide 'drive isolation

transformers' or 'line reactors' as the most cost

effective method of harmonic abatement.

For speciﬁcations that are regulated by utilities

to the IEEE 519 guidelines, there are alternate

methods of harmonic abatement that can be

suggested such as phase shifting transformer,

12-pulse designs and Broad-Band harmonic

ﬁlters but are not included within this catalog.

Consult the Drives Applications Group for

conﬁgurations and pricing.

Input Currents Ratings

(with and without Line Reactor)

Square D publishes input currents based on

distribution system impedance at various

available fault current ratings. Our literature

reﬂects multiple input current ratings based on

available fault currents

• 5,000 AIC (1-50 hp) or

10,000 AIC (60-200 hp) or

18,000 AIC (250-400 hp)

and

• 22,000 AIC

and

• 65,000 AIC

More common, line reactors are provided with the

majority of AC Drives today. The reasons

proliferate from abnormal line conditions, IEEE

519 guidelines, to power quality concerns. Line

reactors provide the most cost effective option to

minimize harmonic currents reﬂected back into

the distribution system. The use of line reactance

ahead of the AC drive will function best to:

1. Reduce line current harmonic injection into the

primary source, limiting the input ‘rms’

currents to less than or equal to motor full load

amps.

2. Reduce the available feeder short circuit

capacity.

3. Meet speciﬁed line impedance requirements.

A supplemental nameplate for all Class 8839

products now contains input current ratings for

both 3% and 5% rated line reactors. By listing the

alternate input currents when using a series

minimum line reactor rating, the user could beneﬁt

in savings reﬂected in conductor and disconnect

selection, as required by the National Electric

Code.

Drive Isolation Transformer

Drive Isolation transformers are designed for

maximum beneﬁt when applied to an AC drive. In

addition to the functional comparison of a line

reactor, drive isolation transformers are normally

used for one of the following reasons over a

standard line reactor:

1. Match system voltage to drive rating.

2. Meet local or plant codes that require isolation.

3. Capable of correcting line voltage unbalance

conditions commonly seen with open delta

and corner grounded delta distribution

systems.

4. Provides continuity of service for nuisance

grounding.

5. Reduces drive induced currents in supply

feeder ground and limit ground fault currents.

6. Isolate the electrical common mode noise

generated in solid state controllers from the

distribution system.

The ALTIVAR AC drive uses a diode bridge input

stage which does not produce the electrical

switching transients common to converters using

SCRs such as DC drives. The enclosed ALTIVAR

AC drives have a high fault withstand capability

(up to 65,000 A depending upon conﬁguration).

For these reasons, Square D does not suggest the

use of a drive isolation transformer for isolation

purposes unless the system requires one or more

of the six functions listed above.

Speed Range & Regulation

The ALTIVAR 66 AC drives will operate within the

range of 0.1 to 400 Hz (up to 125 hp constant

torque) or 0.1 to 200 Hz (150 hp and 200 hp

constant torque) or 0.1 to 60/72 Hz (for variable

torque) and is dependent upon unit conﬁguration.

Please note, if operating motors above base

speed, the motor manufacturer must approve

operation for the speciﬁed speed range. The

ALTIVAR 56 AC drive will operate within the range

of 0.1 to 60/72 Hz conﬁgurations optimized for

variable torque applications only.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Application Information

136 2/98

Speed regulation is determined by one of several

modes of conﬁguration. Most AC drives utilize the

volts/hertz mode where speed regulation is

determined by the motor slip, typically 3% or less.

The ALTIVAR AC drive utilizes sensorless ﬂux

vector mode (SLFV) as standard with 1% speed

regulation; with optional tachometer can be

improved to 0.5%.

Accelerating Torque

AC induction motors built to NEMA standards are

designed to provide starting torque which must

meet certain minimum ratings. This is normally

expressed as a percentage of full load torque.

These torque ratings are valid only for full voltage

starting where inrush current can be

approximately 600% of motor full load current.

The ALTIVAR AC Drive will limit starting current to

a value of usually not more than 150% (CT rated))

to 110% (VT rated) of drive full load current, which

provides approximately 150% starting torque for

CT loads and 110% for VT loads.

AC Drives provide better torque per ampere than

any other reduced inrush method, but the starting

torque available may be less than the starting

torque available with an across-the-line starter.

Applications with known high starting torque

requirements should be carefully evaluated. It

may be necessary to oversize the AC Drive, or the

motor to provide the necessary accelerating

torque.

Dynamic Braking

Dynamic braking directs the regenerative energy

from an AC induction motor dissipated in the form

of heat through a resistor. This condition presents

an electrical load, or retarding torque, to the

motor, which is acting as a generator. The thermal

capacity required for this resistor is determined by

the stopping duty cycle for the load and the energy

dissipated for each deceleration.

Dynamic braking requires the motor to remain

energized to maintain the rotating magnetic ﬁeld.

Dynamic braking cannot operate during periods

where power is lost and cannot maintain holding

torque when the AC Drive is stopped. A

mechanical brake must be used when the

application requires a holding torque at zero speed.

A dynamic braking resistor conﬁguration is

available as optional equipment. The dynamic

braking resistor is sized to be capable of

absorbing six times the stored energy of a motor

at maximum speed, which means it could make 6

consecutive stops from rated speed without

overheating. Applications with high inertia are

typical candidates for dynamic braking.

Follower Signals

The ALTIVAR series of AC drives are designed to

accept either a 0-10 Vdc, 4-20 mAdc, or 3-15 psig

(by option) analog input. Other follower signals

may be accommodated which will require

additional hardware or signal conditioners as

optional equipment.

PI Regulator

The ALTIVAR AC Drive has a build in PI regulator

to provide set-point control from the key pad or

remote analog signal. Selection parameters are

set via the key pad to automatically control a level,

pressure or ﬂow process. This PI function does

not require any additional hardware, such as

options boards or separately mounted equipment.

Bypass Operation

Although the Class 8839 ALTIVAR AC drive is

designed for maximum reliability, it is possible that

a controller could be out of service when required

to operate. Critical operations which can tolerate

little or no down time should be considered as

candidates for bypass (full speed) operation.

This involves an isolation contactor to disconnect

the motor from the AC Drive and a full voltage

starter to bypass the controller and operate the

motor across-the-line or by an alternate starter

such as a reduced voltage autotransformer starter

or a solid state reduced voltage starter.

Motor Selection

ALTIVAR AC drives are designed to operate with

any three phase AC squirrel cage induction motor

or synchronous reluctance motor having voltage

and current ratings compatible with the drive.

It is recommended that all motors used with AC

Drives be equipped with thermostats in the stator

windings. This affords the ultimate motor overload

protection much better protection than overload

devices sensitive to motor current, because motor

temperature may rise due to loss of cooling

resulting from low speed operation and not

necessarily because of an overcurrent condition.

The motor should meet NEMA MG-1, Part 31

standards. This motor spec calls for 1600 volt

rated magnet wire, while the NEMA MG-1, Part 30

standard calls for 1000 volt rated magnet wire.

The higher voltage rated magnet wire will protect

against possible premature motor failures due to

voltage stress from fast dv/dt rise times commonly

seen with IGBT based AC Drives.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Application Information

137

Enclosure Types

The Class 8839 ALTIVAR Enclosed AC Drives are

available in Type 1 or Type 12 enclosures. If Type

3R, 4 or 4X enclosures are required, consult the

Drives Applications Group.

Outside installations requiring drives should be

quoted for installation in climate controlled Type

3R walk-in enclosures available separately from

our Power Zone Center group in Smyrna, TN.

Relay Contact Ratings

Relay contacts are available for customer use.

The maximum inductive load ratings of 120 Vac,

2A inductive, 220 Vac, 1 A inductive or 24 Vdc,

2 A inductive - normally open, normally closed

contacts for the annunciation of drive fault

(R1 relay) and run (R2 relay - programmable)

conditions. With the use of the I/O extension

module, there are (2) additional relay contacts

(R3 and R4 relays - programmable) available for

customer use.

Environment

Conformance to standards

UL, CUL, CSA, and IEC

UL File 105655 CCN NMMS

CSA File LR 584 Class 3211 06 & 3211 86

Conforms to ISO 9001 standards and NEC

Degree of protection Type 1 (IP30), and Type 12 (IP54)

Maximum ambient pollution Pollution degree 3 per NEMA ICS-111A and IEC 664-1

Maximum relative humidity 95% without condensing or dripping

Temperature Storage

Operation °F (°C) -13 to +158 (-25 to +70)

+32 to +104 (0 to +40)

Maximum altitude ft (m) 3300 (1000) without derating

For each additional 300 (100), derate by 1.2%, maximum 6600 (2000)

Mounting position Vertical

Drive Characteristics

Output frequency range Hz 0.1 to 400 for ATV66U41N4 to C13N4 drives (constant torque conﬁguration)

0.1 to 200 for ATV66C15N4 to C19N4 drives (constant torque conﬁguration)

0.1 to 60/72 for ATV66U41N4 to C19N4 drives (variable torque conﬁguration)

Speed range 1 to 100 (with constant torque)

Maximum transient current 200% of nominal motor current for 0.2 s at starting for constant torque conﬁguration

150% of nominal motor current for 60 s for constant torque conﬁguration

110% of nominal motor current for 60 s for variable torque conﬁguration

Electrical Characteristics

Input Voltage

Frequency V

Hz 460 ±10%

60 ±2%

Available control voltage 3 outputs: 0 V common for all supplies

1 output: +10 V for the reference potentiometer (2.2-2.5 kΩ),10 mA maximum ﬂow

1 output: +24 V for control inputs, 210 mA maximum ﬂow

Analog inputs AI

Speed reference

1 analog voltage input AI1: 0-10 V, impedance 30 kΩ

1 analog current input AI2: 4-20 mA, impedance 250 Ω

AI2 can be modiﬁed to 0-5 V with a switch located on the control board or

reprogrammed from the keypad display for 0-20 mA, x-20 mA or 20-4 mA.

Frequency resolution: 0.1 Hz at 60 Hz for analog reference

Response time: 5 to 10 ms

Frequency resolution for

digital reference (serial link) 0.015 Hz at 60 Hz

Acceleration and

deceleration ramps

Factory preset to 3 s, linear

Separately adjustable from 0.1 to 999.9 s (0.1 s resolution)

Ramp type: adjustable to linear, “S”, or “U”

Ramp times automatically adjusted in case of overtorque

Braking to standstill Automatic by DC injection for 0.5 s when frequency drops below 0.1 Hz

Amount of current, frequency threshold and injection time are programmable from

the keypad display

Converter Protection

Protection against short circuit, Class T fuse

Between the output phases

Between output phases and ground

On internal supply outputs

On the logic and analog outputs

Thermal protection against excessive overheating

Protection against input line supply undervoltage and overvoltage

Protection against phase loss

Motor protection Incorporated electronic thermal protection by I2t calculation taking speed into account

Storage of motor thermal state

Function programmable from the keypad display

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Specifications

138 2/98

Note:

These speciﬁcations are for Enclosed Adjustable

Frequency Drive Controllers or herein referred to

as AC Drives. The Power Converter is a

component of the AC Drive. The Construction

Speciﬁcations Institute (CSI) format has been

conformed with for project compatibility.

Application information directly affects the type and

rating of AC Drive that will be quoted. Brackets{ }

are provided where such data should be included.

Please call your local Square D distributor or sales

representative for speciﬁcation assistance

regarding a particular application.

The AC Drive speciﬁcation should be included in

Division 16, Electrical for proper coordination with

the electrical distribution system.

PART 1: GENERAL

1.01

Scope of work

a. This section provides speciﬁcation

requirements for adjustable frequency drives,

variable speed drives or herein identiﬁed as

AC Drives for use with {NEMA B, NEMA D,

NEMA A, NEMA E, Wound Rotor,

Synchronous} design AC motors.

b. The AC Drive manufacturer shall furnish, ﬁeld

test, adjust and certify all installed AC Drives

for satisfactory operation.

c. Any exceptions/deviations to this speciﬁcation

shall be indicated in writing and submitted with

the quotation.

1.02

References

a. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code

b. ANSI C84.1 - Voltages Tolerances for North

America

c. CSA C22.2 No. 14-M91 - Industrial Control

Equipment

d. IEC 68 Part 2-3 - Basic Environmental Testing

Procedures Part 2: tests - Test Ca: Damp Heat

e. IEC 146.1 - Semiconductor Converters-

General Requirements and Line Commutated

Converters Part 1-1: Speciﬁcations of Basic

Requirements

f. IEC 664 - Insulation Coordination for

Equipment Within Low-Voltage Systems

g. IEC 447 - Man-Machine Interface Actuating

Principles

h. IEC 439 Part 1 - Low Voltage Switchgear and

Controlgear Assemblies

i. IEC 947 - Low Voltage Switchgear and

Controlgear Components

j. IEC 364 - Electrical Installation of Buildings

k. IEC 204/NFPA 79 - Electrical Equipment of

Industrial Machines/Industrial Machinery

l. IEC 106 - Guide for Specifying Environmental

Conditions for Equipment Performance Rating

m. IEC 529 - Degrees of Protection Provided by

Enclosure

n. IEC 1000 - Electromagnetic Compatibility

o. IEC 721 - Classiﬁcation of Environmental

Conditions

p. IEC 255-8 Overload Relays

q. IEC 801-2,-3,-4,-5 - Immunity Tests

r. NEMA ICS 6 - Industrial Control and Systems

Enclosures

s. NEMA ICS, Part 4 Overload Relays

t. NEMA 250 Enclosures for Electrical

Equipment

u. NEMA ICS 2-321 - Electrical Interlocks

v. NEMA ICS7 - Industrial Control and Systems

Adjustable Speed Drives

w. NEMA ICS 7.1 - Safety Standards for

Construction and Guide for Selection

Installation and Operation of Adjustable

Speed Drives

x. UL 50 - UL Standard for Safety Enclosures for

Electrical Equipment

y. UL 98 - UL Standard for Disconnect Switches

z. UL 507 - UL Standard for Safety Electric Fans

aa. UL 508 - UL Standard for Safety Industrial

Control Equipment

ab. UL 508C - UL Standard for Safety Power

Conversion Equipment

ac. UL 991 - UL Standard for Safety Tests for

Safety Related Controls employing Solid State

Devices

ad. OSHA 1910.95 - AC Drive Controller

Acoustical Noise

ae. Conforming to National Safe Transmit

Association and International Safe Transmit

Association Test for Packages Weighing 100

lbs or Over.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Specifications

139

1.03

Submittals

a. {6} - copies of approval drawings shall be

furnished for Engineer’s approval prior to

factory assembly of the AC Drives. These

drawings shall consist of elementary power

and control wiring diagrams and enclosure

outline drawings. The enclosure drawings

shall include front and side views of the

enclosures with overall dimensions and

weights shown, conduit entrance locations

and nameplate legends.

b. Standard catalog sheets showing voltage,

horsepower, maximum current ratings and

recommended replacement parts with part

numbers shall be furnished for each different

Horsepower rated AC Drive provided.

1.04

Warranty

a. 18 months parts warranty shall be provided on

materials and workmanship from the date of

invoice.

1.05

Quality Assurance

a. The manufacturer of the AC Drive shall be a

certiﬁed ISO 9001 facility.

b. The AC Drive and all associated optional

equipment shall be UL listed according to

Power Conversation Equipment UL 508C. A

UL label shall be attached inside each

enclosure as veriﬁcation.

c. The AC Drive shall be designed, constructed

and tested in accordance with NEMA, NEC,

VDE, IEC standards and CSA certiﬁed.

d. Every Power Converter shall be tested with an

actual AC Induction Motor 100% loaded and

temperature cycled within an environment

chamber at 104 degrees. Documentation shall

be furnished to verify successful completion at

the request of the engineer.

e. All Drive door mounted pilot devices shall be

tested to verify successful operation.

Documentation shall be furnished upon the

request of the engineer.

f. The AC Drive shall be submitted to a Hi-Pot

test with all enclosed devices mounted and

wired, prior to shipment.

PART 2: PRODUCT

2.01

Manufacturers

a. The AC Drive shall be provided by Square D

Company, Class 8839, Type ATV66, or prior

approved equal. Substitutions must be

submitted in writing three weeks prior to

original bid date with supporting

documentation demonstrating that the

alternative manufacturer meets all aspects of

the speciﬁcations herein.

b. Alternate control techniques other than pulse

width modulated (PWM) are not acceptable.

2.02

General Description

a. The AC Drive shall convert the input AC mains

power to an adjustable frequency and voltage

as deﬁned in the following sections.

b. The input power section shall utilize a full wave

bridge design incorporating diode rectiﬁers.

The diode rectiﬁers shall convert ﬁxed voltage

and frequency, AC line power to ﬁxed DC

voltage. This power section shall be

insensitive to phase rotation of the AC line.

c. The DC bus shall have external connections

for standby battery back-up or for linking

multiple, AC Drives DC buses for management

of regeneration power.

d. The output power section shall change ﬁxed

DC voltage to adjustable frequency AC

voltage. This section shall utilize insulated

gate bipolar transistors (IGBTs) or intelligent

power modules (IPMs) as required by the

current rating of the motor.

2.03

Construction

a. The AC Drive shall be mounted in a {Type 1,

Type 12} enclosure {with, without} an external

operated disconnect device.

b. A mechanical interlock shall prevent an

operator from opening the AC Drive door when

the disconnect is in the

position. Another

mechanical interlock shall prevent an operator

from placing the disconnect in the

position

while the AC Drive door is open. It shall be

possible for authorized personnel to defeat

these interlocks.

c. Provisions shall be provided for locking all

disconnects in the

off

position with up to three

padlocks.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Specifications

140 2/98

d. Current limiting fuses shall be installed and

wired to the AC Drive input.

e. Provisions shall be made for accepting a

padlock to lock the enclosure door

2.04

Motor Data

a. The AC Drive shall be sized to operate the

following AC motor:

— Motor Horsepower { }

— Motor full load ampere { }

— Motor RPM {3600/3000,1800/1500,1200/

1000,900/750,720/600,600/500}(60/50 Hz)

— Motor voltage {200,230,380,415,460}

— Motor service factor {1.0,1.15,1.25}

2.05

Application Data

a. The AC Drive shall be sized to operate a

{Variable Torque, Variable Torque Low Noise,

Constant Torque, Constant Horsepower,

Impact} load.

b. The speed range shall be from a minimum

speed of 0.5 Hz to a maximum speed of 400

Hz.

2.06

Environmental Ratings

a. The AC Drive shall be of construction that

allows operation in a pollution Degree 3

environment. The AC Drive shall meet IEC

664-1 and NEMA ICS 1 Standards. AC Drives

that are only rated for Pollution Degree 2

environment shall not be allowed.

b. The AC Drive shall be designed to operate in

an ambient temperature from 0 to + 40

degrees C (+32 to 104 degrees F).

c. The storage temperature range shall be -25 to

+ 70 degrees C.

d. The maximum relative humidity shall be 95%

at 40 degrees C, non-condensing.

e. The AC Drive shall be rated to operate at

altitudes less than or equal to 3,300 ft (1000

m). For altitudes above 3,300 ft, de-rate the

AC Drive by 1.2% for every 300 ft (100m).

f. The AC Drive shall meet the IEC 68-2

Operational vibration speciﬁcation.

2.07

Ratings

a. The AC Drive shall be designed to operate

from an input voltage of 400 ± 15% Vac and

460 ± 15% Vac.

b. The AC Drive shall operate from an input

voltage frequency range from 47.5 to 63 Hz.

c. The displacement power factor shall not be

less than 0.95 lagging under any speed or

load condition.

d. The efﬁciency of the AC Drive at 100% speed

and load shall not be less than 96%.

e. The {constant, variable} torque rated AC Drive

overcurrent capacity shall be {150%, 110%}

for 1 minute.

f. The output carrier frequency of the AC Drive

shall be randomly modulated and selectable

at 2, 4, or 10 kHz depending on Drive rating for

low noise operation. No AC Drive with an

operable carrier frequency above 10 kHz shall

be allowed.

g. The output frequency shall be from 0.1 to 400

Hertz for Drives up to 75 hp. At horsepower’s

above 75 hp, the maximum output frequency

will be 200 Hz.

h. The AC Drive will be able to develop rated

motor torque at 0.5 Hz (60 Hz base) in a

Sensorless Flux Vector mode using a

standard induction motor without an encoder

feedback signal.

2.08

Protection

a. Upon power-up the AC Drive shall

automatically test for valid operation of

memory, option module, loss of analog

reference input, loss of communication,

dynamic brake failure, DC to DC power supply,

control power and the pre-charge circuit.

b. The AC Drive shall be UL 508C listed for use

on distribution systems with {5,000A or

10,000A RMS, 22,000A RMS, 65,000A RMS}

available fault current. The Power Converter

shall meet short circuit withstandability of

65,000 RMS symmetrical amperes as deﬁned

by NEMA ICS 7.1.09 and have the value listed

on the AC Drive nameplate.

c. The Power Converter shall be protected

against short circuits, between output phases

and ground; and the logic and analog outputs.

d. The AC drive shall have a minimum AC

undervoltage power loss ride-through of 200

msec. The AC Drive shall have the user

deﬁned option of frequency fold-back to allow

motor torque production to continue to

increase the duration of the powerloss ride-

through.

e. The AC drive shall have a selectable ride

through function which will allow the logic to

maintain control for a minimum of one second

without faulting.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Specifications

141

f. For a fault condition other than a ground fault,

short circuit or internal fault, an auto restart

function will provide up to 5 programmable

restart attempts. The programmable time

delay before restart attempts will range from 1

second to 600 seconds.

g. The deceleration mode of the AC drive shall

be programmable for normal and fault

conditions. The stop modes shall include free-

wheel stop, fast stop and DC injection braking.

h. Upon loss of the analog process follower

reference signal, the AC drive shall fault and/

or operate at a user deﬁned speed set

between software programmed low speed and

high speed settings.

i. The AC drive shall have solid state I2t

protection that is UL listed and meets UL 508

C as a Class 10 overload protection and

meets IEC 947. The minimum adjustment

range shall be from 0.45 to 1.05 percent of the

current output of the AC Drive.

j. The AC Drive shall have a thermal switch with

a user selectable prealarm that will provide a

minimum of 60 seconds delay before

overtemperature fault.

k. The AC Drive shall utilize bonded ﬁn heatsink

construction for maximum heat transfer.

l. The AC drive shall have a programmable fold-

back function that will anticipate a controller

overload condition and fold back the

frequency to avoid a fault condition.

m. The output frequency shall be software

enabled to fold back when the motor is

overloaded.

n. There shall be 3 skip frequency ranges that

can each be programmed with a selectable

bandwidth of 2 or 5 Hz. The skip frequencies

shall be programmed independently, back to

back or overlapping.

o. The AC Drive shall include Metal Oxide

Varistors (MOVs) wired to the incoming AC

Mains.

2.09

Adjustments and Conﬁgurations

a. The AC drive shall self-conﬁgure to the main

operating supply voltage and frequency. No

operator adjustments will be required.

b. Upon power-up, the AC drive will

automatically send a signal to the connected

motor and store the resulting resistance data

into memory. The inductance data will be

measured during no-load operation when

operating at a frequency between 20-60 Hz.

The AC Drive will automatically optimize the

operating characteristics according to the

stored data.

c. The AC drive will be factory pre-set to operate

most common applications.

d. A choice of three types of acceleration and

deceleration ramps will be available in the AC

Drive software; linear, S curve and U curve.

e. The acceleration and deceleration ramp times

shall be adjustable from 0.1 to 999.9 seconds.

f. The volts per frequency ratios shall be user

selectable to meet variable torque loads,

normal and high torque machine applications.

g. The memory shall retain and record run status

and fault type of the past 8 faults.

h. Slip compensation shall be a software

enabled function.

i. The software shall have a NOLD (no load)

function that will reduce the voltage to the

motor when selected for variable torque loads.

A constant volts/Hz ratio will be maintained

during acceleration. The output voltage will

then automatically adjust to meet the torque

requirement of the load.

j. The AC drive shall offer programmable DC

injection braking that will brake the AC motor

by injecting DC current and creating a

stationary magnetic pole in the stator. The

level of current will be adjustable between 50-

150% of rated current and available from 0.0-

30 seconds continuously. For continuous

operation after 30 seconds, the current shall

be automatically reduced to 50% of the

nameplate current of the motor.

k. Sequencing logic will coordinate the engage

and release thresholds and time delays for the

sequencing of the AC Drive output,

mechanical actuation and DC injection

braking in order to accomplish smooth starting

and stopping of a mechanical process.

2.10

Operator Interface

a. The operator interface terminal will offer the

modiﬁcation of AC drive adjustments via a

touch keypad. All electrical values,

conﬁguration parameters, I/O assignments,

application and activity function access, faults,

local control, adjustment storage, self-test and

diagnostics will be in plain English. There will

be a standard selection of 4 additional

languages built-in to the operating software as

standard.

b. The display will be a high resolution, LCD

backlighted screen capable of displaying

graphics such as bar graphs as well as six

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Specifications

142 2/98

lines of twenty-one alphanumeric characters.

c. The AC drive model number, torque type,

software revision number, horsepower, output

current, motor frequency and motor voltage

shall all be listed on the drive identiﬁcation

display as viewed on the LCD display.

d. The display shall be conﬁgured to display one

or two bargraphs with numeric data that are

selectable and scalable by the operator. A

user deﬁned label function shall be available.

As a minimum the selectable outputs shall

consist of speed reference, output frequency,

output current, motor torque, output power,

output voltage, line voltage, DC voltage, motor

thermal state, drive thermal state, elapsed

time, motor speed, machine speed reference

and machine speed.

e. A single keystroke scrolling function shall

allow dynamic switching between display

variables.

f. The terminal keypad will consist of

programmable function keys. The functions

will allow both operating commands and

programming options to be preset by the

operator. A hardware selector switch will allow

the terminal keypad to be locked out from

unauthorized personnel.

g. The operator terminal will offer a general menu

consisting of parameter setting, I/O map, fault

history, and drive conﬁguration. A software

lock will limit access to the main menu. The

main menu will consist of keypad

conﬁguration, drive conﬁguration, general

conﬁguration, diagnostic mode and drive

initialization screens.

h. There will be arrow keys that will provide the

ability to scroll through menus and screens,

select or activate functions or increase the

value of a selected parameter.

i. A data entry key will allow the user to conﬁrm

a selected menu, numeric value or allow

selection between multiple choices.

j. An escape key will allow a parameter to return

the existing value if adjustment is not required

and the value is displayed. The escape

function will also return to a previous menu

display.

k. A RUN key and a STOP key will command a

normal starting and stopping as programmed

when the AC drive is in keypad control mode.

The STOP key must be active in all control

modes.

l. The AC drive shall have 3 LEDs mounted on

the front panel to indicate functional status. A

green LED will verify that the AC drive power

supply is on. A red LED indicator will indicated

an AC drive fault. A yellow LED indicator will

designate a pending fault condition.

m. The status LEDs shall be able to be remotely

mounted up to 3 meters from the AC drive.

n. A user interface shall be available that is a

Windows 3.1 based personal computer, serial

communication link or detachable operator

interface.

o. The Keypad and all door mounted controls

must be {Type 1,Type 12} rated.

2.11

Control

a. External pilot devices shall be able to be

connected to a terminal strip for starting/

stopping the AC Drive, speed control and

displaying operating status. All control inputs

and outputs will be software assignable.

b. 2-wire or 3-wire control strategy shall be

deﬁned within the software. External relays or

logic devices will not be allowed.

c. The control power for the digital inputs and

outputs shall be 24 Vdc.

d. The internal power supply incorporates an

automatic current fold-back that protects the

internal power supply if incorrectly connected

or shorted. The transistor logic outputs will be

current limited and not be damaged if shorted

or excess current is pulled.

e. All logic connections shall be furnished on pull

apart terminal strips.

f. There will be 2 software assignable, analog

inputs. The analog inputs will be software

selectable and consist of the following

conﬁgurations: 0-20 ma, 4-20 ma, 20-4 ma, x-

20 ma (where x is user deﬁned) 0-5 V, 1-5 V or

0-10 V.

g. There will be 4 software assignable, isolated

logic inputs that will be selected and assigned

in the software. The selection of assignments

shall consist of run/reverse, jog, plus/minus

speed (2 inputs required), setpoint memory,

preset speeds (up to 2 inputs), auto/manual

control, controlled stop, terminal or keypad

control, by-pass (2 inputs required), motor

switching, and fault reset.

h. There will be two software assignable analog

outputs that can be selected and assigned in the

software. The analog output assignments shall be

proportional to the following motor characteristics:

frequency, current, power torque, voltage and

thermal state. The output signal will be selectable

from 0-20 ma or 4-20 ma.

i. Two voltage-free Form C relay output contacts

will be provided. One of the contacts will

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Specifications

143

indicate AC drive fault status. The other

contact will be user assignable.

j. There shall be a hardware input/output

extension module which also provides

interlocking and sequencing capabilities. The

module shall be fully isolated and housed in a

ﬁnger safe enclosure with pull apart terminal

strips. The module will add 4 logic inputs, 2

analog inputs, 2 relay outputs and one analog

output. All of the I/O will be user assignable in

the software as previously deﬁned.

k. The AC Drive door mounted control island

shall include a power ON, Drive RUN, Drive

Fault Light and Hand-Off-Auto selector switch

with Manual Speed Potentiometer.

l. The AC Drive control island shall accept {%

indicating analog, absolete indicating digital}

meters to display {Power, Amperes, Voltage,

Hertz}.

2.11

Braking (Application Dependent Option)

NOTE: When braking certain types of loads, there

is the conversion of kinematic energy into

electrical energy by the motor which is returned to

the AC drive. Dynamic braking can be chosen to

absorb this energy and avoid causing the AC drive

to inadvertently shut down. The energy is

dissipated across a resistor that is connected to

the drive. For constant torque AC drives, the

dynamic braking unit must be capable of stopping

1.5 per unit motor torque from base frequency to

0.5 Hz with sensorless ﬂux vector control mode.

Provisions shall be provided to protect the

Dynamic Braking Resistor against overload and

overcurrent due to DB switch failure. This

protection must be resettable without replacement

of fuses or other devices.

a. The dynamic brake resistor shall be provided

and connect to existing terminals on the AC

drive. The resistor shall mount externally to the

AC drive enclosure. An Insulated Gate Bi-

polar Transistor (IGBT) will be provided in the

AC drive to switch excess regenerative energy

to the braking resistor. The braking resistor will

be of a size calculated to stop 6 times motor

inertia at 1.5 per unit motor torque.

2.12

Isolation/Bypass Contactors

{Manual}

a. The AC Drive shall include IEC rated isolation

and bypass contactors complete with thermal

overload relay, {circuit breaker, molded case

switch} disconnect interlocked with the door,

control circuit transformer, motor ﬂux decay

timer and AFC-OFF-BYPASS switch. The

operator shall have full control of the bypass

starter by operation of the door mounted

selector switch.

{Automatic}

a. The AC Drive shall include IEC rated isolation

and bypass contactors complete with thermal

overload relay, circuit breaker disconnect

interlocked with the door, control circuit

transformer, motor ﬂux decay timer and AFC-

OFF-BYPASS selector switch. The operator

may select for manual bypass by setting the

switch in the BYPASS position or automatic

bypass by setting the switch in the AFC

position. In the AFC position the AC Drive will

provide adjustable speed control of the motor

under non-fault conditions of the Drive, when

the Drive is under a fault condition the bypass

contactor will be automatically energized upon

Drive shutdown (Drive fault contact operation)

to operate the motor on 60 Hz line power.

2.13

Harmonic Analysis

The harmonic distortion at the point of common

coupling (PCC) shall be predicted through

computer modeling of the distribution system and

connected AC drives as speciﬁed. The PCC for

voltage distortion shall be at the secondary of the

480 V distribution transformer and the PCC for the

current distortion shall be at the primary of the

480 V transformer. These harmonic distortion

values must not exceed 5% for voltage and those

as listed in IEEE 519-1992, table 10.3 for current

distortion. If the calculations determine that

harmonic distortion values are higher than the

voltage and current values speciﬁed, the drive

manufacturer shall provide either line reactors,

isolation transformers, multi-pulse input drives or

trap ﬁlters to meet the intent of IEEE 519-1992

guidelines. This harmonic analysis report shall be

part of the approval drawing process, submitted to

the engineer for approval.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Class 8839 Enclosed AC Drives

Specifications

144 2/98

Normal operation is deﬁned as follows:

1. Utility transformer kVA rating {specify kVA

rating}

2. Number of drives operating simultaneously:

{Specify individual load requirements}

3. Operating speed range: {50 to 100%} speed

range

4. Point of common coupling: Load side of

transformer (voltage), Line side of transformer

(current)

Under emergency operating conditions the

harmonic distortion at the point of common

coupling (PCC) shall be predicted through

computer modeling of the emergency generator

system and connected ac drives as speciﬁed. The

PCC for voltage distortion shall be at the

generator load terminals. The harmonic voltage

distortion value must not exceed the maximum

permissible value speciﬁed by the generator

manufacturer. The drive manufacturer shall

coordinate with the manufacturer of the

emergency generator speciﬁed in Section 11000

to obtain data for the harmonic analysis. If the

calculations determine that harmonic distortion

values are higher than the voltage speciﬁed, the

drive manufacturer shall provide either line

reactors, multi-pulse input drives or trap ﬁlters to

meet the generator manufacturer

recommendations.

Emergency operation is deﬁned as follows:

1. Emergency Generator kW rating of: {Specify

kW rating}

2. Number of drives operating simultaneously:

{Specify individual load requirements}

3. Operating speed range: {50-to 100%} speed

range

4. Point of common coupling: Generator

terminals

PART 3: EXECUTION

3.01

Inspection

a. Verify that the location is ready to receive work

and the dimensions are as indicated.

b. Do not install AC Drive until the building

environment can be maintained within the

service conditions required by the

manufacturer.

3.02

Protection

a. Before and during the installation, the AC

Drive equipment shall be protected from site

contaminants.

3.03

Installation

a. Installation shall be in compliance with

manufacturer's instructions, drawings and

recommendations.

b. The AC Drive manufacturer shall provide a

factory certiﬁed technical representative to

supervise the contractor's installation, testing

and start-up of the AC drive(s) furnished under

this speciﬁcation for a maximum total of { }

days. The start-up service shall be quoted as

a separate line item.

3.04

Training

An on-site training course of { } training days shall

be provided by a representative of the AC Drive

manufacturer to plant and/or maintenance

personnel and quoted as a separate line item.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

145

Class 8998 Motor Control Centers

Contents

Description Pages

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146

Beneﬁts of ALTIVAR 66 AC Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146

MCC Packaging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147-148

Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148

Basic Drive Power Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148

Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149

Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150-153

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

146

2/98

Class 8998 Motor Control Centers

General Information

ALTIVAR 66 Drive Controller Units

Sizes 1–4 ALTIVAR 66 Drive Controller Units

Sizes 5–7

GENERAL INFORMATION

AC Drives have become common devices to vary

the speed of AC motors. Motor control center

packaging of AC Drives has become common as

more and more applications require accurate

control in an integrated solution. Square D

provides a ﬂexible AC Drive in the industry’s most

ﬂexible MCC drive units. Typical applications

include pumps, fans, conveyors, mixers and other

industrial process machinery. Varying the speed of

these applications can provide beneﬁts in energy

savings, material ﬂow rates, output quality and

process ﬂexibility. The Square D MCC AC Drives

integrate a single family of ALTIVAR 66 Drives into

a combination drive package for MCCs.

MCC enclosed ALTIVAR 66 AC Drive units are

designed for use with standard three-phase

asynchronous motors with a power range of 3/4 to

400 hp (variable torque) or 3/4 to 350 hp (constant

torque). MCC AC Drive units can be applied to

480 V, three phase, 3-wire or 4-wire systems. The

MCC AC Drive units have been designed to

provide optimal protection in NEMA/EEMAC Type

1, Type 1 Gasketed (1A), and NEMA/EEMAC

Type 12 motor control center enclosures.

BENEFITS OF ALTIVAR 66 AC DRIVES

• Single Family Concept

— One control interface design for all ratings

— Consistent wiring for any application

— Interchangeable spare parts

— Common integration approach

• Unprecedented Modularity

— Optional I/O upgrades and extensions are

easily attached

— Plug-apart control terminals allow quick

installation/removal

— Multi-level programming menus are divided

for quick setup

• Clearly Displays Information

— 6 line X 21 character graphic LCD display

— Selectable bar graph or text display formats

of motor and drive information

— Fault information in complete statements,

not codes

• Adapts to your Requirements

— Multiple languages for worldwide

acceptance

— Keypad or terminal strip control

— Scaleable frequency and current to

indicated production levels

— User assignable function keys

— Menus expand as options are added

• Walks you through start-up

— User prompt, pull down menus and help

screens simplify user conﬁguration

— Self-tuning upon power up based on input

mains voltage and frequency

— Automatic motor sensing and modeling at

start-up for self-tuning sensorless ﬂux

vector control

— Help screens are available to answer start

up questions quickly

• Monitoring and Communication Capability

— Credit card style PCMCIA option cards

support various serial communication

protocols including MODBUS Plus

— Fault history for eight occurrences can help

diagnose system events.

— Auto-diagnostic and logic test routines

communicate drive conditions for

maintenance

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

147

Class 8998 Motor Control Centers

MCC Packaging

MCC PACKAGING

ALTIVAR AC Drives installed in Square D MCCs

are designed for harsh industrial environments in

order to promote long term reliability. Several key

features of the package design make Square D

AC Drive units more suitable for MCC

installations. MCC AC Drive units are plug-on

style saddle units up to 50 hp variable torque.

Units above 50 hp variable torque are mounted in

full height sections of varying width and depth.

There are no placement limitations for mounting

any AC drive or multiple AC Drives in an MCC

section.

Drive units are designed to incorporate standard

features of Model 6 MCC units such as:

• white interiors for greater visibility in

maintenance

• cast metal handle disconnect for ruggedness

• twin-handle cam racking mechanism for easy

installation/removal

• Unit nameplates are supplied as standard.

• Vertical and horizontal wireways are left

undisturbed by drive unit.

The thermal management system included in

NEMA/EEMAC Type 1 or 1A (Gasketed) AC Drive

units consists of a closed duct system to separate

outside air from electrical components. AC Drives

give off a large mount of heat relative to other

electro-mechanical devices in the MCC. This heat

must be removed from the MCC and AC Drive in

order to maintain temperature rise limits. The duct

system included with MCC ALTIVAR 66 AC Drive

units removes heat to allow maximum density and

does not allow outside air to contaminate the

electronics or other MCC units.

The thermal management system provides

superior protection for the AC Drive even in the

dirtiest NEMA/EEMAC Type 1 environments. The

system is self-powered and includes

overtemperature protection to shutdown the drive

in case of fan or duct blockage. Inlet and outlet

ducts allow airﬂow across the metal heatsink ﬁns

of the AC Drive as shown in the Airﬂow ﬁgure.

The NEMA/EEMAC Type 12 MCC ALTIVAR 66 AC

Drive thermal management systems differ from

the systems used in NEMA/EEMAC Type 1/1A

(Gasketed). NEMA/EEMAC 12 units are totally

enclosed, non-ventilated (TENV) up to 20 hp. The

TENV design provides increased integrity and

does not allow air ﬂow across the AC Drive

heatsinks. Units rated at 3/4–5 hp are totally

enclosed and include an internal stirring fan. Units

rated at 7.5–20 hp use a door mounted heat

exchanger and include an internal stirring fan.

Contaminants are not allowed inside the units for

environments where oil, dust, or other build-up

may occur. Units rated above 20 hp incorporate a

closed duct cooling system similar to NEMA/

EEMAC Type 1/1A (Gasketed).

All ALTIVAR MCC AC Drive units include a door

mounted graphical interface with a keypad.

Operator adjustments can be made and

diagnostics can be viewed without having to go

inside an energized unit. A control operator station

is also included on the door of each unit for the

addition of a wide range of pilot lights,

pushbuttons, selector switches and meters. Up to

eight pilot devices or four pilot devices and 2

meters can be mounted on the control station.

LEDs are brought out to the door to indicate the

drive power is on, the drive is in an alarm condition

or the drive is in a fault condition.

Each MCC AC Drive unit goes through complete

assembly and test procedures at the MCC facility.

The MCC facility is registered to ISO 9001. UL 845

Motor Control Center standards are used to list

each MCC drive unit in the product offering. The

unit UL 845 label and the structure UL 845 label

are attached at the MCC factory to maintain a

completely UL listed MCC. The MCC factory

provides a fully integrated package, which is

tested with an actual motor load before shipment.

All conductors, disconnects, fusing, lugs and other

electrical components are designed per MCC

standards as well as NEC 430-2 requirements for

AC Drive input currents.

All ALTIVAR MCC AC Drive units are UL 845 listed

for a 65,000 A short circuit rating at 480 V. To

accomplish this rating, current limiting fuses are

installed on the input to each AC Drive. Fuses

have a 200,000 A RMS symmetrical interrupting

rating. Both circuit breaker and fusible switch units

have the necessary current limiting fuses factory

installed.

ALTIVAR MCC AC Drive units can be selected

with circuit breaker input disconnect or fusible

switch input disconnects. Circuit breakers used in

the basic drive units are MAG-GARD

magnetic

only types up to 200 hp. Fusible switches used in

the basic drive units are switches with a separate

fuseblock to accommodate the current limiting

fuses. Above 200 hp both circuit breaker and

fusible switch units use an automatic molded case

switch as the input disconnect.

Several standardized power contactor options and

control device options are listed on the following

pages. Each option is fully tested and

documented at the MCC factory. Pilot devices

interface with 24 Vdc control as standard. LED

ALTIVAR Lineup

with Doors Open

NEMA/EEMAC Type 12 MCC

ALTIVAR AC Drive Lineup

Airﬂow of

NEMA/EEMAC

Type 1 or 1A (Gasketed)

AC Drive Unit

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

148

2/98

Class 8998 Motor Control Centers

Selection

type pilot lights are used with the AC Drive.

Optional bypass controls use 120 Vac controls

and transformer type pilot lights. All pilot devices

are 22 mm Telemecanique components. The MCC

factory can also customize MCC ALTIVAR 66 AC

Drive units for virtually any application. Contact

your local Square D ﬁeld ofﬁce for requirements

not listed in this catalog.

SELECTION

1. Select all drives based on motor full load

amperes. Horsepower is provided for

convenience only.

2. Select the drive based on application (torque)

type i.e. variable torque, constant torque or

variable torque, low noise. The drive will be

factory programmed for the selected

application type. If you need assistance in

qualifying your opportunity or reviewing

speciﬁcations and drawings, application

support for this product can be obtained by

contacting your local Square D ﬁeld ofﬁce.

3. The ALTIVAR MCC AC Drive includes a basic

power circuit consisting of an input disconnect,

current limiting fuses and drive controller.

Select any optional contactors required for the

application by referring to “Power Contactor

Options.”

4. Select any control circuit devices by referring

to “Pilot Devices.”

5. Select any miscellaneous features such as

line reactors or extra control VA by referring to

“Miscellaneous Options.”

“BASIC” DRIVE POWER CIRCUIT

• Consist of disconnect switch and Drive pre-

programmed for Variable Torque, Variable

Torque Low Noise or Constant Torque

application.

• Includes current limiting power fuses.

• Unit is UL 845 Listed for 65,000 A Short Circuit

Current.

• Drive keypad and LEDs are door mounted.

• Includes door mounted operator control island

with up to eight spaces for user speciﬁed 22mm

Telemecanique XB2 pilot devices.

• Control power transformer (480 V/120 V) for

enclosure ventilation fans is included.

Power Circuit for “Basic”

Drive

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

149

Class 8998 Motor Control Centers

Ratings

Variable Torque ALTIVAR 66 and 56 Drives with Circuit Breaker/Fusible Switch Disconnects

Nominal horsepower shown for convenience only. Size per actual motor full load amperes.

Motor Rated

Horsepower at 460 V Max. Cont. Output

Amps NEMA Type 1 and 1A

(Gasketed) Space NEMA Type 12

Space

3/4–5 7.6 18" 24"

7.5 11 18"

36"

10 14 24"

15 21 24"

20 27 36"

25 34 36" 45"

40 52 45"

50 65 45" 72" (25"W)

75 96 72" (25"W)

100 124 72" (25"W)

72" (35"W x 20"D)

125

200 156

240 72" (35"W x 20"D)

400 477 72" (40"W x 20"D) Not Available

Constant Torque ALTIVAR 66 Drives with Circuit Breaker or Fusible Switch Disconnects

Nominal horsepower shown for convenience only. Size per actual motor full load amperes.

Motor Rated

Horsepower @ 460 V Max. Cont. Output

Amps NEMA Type 1 and 1A

(Gasketed) Space NEMA Type 12 Space

3/4–5 7.6 18" 24"

10 14 24" 36"

20 27 36" 36"

40 52 45" 45"

75 96 72" (25"W) 72" (25"W)

200 240 72" (35"W x 20"D) 72" (35"W x 20"D)

350 420 72" (40"W x 20"D) Not Available

Low Noise Variable Torque ALTIVAR 66 and ALTIVAR 56 Drives with Circuit Breaker or Fusible

Switch Disconnects

Nominal horsepower shown for convenience only. Size per actual motor full load amperes.

Motor Rated

Horsepower @ 460 V Max. Cont. Output

Amps NEMA Type 1 and 1A

(Gasketed) Space NEMA Type 12 Space

3/4–5 7.6 18" 24"

10 14 24" 36"

20 27 36" 36"

40 52 45" 45"

75 96 72" (25"W) 72" (25"W)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

150

2/98

Class 8998 Motor Control Centers

Options

Power Contactor Options (only 1 allowed)

Power Circuit Diagram

Description

Integrated Bypass

(Available with Circuit Breaker

Disconnect only.

Uses Telemecanique

contactors.)

Barriered Bypass

(Uses NEMA

contactors)

Barriered

Application Rated

COMPAC™ 6

Bypass

(14 A max.)

Power Circuit Type

➀

➁

➂

Variable

Torque

Variable

Torque Low

Noise Constant Torque Space Adder Space Adder Space Adder

3/4–5 hp 3/4–5 hp 3/4–5 hp 9"(NEMA 1)/3"(NEMA 12) 18" 6"

7.5 hp — — 9"(NEMA 1)/0"(NEMA 12) 18" 6"

10 hp 7.5–10 hp 7.5–10 hp 6"(NEMA 1)/0"(NEMA 12) 18" 6"

15 hp — — 6"(NEMA 1)/9"(NEMA 12) 18" N/A

20–25 hp 15–20 hp 15–20 hp 3"(NEMA 1)/9"(NEMA12) 18" N/A

— 25 hp 25 hp 9"(NEMA 1/12) 18" N/A

30–40 hp 30–40 hp 30–40 hp 9"(NEMA 1/12) 27" N/A

50 hp — — 9"(NEMA 1)/5" added to width

(NEMA 12) 27" N/A

— 50 hp 50 hp 5" added to width (NEMA 1/12) 27" in adjacent section N/A

60–100 hp 60–75 hp 60–75 hp 5" added to width (NEMA 1/12) 33" in adjacent section

for CB. 39" in adjacent

section for FS. N/A

— — 100 hp 20" added to width (NEMA 1/12) 33" in adjacent section

for CB.39" in adjacent

section for FS. N/A

125–150 hp — 125 hp–150 hp 20" added to width (NEMA 1/12) 25" added to width N/A

200 hp — 200 hp 20" added to width (NEMA 1/12) 25" added to width N/A

➀

For Power Contactor Options above 200 hp contact the Square D Field Ofﬁce.

➁

• Basic Drive features with isolation and bypass contactors for emergency full speed operation in same compartment.

• Telemecanique D or F line contactors are used.

• Only available as Circuit Breaker disconnect common to drive and bypass.

• Drive and bypass are UL 845 Listed for 65,000 A Short Circuit Current and coordinated for Type 1 protection.

• Includes AFC-Off-Bypass selector switch, Red Push-To-Test "AFC" Pilot Light and Yellow Push-To-Test "Bypass" Pilot Light

on bypass control island.

• Best use of space with bypass

• Approximately 1/2 the cost of Barriered Bypass

➂

• Basic Drive features with isolation and bypass contactors for emergency full speed operation.

• Barriered Application Rated COMPAC™ 6 Bypass uses Telemecanique contactors. NEMA contactors are used on

barriered NEMA bypass.

• Separate disconnect for drive and bypass can be operated independently

• Drive and bypass starter are enclosed in compartments separated by metal barriers.

• Drive and bypass are UL 845 Listed for 65,000 A Short Circuit Current and coordinated for Type 1 protection.

• Includes AFC-Off-Bypass selector switch, Red Push-To-Test "AFC" Pilot Light and Yellow Push-To-Test "Bypass" Pilot Light

on bypass control island. (Non-Push-To-Test used on COMPAC 6)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

151

Class 8998 Motor Control Centers

Options

Power Contactor Options (only 1 allowed)

Power Circuit Diagram

Description Output Contactor Input Contactor

Power Circuit Type

➀

➁

➂

Variable Torque Variable

Torque Low

Noise

Constant

Torque Space Adder Space Adder

3/4–5 hp 3/4–5 hp 3/4–5 hp 9"(NEMA 1)/3"(NEMA 12) 9"(NEMA 1)/3"(NEMA 12)

7.5 hp — — 9"(NEMA 1)/0"(NEMA 12) 9"(NEMA 1)/0"(NEMA 12)

10 hp 7.5–10 hp 7.5–10 hp 6"(NEMA 1)/0"(NEMA 12) 6"(NEMA 1)/0"(NEMA 12)

15 hp — — 6"(NEMA 1)/9"(NEMA 12) 6"(NEMA 1)/9"(NEMA 12)

20–25 hp 15–20 hp 15–20 hp 3"(NEMA 1)/9"(NEMA12) 3"(NEMA 1)/9"(NEMA12)

— 25 hp 25 hp 9"(NEMA 1/12) 9"(NEMA 1/12)

30–40 hp 30–40 hp 30–40 hp 9"(NEMA 1/12) 9"(NEMA 1/12)

50 hp — — 9"(NEMA 1)/

5" added to width (NEMA 12) 9"(NEMA 1)/

5" added to width (NEMA 12)

— 50 hp 50 hp 5" added to width (NEMA 1/12) 5" added to width (NEMA 1/12)

60–100 hp 60–75 hp 60–75 hp 5" added to width (NEMA 1/12) 5" added to width (NEMA 1/12)

— — 100 hp 0"(NEMA 1/12) 0"(NEMA 1/12)

125–150 hp — 125–150 hp 0"(NEMA 1/12) 0"(NEMA 1/12)

200 hp — 200 hp 0"(NEMA 1/12) 0"(NEMA 1/12)

➀

For Power Contactor Options above 200 hp contact the Square D Field Ofﬁce.

➁

• Basic Drive features with output contactor for motor isolation. Contactor is open when drive is not running.

• Telemecanique D or F line contactors are used.

• Drive and output contactor are UL845 Listed for 65,000 A Short Circuit Current.

➂

• Basic Drive features with input contactor for isolating drive from input line.

• Allows auto diagnostic routine to be performed without wire changes.

• Telemecanique D or F line contactors are used.

• Drive and output contactor are UL845 Listed for 65,000 A Short Circuit Current.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

152

2/98

Class 8998 Motor Control Centers

Options

Drive Pilot Devices

Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch and Manual Speed Potentiometer

Start-Stop Pushbuttons and Manual Speed Potentiometer

Stop-Forward-Reverse Push Buttons and Manual Speed Potentiometer

Stop-Run Selector Switch and Manual Speed Potentiometer

Forward-Off-Reverse Selector Switch and Manual Speed Potentiometer

Hand-Auto Selector Switch, Start-Stop Push Buttons, and Manual Speed Potentiometer

Special Purpose Pilot Devices (choose one)

Run-Jog Selector Switch

Jog Push Button

Jog Forward-Jog Reverse Push Buttons

Fast Stop Push Button

Forward-Reverse Selector Switch

Pilot Lights (Push-To-Test or Non-Push-To-Test)

Red “Power On” Light

Red “Run” Light

Green “Run” Light

Red “Stopped” Light

Green “Stopped” Light

Red “Jog” Light

Red “Forward” and “Reverse” Lights

Yellow “Fault” Light

Yellow “Fault” Light with integral Reset Push Button

Yellow “Hand” and “Auto” Lights

Green “Jog” Light

Green “Forward” and “Reverse” Lights

Wire Labels

Metering Options

Analog Speed, 0–120%

Analog Output, Current, 0–200%

Analog Output Volts, 0–150%

Analog Output Power, 0–150%

Digital Speed, 0–120%

Digital Output, Current, 0–200%

Digital Percent Volt

Digital Percent Power

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

153

Class 8998 Motor Control Centers

Options

Miscellaneous Options Space Adder

Line Reactors (3% Impedance)

Each line reactor is mounted in the MCC cabinet as a separate unit above the drive unit and is factory wired to

the line side of the drive. Not available on NEMA/EEMAC Type 12 MCCs or drive units above 200 hp.

1–5 hp, 480 V 9"

7.5–40 hp, 480 V 12"

50 hp, 480 V, Variable Torque only 15"

50 hp, 480 V, Constant Torque or Variable Torque Low Noise only

60–75 hp, 480 V

100 hp, 480 V,

125–150 hp, 480 V

200 hp, 480 V

100 VA Customer Capacity on Drive’s 120 V Control Transformer

1–20 hp, 480 V, All Types

25 hp, 480 V, Variable Torque

300 VA Customer Capacity on Drive’s 120 V Control Transformer

25–40 hp, 480 V, Constant Torque or Variable Torque Low Noise 9"

30–50 hp, 480 V, Variable Torque

500 VA Customer Capacity on Drive’s 120 V Control Transformer

50–200 hp, 480 V, Constant Torque or Variable Torque Low Noise

60–200 hp, 480 V, Variable Torque

750 VA Customer Capacity on Drive’s 120 V Control Transformer

250–400 hp, 480 V, All Types

Dynamic Braking

3/4–15 hp, Variable Torque or 3/4–10 hp Constant Torque/Variable Torque Low Noise 6"

20–50 hp, Variable Torque or 15–40 hp Constant Torque/Variable Torque Low Noise 9"

Option Boards

I/O Extension Module, 24 Vdc

I/O Extension Module, 115 Vac

Unit Extenders

Control and Timing Relays

Auto Start Relay for “auto” mode

1.5–30 second start delay for “auto” mode

Unwired D-line relay with 2N.O./2N.C. contacts

Unwired D-line relay with 2N.O./2N.C. untimed contacts and 1N.O./1N.C. 10–180 sec. off delay contacts.

Unwired D-line relay with 2N.O./2N.C. untimed contacts and 1N.O./1N.C. 10–180 sec. on delay contacts.

Miscellaneous Options

3–15 PSI Pneumatic Follower

24 Vdc Power Supply

Omit Control Station Plate

Power Contactor Control Circuits

3 Wire Control for Bypass

Bypass Duty Cycle Timer

Auto-Bypass

Power Isolator Control

Elapsed Time Meter

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Replaces VD0C06S201 dated 10/94.

Square D, , ALTIVAR, and MAG-GARD are registered trademarks and D-FAX is a trademark

of Square D Company. MODUTEC is a registered trademark and WINDO is a trademark of

Crompton Modutec, Inc. WINDOWS is a registered trademark of Microsoft, Inc. MODBUS is a

registered trademark and COMPAC is a trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc. ALTISTART is a

registered trademark and UNI-TELWAY is a trademark of Telemecanique S.A. or its successor-in-

interest, Schneider Electric S.A.

Square D Company

8001 Hwy 64 East

Knightdale, NC USA 27545-9023

(919) 266-3671

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

1000298892 Catalog

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation